supporting human capital development in...

GOVERNMENT OF MEGHALAYA SUPPORTING HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT IN

MEGHALAYA (SHCDM) (ADB LOAN NO. 3033-IND)

Bid Document for

Phase-I Procurement of Lab/Workshop, Class-room, Library and IT Lab equipment, for Ten Govt. Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs) of

Meghalaya

Package-1: Electrician Trade (Lot-1), Wireman Trade (Lot-2),

Electronic Mechanic Trade (Lot-3)

Procurement of Goods Single stage – Two envelope Bidding Procedure

(National Competitive Bidding)

Issued on : 13 JANUARY 2018

Invitation for Bids No : DET-16/2017/8510

NCB No : SHCDM/SF/01

Purchaser : Department of Labour, Govt. of

Meghalaya

Country : India

Preface

This Bidding Document for Procurement of Goods has been prepared by Department of Labour (DoL), Government of Meghalaya and is based on the Standard Bidding Document for the Procurement of Goods issued by the Asian Development Bank (ADB), dated December 2015 This document reflects the structure and the provisions of the Master Procurement Document for the Procurement of Goods, except where specific considerations within the Asian Development Bank have required a change.

Table of Contents

PART I – Bidding Procedures

Section 1. Instructions to Bidders .................................................................. 1-1

Section 2. Bid Data Sheet .............................................................................. 2-1

Section 3. Evaluation and Qualification Criteria ............................................. 3-1

Section 4. Bidding Forms ............................................................................... 4-1

Section 5. Eligible Countries .......................................................................... 5-1

PART II – Supply Requirements

Section 6. Schedule of Supply ......................................................................... 6-1

PART III – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

Section 7. General Conditions of Contract ....................................................... 7-1

Section 8. Special Conditions of Contract ......................................................... 8-1

Section 9. Contract Forms ................................................................................. 9-1

Section 1 Instructions to Bidders 1-1

Part-I

Bidding Procedures

Bid document for procurement(Phase-I) of equipment for ITIs, Meghalaya Procurement of Goods Single-stage: two-envelope


Section 1- Instructions to Bidders Table of Clauses A. General ......................................................................................................................... 1-4 1. Scope of Bid ............................................................................................. 1-4 2. Source of Funds ................................................................................. 1-4 3. Fraud and Corruption ........................................................................ 1-4 4. Eligible Bidders .......................................................................................... 1-6 5. Eligible Goods and Related Services .......................................................... 1-6

B. Contents of Bidding Document ................................................................................... 1-7 6. Sections of the Bidding Document ................................................................ 1-7 7. Clarification of Bidding Document ...................................................................... 1-7 8. Amendment of Bidding Document ...................................................................... 1-7

C. Preparation of Bids ..................................................................................................... 1-8 9. Cost of Bidding ................................................................................. 1-8 10. Language of Bid ................................................................................... 1-8 11. Documents Comprising the Bid ........................................................... 1-8 12. Bid Submission Sheets and Price Schedules .................................... 1-9 13. Alternative Bids ...................................................................................... 1-9 14. Bid Prices and Discounts ................................................................. 1-9 15. Currencies of Bid ............................................................................... 1-11 16. Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Bidder ................................. 1-11 17. Documents Establishing the Eligibility of Goods and Related Services ............ 1-11 18. Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Goods and Related Services to the

Bidding Document .............................................................................................. 1-11 19. Documents Establishing the Qualifications of the Bidder ................................. 1-12 20. Period of Validity of Bids .................................................................... 1-12 21. Bid Security/Bid-Securing Declaration ............................................ 1-12 22. Format and Signing of Bid ........................................................... 1-14

D. Submission and Opening of Bids ............................................................................ 1-14 23. Sealing and Marking of Bids .......................................................... 1-14 24. Deadline for Submission of Bids ............................................ 1-15 25. 25. Late Bids ............................................................................ 1-15 26. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids .......................................... 1-15 27. Bid Opening ................................................................................................. 1-16

E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids ........................................................................ 1-18 28. Confidentiality ..................................................................................... 1-18 29. Clarification of Bids ............................................................................ 1-18 30. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions .............................................. 1-19 31. Examination of Bids ................................................................................ 1-19 32. Responsiveness of Technical Bid.............................................................. 1-19



33. Nonmaterial Nonconformities ........................................... 1-20 34. Qualification of the Bidder ......................................................... 1-20 35. Examination of Price Bids .......................................................... 1-20 36. Correction of Arithmetical Errors ................................................. 1-20 37. Conversion to Single Currency ..................................................... 1-21 38. Margin of Preference ................................................................... 1-21 39. Evaluation of Price Bids ................................................................ 1-21 40. Comparison of Bids ........................................................................ 1-22 41. Purchaser's Right to Accept Any Bid, and to Reject Any or All Bids ......... 1-22

F. Award of Contract ........................................................................................... 1-22 42. Award Criteria .......................................................................................... 1-22 43. Purchaser’s Right to Vary Quantities at Time of Award ............................ 1-22 44. Notification of Award ...................................................................... 1-22 45. Signing of Contract ..................................................................................... 1-23 46. Performance Security ...................................................................................... 1-23



A. General

1. Scope of Bid 1.1 In connection with the Invitation for Bids (IFB) indicated in the Bid Data Sheet (BDS), the Purchaser, as indicated in the BDS, issues this Bidding Document for the supply of Goods and Related Services incidental thereto as specified in Section 6(Schedule of Supply). The name, identification, and number of lots of the international competitive bidding (NCB) are provided in the BDS.

1.2 Throughout this Bidding Document, (a) the term “in writing” means communicated in written form

and delivered against receipt; (b) except where the context requires otherwise, words

indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the singular; and (c) “day” means calendar day.

2. Source of Funds

2.1 The Borrower or Recipient (hereinafter called “Borrower”) indicated in the BDS has applied for or received financing (hereinafter called “funds”) from the Asian Development Bank (hereinafter called “ADB”) toward the cost of the project named in the BDS. The Borrower intends to apply a portion of the funds to eligible payments under the contract(s) for which this Bidding Document is issued.

2.2 Payments by ADB will be made only at the request of the Borrower and upon approval by ADB in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Financing Agreement between the Borrower and ADB (hereinafter called the Financing Agreement), and will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of that Financing Agreement. No party other than the Borrower shall derive any rights from the Financing Agreement or have any claim to the funds.

3. Fraud and Corruption

3.1 ADB’s Anticorruption Policy requires Borrowers (including beneficiaries of ADB-financed activity), as well as Bidders, Suppliers, and Contractors under ADB-financed contracts, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, ADB

(a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows: (i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving,

or soliciting, directly or indirectly, anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;

(ii) “fraudulent practice” means any act or omission, including a misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;

(iii) “coercive practice” means impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence



improperly the actions of a party; (iv) “collusive practice” means an arrangement between

two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including influencing improperly the actions of another party;

(v) “obstructive practice” means (a) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to an ADB investigation; (b) making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede an ADB investigation; (c) failing to comply with requests to provide information, documents or records in connection with an Office of Anticorruption and Integrity (OAI) investigation; (d) threatening, harassing, or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or (e) materially impeding ADBʼs contractual rights of audit or access to information; and

(vi) “integrity violation" is any act which violates ADB’s Anticorruption Policy, including (i) to (v) above and the following: abuse, conflict of interest, violations of ADB sanctions, retaliation against whistleblowers or witnesses, and other violations of ADB's Anticorruption Policy, including failure to adhere to the highest ethical standard.

(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Bidder recommended for award has, directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices or other integrity violations in competing for the Contract;

(c) will cancel the portion of the financing allocated to a contract if it determines at any time that representatives of the borrower or of a beneficiary of ADB-financing engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices or other integrity violations during the procurement or the execution of that contract, without the borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to ADB to remedy the situation;

(d) will impose remedial actions on a firm or an individual, at any time, in accordance with ADB’s Anticorruption Policy and Integrity Principles and Guidelines (both as amended from time to time), including declaring ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to participate1 in ADB-financed, administered, or supported activities or to benefit from an ADB financed, administered, or supported contract, financially or otherwise, if it at any time determines that the firm or individual has, directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive,

1 Whether as a Contractor, Subcontractor, Consultant, Manufacturer or Supplier, or Service Provider; or in any other capacity (different names are used depending on the particular Bidding Document).



coercive, or obstructive practices or other integrity violations; and

(e) will have the right to require that a provision be included in bidding documents and in contracts financed by ADB, requiring Bidders, suppliers and contractors to permit ADB or its representative to inspect their accounts and records and other documents relating to the bid submission and contract performance and to have them audited by auditors appointed by ADB.

3.2 Furthermore, Bidders shall be aware of the provision stated in Sub-clause 3.2 and Sub-clause 35.1 (c) of the General Conditions of Contract.

4. Eligible Bidders

4.1 A Bidder may be a natural person, private entity, or government owned enterprise subject to ITB Sub-Clause 4.5-or any combination of them with a formal intent to enter into an agreement or under an existing agreement in the form of a joint venture. In the case of a joint venture, (a) all parties to the Joint Venture shall be jointly and severally

liable; and (b) the Joint Venture shall nominate a representative who shall

have the authority to conduct all businesses for and on behalf of any and all the parties of the Joint Venture during the bidding process and, in the event the Joint Venture is awarded the Contract, during contract execution.

4.2 A Bidder, and all parties constituting the Bidder, shall have the nationality of an eligible country, in accordance with Section 5 (Eligible Countries). A Bidder shall be deemed to have the nationality of a country if the Bidder is a citizen or is constituted, or incorporated, and operates in conformity with the provisions of the laws of that country. This criterion shall also apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract, including related services.

4.3 A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. All Bidders found to have a conflict of interest shall be disqualified. A Bidder may be considered to be in a conflict of interest with one or more parties in this bidding process if any of, including but not limited to, the following apply: (a) they have controlling shareholders in common; or (b) they receive or have received any direct or indirect subsidy

from any of them; or (c) they have the same legal representative for purposes of

this Bid; or (d) they have a relationship with each other, directly or through

common third parties, that puts them in a position to have access to material information about or improperly influence the Bid of another Bidder, or influence the decisions of the Purchaser regarding this bidding process;



or (e) a Bidder participates in more than one bid in this bidding

process, either individually or as a partner in a joint venture, except for alternative offers permitted under ITB 13. This will result in the disqualification of all Bids in which it is involved. However, subject to any finding of a conflict of interest in terms of ITB 4.3(a)–(d) above, this does not limit the participation of a Bidder as a subcontractor in another bid or of a firm as a subcontractor in more than one Bid; or

(f) a Bidder or any affiliated entity, participated as a consultant in the preparation of the design or technical specifications of the goods and services that are the subject of the Bid; or

(g) a Bidder was affiliated with a firm or entity that has been hired (or is proposed to be hired) by the Purchaser or Borrower as Project Manager for the contract.

4.4 A firm shall not be eligible to participate in any procurement activities under an ADB-financed, administered, or supported project while under temporary suspension or debarment by ADB pursuant to its Anticorruption Policy (see ITB 3), whether such debarment was directly imposed by ADB, or enforced by ADB pursuant to the Agreement for Mutual Enforcement of Debarment Decisions. A bid from a temporary suspended or debarred firm will be rejected.

4.5 Government-owned enterprises in the Purchaser’s country shall be eligible only if they can establish that they (i) are legally and financially autonomous, (ii) operate under commercial law, and (iii) are not a dependent agency of the Purchaser.

4.6 Bidders shall provide such evidence of their continued eligibility satisfactory to the Purchaser, as the Purchaser shall reasonably request.

4.7 Firms shall be excluded if by an act of compliance with a decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations, the Borrower’s country prohibits any import of goods or contracting of works or services from that country or any payments to persons or entities in that country.

5 Eligible Goods and Related Services

5.1 All Goods and Related Services to be supplied under the Contract and financed by ADB, shall have their country of origin in eligible source countries as defined in ITB 4.2, and all expenditures under the Contract will be limited to such Goods and Related Services.

5.2 For purposes of this clause, the term “goods” includes commodities, raw material, machinery, equipment, and industrial plants; and “related services” includes services such as insurance, transportation, installation, commissioning, training, and initial maintenance.



5.3 The term “country of origin” means the country where the goods have been mined, grown, cultivated, produced, manufactured, or processed; or through manufacture, processing, or assembly, another commercially recognized article results that differs substantially in its basic characteristics from its imported components.

5.4 The nationality of the firm that produces, assembles, distributes, or sells the goods shall not determine their origin.

B. Contents of Bidding Document

6 Sections of the Bidding Document

6.1 The Bidding Document consist of Parts I, II, and III, which include all the sections indicated below, and should be read in conjunction with any addenda issued in accordance with ITB Clause-8. PART - I Bidding Procedures

Section 1 Instructions to Bidders (ITB) Section 2 Bid Data Sheet (BDS) Section 3 Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (EQC) Section 4 Bidding Forms (BDF) Section 5 Eligible Countries (ELC)

PART - II Supply Requirements

Section 6 Schedule of Supply (SS) PART - III Contract

Section 7 General Conditions of Contract (GCC) Section 8 Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) Section 9 Contract Forms (COF)

6.2 The Invitation for Bids (IFB) issued by the Purchaser is not part of the Bidding Document.

6.3 The Purchaser is not responsible for the completeness of the Bidding Document and its addenda, if they were not obtained directly from the source stated by the Purchaser in the IFB.

6.4 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and specifications in the Bidding Document. Failure to furnish all information or documentation required by the Bidding Document, may result in the rejection of the Bid.

7. Clarification of Bidding Document

7.1 A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification on the Bidding Document shall contact the Purchaser in writing at the Purchaser’s address indicated in the BDS. The Purchaser will respond in writing to any request for clarification, provided that such request is received no later than 21 days prior to the



deadline for submission of Bids. The Purchaser shall forward copies of its response to all Bidders who have acquired the Bidding Document in accordance with ITB 6.3, including a description of the inquiry but without identifying its source. Should the Purchaser deem it necessary to amend the Bidding Document as a result of a clarification, it shall do so following the procedure under ITB 8 and ITB 24.2.

8. Amendment of Bidding Document

8.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of the Bids, the Purchaser may amend the Bidding Document by issuing addenda.

8.2 Any addendum issued shall be part of the Bidding Document and shall be communicated in writing to all who have obtained the Bidding Document directly from the Purchaser in accordance with ITB 6.3.

8.3 To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take an addendum into account in preparing their Bids, the Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of the Bids, pursuant to ITB 24.2

C. Preparation of Bids

9. Cost of Bidding 9.1 The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its Bid, and the Purchaser shall in no case be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.

10. Language of Bid

10.1 The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Purchaser, shall be written in the language specified in the BDS. Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the Bid may be in another language provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages in the language specified in the BDS, in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Bid, such translation shall govern.

11. Documents Comprising the Bid

11.1 The Bid shall comprise two envelopes submitted simultaneously, one containing the Technical Bid and the other the Price Bid, both envelopes enclosed together in an outer single envelope.

11.2 The Technical Bid submitted by the Bidder shall comprise the following: (a) Technical Bid Submission Sheet; (b) Bid Security or Bid-Securing Declaration, in accordance

with ITB 21; (c) alternative Technical Bid, if permissible, in accordance with

ITB 13; (d) written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to

commit the Bidder, in accordance with ITB 22; (e) documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 16,



establishing the Bidder’s eligibility to bid; (f) documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 17, that the

Goods and Related Services to be supplied by the Bidder are of eligible origin;

(g) documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 18 and ITB 32, that the Goods and Related Services conform to the Bidding Document;

(h) (h) documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 19, establishing the Bidder’s qualifications to perform the contract if its Bid is accepted; and any other document required in the BDS.

11.3 The Price Bid submitted by the Bidder shall comprise the following: (a) Price Bid Submission Sheet and the applicable Price

Schedules, in accordance with ITB 12, ITB 14, and ITB 15; (b) alternative Price Bid corresponding to the alternative

Technical Bid, if permissible, in accordance with ITB 13; and

(c) any other document required in the BDS. 12 Bid

Submission Sheets and Price Schedules

12.1 The Bidder shall submit the Technical Bid Submission Sheet and the Price Bid Submission Sheet using the form furnished in Section-4 (Bidding Forms). These forms must be completed without any alterations to their format, and no substitutes shall be accepted. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information requested.

12.2 The Bidder shall submit, as part of the Price Bid, the Price Schedules for Goods and Related Services, according to their origin as appropriate, using the forms furnished in Section 4(Bidding Forms) and as required in the BDS.

13. Alternative Bids

13.1 Unless otherwise indicated in the BDS, alternative Bids shall not be considered.

14. Bid Prices and Discounts

14.1 The prices and discounts quoted by the Bidder in the Price Bid Submission Sheet and in the Price Schedules shall conform to the requirements specified below.

14.2 All items in the Schedule of Supply must be listed and priced separately in the Price Schedules. If a Price Schedule shows items listed but not priced, their prices shall be assumed to be included in the prices of other items. Items not listed in the Price Schedule shall be assumed not to be included in the Bid, and provided that the Bid is substantially responsive, the corresponding adjustment shall be applied in accordance with ITB 33.3.



14.3 The price to be quoted in the Price Bid Submission Sheet shall be the total price of the Bid excluding any discounts offered. Absence of the total bid price in the Price Bid Submission Sheet may result in the rejection of the Bid.

14.4 The Bidder shall quote discounts and the methodology for their application in the Price Bid Submission Sheet.

14.5 The terms EXW, CIF, CIP, and other similar terms shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the current edition of Incoterms, published by the International Chamber of Commerce, at the date of the Invitation for Bids or as specified in the BDS.

14.6 Prices proposed in the Price Schedule Forms for Goods and Related Services, shall be disaggregated, when appropriate, as indicated in this sub-clause. This disaggregation shall be solely for the purpose of facilitating the comparison of Bids by the Purchaser. This shall not in any way limit the Purchaser’s right to contract on any of the terms offered. (a) for Goods offered from within the Purchaser’s country:

(i) the price of the goods quoted EXW (ex-works, ex-factory, ex warehouse, ex showroom, or off-the-shelf, as applicable), including all customs duties and sales and other taxes already paid or payable on the components and raw material used in the manufacture or assembly of goods quoted ex works or ex-factory, or on the previously imported goods of foreign origin quoted ex warehouse, ex showroom, or off-the-shelf;

(ii) sales tax and all other taxes applicable in the Purchaser’s country and payable on the Goods if the Contract is awarded to the Bidder; and (iii) the total price for the item.

(b) for Goods offered from outside the Purchaser’s country:

(i) the price of the goods quoted CIF (named port of destination), or CIP (border point), or CIP (named place of destination), in the Purchaser’s country, as specified in the BDS;

(ii) the price of the goods quoted FOB port of shipment (or FCA, as the case may be), if specified in the BDS; and (iii) the total price for the item.

(c) for Related Services whenever such are specified in the Schedule of Supply:

(i) the local currency cost component of each item comprising the Related Services; and

(ii) the foreign currency cost component of each item comprising the Related Services, inclusive of all



customs duties, sales and other similar taxes applicable in the Purchaser’s country, payable on the Related Services, if the Contract is awarded to the Bidder.

14.7 Prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed during the Bidder’s performance of the Contract and not subject to variation on any account, unless otherwise specified in the BDS. A Bid submitted with an adjustable price quotation shall be treated as nonresponsive and shall be rejected, pursuant to ITB 32. However, if in accordance with the BDS, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract, but a Bid submitted with no indexes identified in the Tables of Adjustment Data, price adjustment shall be treated as zero for the purpose of price adjustment during the performance of the contract

14.8 If so indicated in ITB 1.1, Bids are being invited for individual contracts (lots) or for any combination of contracts (packages). Unless otherwise indicated in the BDS, prices quoted shall correspond to 100% of the items specified for each lot and to 100% of the quantities specified for each item of a lot. Bidders wishing to offer any price discount for the award of more than one Contract shall specify in their Price Bids the price discount applicable to each package, or alternatively, to individual Contracts within the package. Price discounts shall be submitted in accordance with ITB 14.4, provided the Price Bids for all lots are submitted and opened at the same time.

15 Currencies of Bid

15.1 Bid prices shall be quoted in the following currencies: (a) Bidders may express their bid price in any fully convertible

currency. If a Bidder wishes to be paid in a combination of amounts in different currencies, it may quote its price accordingly but shall use no more than three currencies in addition to the currency of the Purchaser’s country.

(b) If some of the expenditures for the Related Services are to be incurred in the borrowing country, such expenditures should be expressed in the Bid and will be payable in the Purchaser’s currency.

16. Documents establishing the eligibility of the Bidder

16.1 To establish their eligibility in accordance with ITB 4, Bidders shall (a) complete the eligibility declarations in the Bid Submission

Sheet, included in Section 4(Bidding Forms); and (b) if the Bidder is an existing or intended Joint Venture in

accordance with ITB 4.1, submit a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement, or a letter of intent to enter into such an Agreement. The respective document shall be signed by all legally authorized signatories of all the parties to the existing or intended Joint Venture, as appropriate.



17 Documents establishing the eligibility of Goods and related Services

17.1 To establish the eligibility of the Goods and Related Services, accordance with ITB 5, Bidders shall complete the country of origin declarations in the Price Schedule Forms included in Section-4(Bidding Forms)

18. Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Goods and Related Services

18.1 To establish the conformity of the Goods and Related Services to the Bidding Document, the Bidder shall furnish as part of its Technical Bid documentary evidence that the Goods and Related Services conform to the requirements specified in Section 6(Schedule of Supply).

18.2 The documentary evidence may be in the form of literature, drawings or data, and shall consist of a detailed item-by-item description of the essential technical and performance characteristics of the Goods and Related Services, demonstrating substantial responsiveness of the Goods and Related Services to those requirements, and if applicable, a statement of deviations and exceptions to the provisions of Section 6(Schedule of Supply).

18.3 Standards for workmanship, process, material, and equipment, as well as references to brand names or catalogue numbers specified by the Purchaser in Section 6(Schedule of Supply), are intended to be descriptive only and not restrictive. The Bidder may offer other standards of quality, brand names, and/or catalogue numbers, provided that it demonstrates, to the Purchaser’s satisfaction, that the substitutions ensure substantial equivalence or are superior to those specified in Section 6(Schedule of Supply).

19. Documents Establishing the Qualifications of the Bidder

19.1 To establish its qualifications to perform the Contract, the Bidder shall submit as part of its Technical Proposal the evidence indicated for each qualification criteria specified in Section 3(Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).

19.2 If so required in the BDS, a Bidder that does not manufacture or produce the Goods it offers to supply shall submit the Manufacturer’s Authorization using the form included in Section 4(Bidding Forms) to demonstrate that it has been duly authorized by the manufacturer or producer of the Goods to supply these Goods in the Purchaser’s country.

19.3 If so required in the BDS, a Bidder that does not conduct business within the Purchaser’s country shall submit evidence that it will be represented by an agent in the country equipped and able to carry out the Supplier’s maintenance, repair, and spare parts-stocking obligations prescribed in the Conditions of Contract and/or Technical Specifications.



20. Period of Validity of Bids

20.1 Bids shall remain valid for the period specified in the BDS after the bid submission deadline date prescribed by the Purchaser. A Bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the Purchaser as nonresponsive.

20.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the bid validity period, the Purchaser may request Bidders to extend the period of validity of their Bids. The request and the responses shall be made in writing. If a Bid Security is requested in accordance with ITB 21, it shall also be extended 28 days beyond the deadline of the extended bid validity period. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its Bid Security. A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or permitted to modify its Bid.

21. Bid Security/ Bid-Securing Declaration

21.1 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, the Bidder shall furnish as part of its Bid, in original form, either a Bid-Securing Declaration or a bid security as specified in the BDS. In the case of a bid security, the amount and currency shall be as specified in the BDS.

21.2 If a Bid-Securing Declaration is required pursuant to ITB 21.1, it shall use the form included in Section 4 (Bidding Forms). The Purchaser will declare a Bidder ineligible to be awarded a Contract for a specified period of time, as indicated in the BDS, if a Bid-Securing Declaration is executed.

21.3 If a bid security is specified pursuant to ITB 21.1, the bid security shall be, at the Bidder’s option, in any of the following forms: (a) an unconditional bank guarantee, (b) an irrevocable letter of credit, or (c) a cashier’s or certified check, all from a reputable source from an eligible country as described in Section 5 (Eligible Countries). In the case of a bank guarantee, the bid security shall be submitted either using the Bid Security Form included in Section 4(Bidding Forms), or another form acceptable to the Purchaser. The form must include the complete name of the Bidder. The bid security shall be valid for 28 days beyond the original validity period of the bid, or beyond any period of extension if requested under ITB 20.2

21.4 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, any bid not accompanied by a substantially compliant bid security or Bid-Securing Declaration, if one is required in accordance with ITB 21.1, shall be rejected by the Purchaser as nonresponsive.

21.5 If a bid security is specified pursuant to ITB 21.1, the bid security of unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned as promptly as possible upon the successful Bidder’s furnishing of the performance security pursuant to ITB 46



21.6 If a bid security is specified pursuant to ITB 21.1, the bid security of the successful Bidder shall be returned as promptly as possible once the successful Bidder has signed the Contract Agreement and furnished the required performance security

21.7 The bid security may be forfeited or the Bid-Securing Declaration executed, (a) if a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of bid validity

as specified by the Bidder on the Technical Bid Submission Sheet, except as provided in ITB 20.2; or

(b) if the successful Bidder fails to (i) sign the Contract Agreement in accordance with ITB 45; (ii) furnish a performance security in accordance with ITB

46; or (iii) accept the arithmetical corrections of its bid in

accordance with ITB 36 21.8 The bid security or the Bid-Securing Declaration of a Joint

Venture shall be in the name of the Joint Venture that submits the bid. If the Joint Venture has not been legally constituted at the time of bidding, the bid security or the Bid-Securing Declaration shall be in the names of all future partners as named in the letter of intent mentioned in ITB 4.1

22. Format and Signing of Bid

22.1 The Bidder shall prepare one original set of the Technical Bid and one original set of the Price Bid as described in ITB 11 and clearly mark each “ORIGINAL - TECHNICAL BID” and “ORIGINAL - PRICE BID”. In addition, the Bidder shall submit copies of the Technical Bid and the Price Bid, in the number specified in the BDS and clearly mark them “COPY NO… - TECHNICAL BID” and “COPY NO…. - PRICE BID”. In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the original shall prevail

22.2 The original and all copies of the Bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder. This authorization shall consist of a written confirmation as specified in the BDS and shall be attached to the Bid. The name and position held by each person signing the authorization must be typed or printed below the signature. All pages of the Bid, except for un-amended printed literature, shall be signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid. If a Bidder submits a deficient authorization, the Bid shall not be rejected in the first instance. The Purchaser shall request the Bidder to submit an acceptable authorization within the number of days as specified in the BDS. Failure to provide an acceptable authorization within the prescribed period of receiving such a request shall cause the rejection of the Bid.



22.3 Any amendments such as interlineations, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid only if they are signed or initialed by the person signing the bid.

D. Submission and Opening of Bids

23. Sealing and Marking of Bids

23.1 Bidders may submit their bids by mail or by hand. When so specified in the BDS, Bidders shall have the option of submitting their bids electronically. Procedures for submission, sealing and marking are as follows: (a) Bidders submitting Bids by mail or by hand shall enclose

the original of the Technical Bid, the original of the Price Bid, and each copy of the Technical Bid and each copy of the Price Bid, including alternative Bids, if permitted in accordance with ITB 13, in separate sealed envelopes, duly marking the envelopes as “ORIGINAL - TECHNICAL BID”, “ORIGINAL - PRICE BID” and “COPY NO… - TECHNICAL BID” and “COPY NO…. - PRICE BID”, as appropriate. These envelopes containing the original and the copies shall then be enclosed in one single envelope. The rest of the procedure shall be in accordance with ITB 23.2to ITB 23.6.

(b) Bidders submitting Bids electronically shall follow the electronic bid submission procedures specified in the BDS.

23.2 The inner and outer envelopes shall (a) bear the name and address of the Bidder; (b) be addressed to the Purchaser in accordance with ITB

24.1; and (c) bear the specific identification of this bidding process

indicated in the BDS 23.3 The outer envelopes and the inner envelopes containing the

Technical Bids shall bear a warning not to open before the time and date for the opening of Technical Bids, in accordance with ITB 27.1.

23.4 The inner envelopes containing the Price Bids shall bear a warning not to open until advised by the Purchaser in accordance with ITB 27.2.

23.5 If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required, the Purchaser will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the Bid.

23.6 Alternative Bids, if permissible in accordance with ITB 13, shall be prepared, sealed, marked, and delivered in accordance with the provisions of ITB 22 and ITB 23, with the inner envelopes marked in addition “ALTERNATIVE NO….” as appropriate



24 Deadline for Submission of Bids

24.1 Bids must be received by the Purchaser at the address and no later than the date and time indicated in the BDS.

24.2 The Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of Bids by amending the Bidding Document in accordance with ITB 8, in which case all rights and obligations of the Purchaser and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.

25 Late Bids 25.1 The Purchaser shall not consider any Bid that arrives after the deadline for submission of Bids, in accordance with ITB 24. Any Bid received by the Purchaser after the deadline for submission of Bids shall be declared late, rejected, and returned unopened to the Bidder.

Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids

26.1 A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its Bid after it has been submitted by sending a written notice, duly signed by an authorized representative, and shall include a copy of the authorization in accordance with ITB 22.2 (except that withdrawal notices do not require copies). The corresponding substitution or modification of the bid must accompany the respective written notice. All notices must be (a) prepared and submitted in accordance with ITB 22 and ITB

23 (except that withdrawal notices do not require copies), and in addition, the respective inner and outer envelopes shall be clearly marked “Withdrawal,” “Substitution,” “Modification;” and

(b) received by the Purchaser prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of bids, in accordance with ITB 24.

26.2 Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 26.1 shall be returned unopened to the Bidders.

26.3 No Bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval between the deadline for submission of bids and the expiration of the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Technical Bid Submission Sheet or any extension thereof.

27. Bid Opening 27.1 The Purchaser shall open the Technical Bids in public at the address, on the date, and time specified in the BDS in the presence of Bidder’s designated representatives and anyone who choose to attend. Any specific electronic bid opening procedures required if electronic bidding is permitted in accordance with ITB 23.1, shall be as specified in the BDS.

27.2 The Price Bids will remain unopened and will be held in custody of the Purchaser until the time of opening of the Price Bids. The date, time, and location of the opening of Price Bids will be advised in writing by the Purchaser. If the Technical Bid and the Price Bid are submitted together in one envelope, the Purchaser may reject the Bid. Alternatively, the Price Bid may



be immediately resealed for later evaluation

27.3 First, envelopes marked “WITHDRAWAL” shall be opened, read out, and recorded, and the envelope containing the corresponding bid shall not be opened, but returned to the Bidder. No bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless the corresponding withdrawal notice contains a valid authorization to request the withdrawal and is read out and recorded at bid opening.

27.4 Next, outer envelopes marked “SUBSTITUTION” shall be opened. The inner envelopes containing the Substitution Technical Bid and/or Substitution Price Bid shall be exchanged for the corresponding envelopes being substituted, which are to be returned to the Bidder unopened. Only the Substitution Technical Bid, if any, shall be opened, read out, and recorded. Substitution Price Bid will remain unopened in accordance with ITB 27.2. No envelope shall be substituted unless the corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorization to request the substitution and is read out and recorded at bid opening.

27.5 Next, outer envelopes marked “MODIFICATION” shall be opened. No Technical Bid and/or Price Bid shall be modified unless the corresponding modification notice contains a valid authorization to request the modification and is read out and recorded at the opening of Technical Bids. Only the Technical Bids, both Original as well as Modification, are to be opened, read out, and recorded at the opening. Price Bids, both Original as well as Modification, will remain unopened in accordance with ITB 27.2.

27.6 All other envelopes holding the Technical Bids shall be opened one at a time, and the following read out and recorded (a) the name of the Bidder; (b) whether there is a modification or substitution; (c) the presence of a bid security or a Bid-Securing

Declaration, if required; and (d) any other details as the Purchaser may consider

appropriate. Only Technical Bids and alternative Technical Bids read out and recorded at bid opening shall be considered for evaluation. Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, all pages of the Technical Bid Submission Sheet are to be initialed by at least three representatives of the Purchaser attending the bid opening. No Bid shall be rejected at the opening of Technical Bids except for late bids, in accordance with ITB 25.1.



27.7 The Purchaser shall prepare a record of the opening of Technical Bids that shall include, as a minimum: the name of the Bidder and whether there is a withdrawal, substitution, modification, or alternative offer; and the presence or absence of a bid security or a Bid-Securing Declaration, if one was required. The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record. The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders.

27.8 At the end of the evaluation of the Technical Bids, the Purchaser will invite bidders who have submitted substantially responsive Technical Bids and who have been determined as being qualified for award to attend the opening of the Price Bids. The date, time, and location of the opening of Price Bids will be advised in writing by the Purchaser. Bidders shall be given reasonable notice of the opening of Price Bids.

27.9 The Purchaser will notify Bidders in writing who have been rejected on the grounds of being substantially nonresponsive to the requirements of the Bidding Document and return their Price Bids unopened.

27.10 The Purchaser shall conduct the opening of Price Bids of all Bidders who submitted substantially responsive Technical Bids, in the presence of Bidders` representatives who choose to attend at the address, on the date, and time specified by the Purchaser. The Bidder’s representatives who are present shall be requested to sign a register evidencing their attendance.

27.11 All envelopes containing Price Bids shall be opened one at a time and the following read out and recorded. (a) the name of the Bidder; (b) whether there is a modification or substitution; (c) the Bid Prices, including any discounts and alternative

offers; and (d) any other details as the Purchaser may consider

appropriate. Only Price Bids, discounts, and alternative offers read out and recorded during the opening of Price Bids shall be considered for evaluation. Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, all pages of the Price Bid Submission Sheet and Price Schedules are to be initialed by at least three representatives of the Employer attending bid the opening. No Bid shall be rejected at the opening of Price Bids.

27.12 The Purchaser shall prepare a record of the opening of Price Bids that shall include, as a minimum: the name of the Bidder, the Bid Price (per lot if applicable), any discounts, and alternative offers. The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record. The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the



contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders who submitted bids on time, and posted online when electronic bidding is permitted.

E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids

28 Confidentiality 28.1 Information relating to the examination, evaluation, comparison, and qualification of Bids, and recommendation of contract award, shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with such process until information on the Contract award is communicated to all Bidders.

28.2 Any attempt by a Bidder to influence the Purchaser in the examination, evaluation, comparison, and post qualification of the Bids or Contract award decisions may result in the rejection of its Bid.

28.3 Notwithstanding ITB 28.2, from the time of opening the Technical Bids to the time of Contract award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the Purchaser on any matter related to the bidding process, it should do so in writing

29 Clarification of Bids

29.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation, comparison and post-qualification of the Bids, the Purchaser may, at its discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of its Bid. Any clarification submitted by a Bidder with regard to its Bid and that is not in response to a request by the Purchaser shall not be considered. The Purchaser’s request for clarification and the response shall be in writing. No change in the prices or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Purchaser in the evaluation of the Price Bids, in accordance with ITB 36.

29.2 If a Bidder does not provide clarifications on its Bid by the date and time set in the Purchaser’s request for clarification, its bid may be rejected.

30 Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions

30.1 During the evaluation of Bids, the following definitions apply: (a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified

in the Bidding Document; (b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or

withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the Bidding Document; and



(c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the Bidding Document.

31 Examination of Technical Bids

31.1 The Purchaser shall examine the Technical Bid to confirm that all documents and technical documentation requested in ITB 11.4 have been provided, and to determine the completeness of each document submitted.

31.2 The Purchaser shall confirm that the following documents and information have been provided in the Technical Bid. If any of these documents or information is missing, the offer shall be rejected: (a) Technical Bid Submission Sheet in accordance with ITB

12.1; (b) written confirmation of authorization to commit the Bidder; (c) bid security or Bid-Securing Declaration, if applicable; and (d) Manufacturer’s Authorization, if applicable.

32 Responsiveness of Technical Bid

32.1 The Purchaser’s determination of a Technical Bid’s responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the Technical Bid itself, as defined in ITB 11.

32.2 A substantially responsive Technical Bid is one that meets the requirements of the Bidding Document without material deviation, reservation, or omission. A material deviation, reservation, or omission is one that, (a) If accepted, would

(i) affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Goods and Related Services specified in Section 6 (Schedule of Supply); or

(ii) limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding Document, the Purchaser’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations under the Contract; or

(b) if rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Bidders presenting substantially responsive Technical Bids.

32.3 The Purchaser shall examine the technical aspects of the Bid in particular, to confirm that all requirements of Section 6(Schedule of Supply) have been met without any material deviation, reservation, or omission.

32.4 If a Technical Bid is not substantially responsive to the Bidding Document, it shall be rejected by the Purchaser and may not subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the material deviation, reservation, or omission.

33. Nonmaterial Nonconformities

33.1 Provided that a Technical Bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser may waive nonconformities in the Bid that does not constitute a material deviation, reservation, or omission.



33.2 Provided that a Technical Bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser may request that the Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions in the Technical Bid related to documentation requirements. Requesting information or documentation on such nonconformities shall not be related to any aspect of the Price Bid of the Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result in the rejection of its Bid.

33.3 Provided that a Technical Bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser shall rectify quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions. To this effect, the Bid Price shall be adjusted during evaluation of Price Bids, for comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of the missing or non-conforming item or component. The adjustment shall be made using the method indicated in Section 3(Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).

34. Qualification of the Bidder

34.1 The Purchaser shall determine to its satisfaction during the evaluation of Technical Bids whether Bidders meets the qualifying criteria specified in Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).

34.2 The determination shall be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of the Bidder’s qualifications submitted by the Bidder, pursuant to ITB 19.

34.3 An affirmative determination shall be a prerequisite for the opening and evaluation of a Bidder’s Price Bid. A negative determination shall result into the disqualification of the Bid, in which event the Purchaser shall return the unopened Price Bid to the Bidder.

35. Examination of Price Bids

35.1 Following the opening of Price Bids, the Purchaser shall examine the Price Bids to confirm that all documents and financial documentation requested in ITB 11.5 have been provided, and to determine the completeness of each document submitted.

35.2 The Purchaser shall confirm that the following documents and information have been provided in the Price Bid. If any of these documents or information is missing, the offer shall be rejected: (a) Price Bid Submission Sheet in accordance with ITB 12.1;

and (b) Price Schedules, in accordance with ITB 12, ITB 14, and

ITB 15. 36. Correction of

Arithmetical Errors

36.1 During the evaluation of Price Bids, the Purchaser shall correct arithmetical errors on the following basis: (a) If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total

price that is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail and the total price shall be corrected, unless in the opinion of the Purchaser there is an obvious misplacement of the decimal point in the unit



price, in which case the total price as quoted shall govern and the unit price shall be corrected.

(b) If there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or subtraction of subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and the total shall be corrected.

(c) If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetic error, in which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to (a) and (b) above.

36.2 If the Bidder that submitted the lowest evaluated Bid does not accept the correction of errors, its Bid shall be disqualified and its bid security may be forfeited, or its Bid-Securing Declaration executed.

37 Conversion to Single Currency

37.1 For evaluation and comparison of Price Bids, the Purchaser shall convert all bid prices expressed in the amounts in various currencies into a single currency, using the selling exchange rates established by the source and on the date specified in the BDS.

38 Margin of Preference

38.1 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, a margin of preference shall not apply

39 Evaluation of Price Bids

39.1 The Purchaser shall use the criteria and methodologies indicated in this clause. No other criteria or methodology shall be permitted

39.2 To evaluate a Price Bid, the Purchaser shall consider the following: (a) the bid price as quoted in accordance with ITB 14; (b) price adjustment for correction of arithmetic errors in

accordance with ITB 36.1; (c) price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance

with ITB 14.4; (d) price adjustment due to application of the evaluation

criteria specified in Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria). These criteria may include factors related to the characteristics, performance, and terms and conditions of purchase of the Goods and Related Services which shall be expressed to the extent practicable in monetary terms to facilitate comparison of bids unless otherwise specified in Section 3; and

(e) converting the amount resulting from applying (a) to (c) above, if relevant, to a single currency in accordance with ITB 37.



39.3 The Purchaser’s evaluation of a bid will exclude and not take into account, (a) in the case of Goods offered from within the Purchaser’s

country, all sales tax and all other taxes, applicable in the Purchaser’s country and payable on the Goods if the Contract is awarded to the Bidder;

(b) in the case of Goods offered from outside the Purchaser’s country, all customs duties, sales tax, and other taxes, applicable in the Purchaser’s country and payable on the Goods if the Contract is awarded to the Bidder; and

(c) any allowance for price adjustment during the period of performance of the Contract, if provided in the Bid.

39.4 If this Bidding Document allows Bidders to quote separate prices for different lots (contracts), and the award to a single Bidder of multiple lots (contracts), the methodology to determine the lowest evaluated price of the lot (contract) combinations, including any discounts offered in the Price Bid Submission Sheet, is as specified in Section 3(Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).

40. Comparison of Bids

40.1 The Purchaser shall compare all substantially responsive Bids to determine the lowest evaluated bid, in accordance with ITB 39.

41. Purchaser’s Right to Accept Any Bid, and to Reject Any or All Bids

41.1 The Purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and to annul the bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior to Contract award, without thereby incurring any liability to the Bidders. In case of annulment, all Bids submitted and specifically, bid securities, shall be promptly returned to the Bidders.

F. Award of Contract

42. Award Criteria 42.1 The Purchaser shall award the Contract to the Bidder whose offer has been determined to be the lowest evaluated Bid and is substantially responsive to the Bidding Document, provided further that the Bidder has remained qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.

42.2 A Bid shall be rejected if the qualification criteria as specified in Section 3(Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) are no longer met by the Bidder whose offer has been determined to be the lowest evaluated Bid. In this event the Purchaser shall proceed to the next lowest evaluated Bid to make a similar reassessment of that Bidder’s capabilities to perform satisfactorily.

43. Purchaser’s Right to Vary Quantities at Time of Award

43.1 At the time the Contract is awarded, the Purchaser reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantity of Goods and Related Services originally specified in Section 6(Schedule of Supply), provided this does not exceed the percentages indicated in the BDS, and without any change in the unit prices



or other terms and conditions of the Bid and the Bidding Document.

44. Notification of Award

44.1 Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, the Purchaser shall notify the successful Bidder, in writing, that its Bid has been accepted.

44.2 At the same time, the Purchaser shall also notify all other Bidders of the results of the bidding. The Purchaser will publish in an English language newspaper or well-known freely accessible website the results identifying the Bid and lot numbers and the following information: (i) name of each Bidder who submitted a Bid; (ii) bid prices as read out at bid opening; (iii) name and evaluated prices of each Bid that was evaluated; (iv) name of Bidders whose Bids were rejected and the reasons for their rejection; and (v) name of the winning Bidder, and the price it offered, as well as the duration and summary scope of the contract awarded. After publication of the award, unsuccessful Bidders may request in writing to the Purchaser for a debriefing seeking explanations on the grounds on which their Bids were not selected. The Purchaser shall promptly respond in writing to any unsuccessful Bidder who, after publication of contract award, requests a debriefing.

44.3 Until a formal Contract is prepared and executed, the notification of award shall constitute a binding Contract.

45. Signing of Contract

45.1 Promptly after notification, the Purchaser shall send to the successful Bidder the Agreement.

45.2 Within 28 days of receipt of the Agreement, the successful Bidder shall sign, date, and return it to the Purchaser.

46. Performance Security

46.1 Within 28 days of the receipt of notification of award from the Purchaser, the successful Bidder shall furnish the Performance Security in accordance with the GCC, using for that purpose the Performance Security Form included in Section 9(Contract Forms), or another form acceptable to the Purchaser.

46.2 Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned Performance Security or sign the Contract Agreement shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the bid security or execution of the Bid-Securing Declaration. In that event the Purchaser may award the Contract to the next lowest evaluated Bidder whose offer is substantially responsive and is determined by the Purchaser to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.


Section 2 Bid Data Sheet 2-25

Section 2- Bid Data Sheet

A. General

ITB 1.1 The number of the Invitation for Bids (IFB) is: DET-16/2017/8510

ITB 1.1 The Purchaser is: Directorate of Employment & Craftsmen Training(DECT), Department of Labour(DoL), Government of Meghalaya

ITB 1.1 The name of the National Competitive Bidding (NCB) is: Procurement (Phase-I) of equipments for Lab/Workshop, Class-room, Library and IT Lab equipment, for Ten Govt. Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs) of Meghalaya The identification number of the NCB is: SHCDM/SF/01 The number and identification of Packages and lots comprising this NCB is Package – 1 comprising of Lot No – 1 (Electrician Trade), Lot-2 (Wireman Trade) and Lot-3 (Mechanic Electronics Trade).

# Packages Lot Numbers with Trades/Infrastructures

LOT-1 LOT-2 LOT-3

1 PKG1 Electrician Wireman Mechanic Electronic

ITB 2.1 The Borrower is: India

ITB 2.1 The name of the Project is: Supporting Human Capital Development in Meghalaya (ADB Loan No. 3033-IND)

B. Contents of Bidding Document



ITB 7.1 For clarification purposes only, the Purchaser’s address is: Attention: The Director, Directorate of Employment and Craftsmen Training Groove site, Keating Road, Opposite Central Library, Shillong – 793001, Meghalaya, India Telephone: 0364-2225356, Fax: 0364-2505525 Email: [email protected] or [email protected] or

[email protected] All the request for clarification in writing should reach before or on 4TH MARCH MARCH 2018 A pre-bid meeting shall be held on 5TH MARCH 2018 at 14:00 HRS in the following location:

Main Conference Room 3RD Floor, DECT Building, Groove site, Keating Road, Opposite Central Library, Shillong – 793001, Meghalaya, India

C. Preparation of Bids

ITB 10.1 The language of the Bid is: English

ITB 11.2 (i) The Bidder shall submit with its Technical Bid the following additional documents: 1) Printed catalogues, if any, with detail technical information of the offered goods/equipment.

ITB 11.3 (c) The Bidder shall submit with its Price Bid the following additional documents: NIL

ITB 12.2 The units and rates in figures entered into the Price Schedules should be typewritten, must be in print form. Price Schedules not presented accordingly may be considered nonresponsive.

ITB 13.1 Alternative Bids shall not be permitted

ITB 14.5 The Incoterms edition is: Incoterms 2010

ITB 14.6 (b) (i) For Goods offered from outside the Purchaser’s country, the Bidder shall quote prices using the following Incoterms: CIP (as per the destinations mentioned in Delivery and Completion Schedule of the Section 6)

ITB 14.6 (b) (ii) In addition to the above, the Bidder shall quote prices for Goods offered from outside the Purchaser’s country using the following Incoterms: FCA


mailto:[email protected]


ITB 14.7 The prices quoted by the Bidder shall be: Fixed

ITB 14.8 No Further Instruction

ITB 14.9 Add the following Clause ITB 14.9 The bidders are informed that certain tax and duty exemptions are available as per the following GOI notifications: a) In accordance with Notification No. 108/95–CE dated 28.8.1995 (Goods Supplied to UN or an International Organization) and subsequent amendments, the Central Government has granted exemptions for all goods falling under the Schedule to the Central Excise Tariff Act 1985 when supplied to projects financed by an international organization (ADB included) and approved by the Government of India from the whole of (1) the duty of excise leviable thereon under Section 3 of the Central Excise Act, 1944 (1 of 1944), and (2) the additional duty of excise leviable thereon under Sub-Section (1) of Section 3 of the Additional Duties of Excise (Goods of Special Importance) Act, 1957 (58 of 1957), provided that the need for such goods are properly certified by the appropriate authorities.

addition, as per Notification No. 84/97-Cus. dated 11.11.1997 and subsequent amendments, and under General Exemption No. 1A, Exemptions to Imports by United Nations or International Organization for Execution of Projects in India, the Central Government has granted exemptions for all goods imported into India for execution of projects financed by an International Organization (ADB included) and approved by the Government of India, from (1) the whole of the duty of customs leviable thereon under First Schedule to the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 (51 of 1975), (2) the whole of the additional duty of customs leviable thereon under Section 3 of the said Act, and (3) the whole of the special duty of customs leviable under Section 68 of the Finance (No. 2) Act 1996 (33 of 1996), provided that the need for such goods is properly certified by the appropriate authorities. The Employer will assist the Contractor to obtain any lawful exemptions from payment of Excise Duty or Import Duty or any other admissible exemption from any kind of Tax or Duty on Plant, Equipment and Materials that are to be incorporated as a part of the Permanent Works by issue of a “Certificate Under GOI Notification No. 108/95 & 84/97”, duly signed by the Project Authorities and countersigned by the Secretary Finance, Govt. of Meghalaya, in the format indicated in Section-9, which indicates the estimated quantities of the Plant, Equipment and Materials that are to be incorporated into the Permanent Works. The Employer will not issue any certificates for plants, materials or equipment that may be required to carry out the Works, but which are not to be incorporated into and form a part of the Permanent Works. The responsibility for obtaining any such exemptions from the Competent Authority will remain with the Contractor and the Employer shall not in any way be responsible for admissibility of the claims or eligibility of the Contractor.



ITB 19.2 The Bidder is required to submit documentation to substantiate that it is an authorized dealer, distributor or reseller of the goods being procured.

ITB 19.3 The Bidder is required to include with its bid, evidence that it will be represented by an Agent in the Purchaser’s country.

ITB 20.1 The bid validity period shall be 180 days.

ITB 21.1 The Bidder shall furnish a Bid Security in the amount of INR 3,08,000/- (or equivalent US$).

ITB 21.2 Not applicable

ITB 21.4 Any bid not accompanied by an irrevocable and callable bid security shall be rejected by the Purchaser as nonresponsive. However, if a bidder submits a bid security that deviates in form, amount and/or period of validity, the Purchaser shall request the Bidder to submit a compliant bid security within 14 days of receiving such a request. Failure to provide a compliant bid security within the prescribed period of receiving such a request shall cause the rejection of the bid.

ITB 22.1 In addition to the original Bid, the number of copies is 1 (one) printed copy for Technical Bid and Price Bid proposal.

ITB 22.2 An organizational document, board resolution or its equivalent, or power of attorney specifying the representative’s authority to sign the Bid on behalf of, and Section 2–Bid Data Sheet 2-4 to legally bind, the Bidder. If the Bidder is an intended or an existing joint venture, the power of attorney should be signed by all partners and specify the authority of the named representative of the joint venture to sign on behalf of, and legally bind, the intended or existing joint venture. If the joint venture has not yet been formed, also include evidence from all proposed joint venture partners of their intent to enter into a joint venture in the event of a contract award in accordance with ITB 16.1 (b)”

ITB 22.2 The Bidder shall submit an acceptable authorization within 14 days.

D. Submission and Opening of Bids

ITB 23.1 Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their bids electronically.

ITB 23.1 (b) Not applicable

ITB 23.2 (c) The identification of this bidding process is: As mentioned in ITB 1.1

ITB 24.1 For bid submission purposes only, the Purchaser’s address is: Attention: The Director, Directorate of Employment and Craftsmen Training Groove site, Keating Road, Opposite Central Library, Shillong – 793001, Meghalaya India Telephone: 0364-2225356 Fax: 0364-2505525



Email: [email protected] or [email protected] or [email protected]

ITB 24.1 The deadline for bid submission is: Date: 19TH MARCH 2018 Time: 15:00HOURS

ITB 27.1 The technical bid opening shall take place at: The Director, Directorate of Employment and Craftsmen Training Groove site, Keating Road, Opposite Central Library, Shillong – 793001, Meghalaya, India

Date: 19th MARCH 2018 Time: Immediately after the deadline for bid submission

ITB 27.1 Electronic bid opening procedure shall Not Applicable

ITB 27.6 The Technical Bid Submission Sheet shall be initialed by at least three representatives of the Purchaser attending Technical Bid opening.

ITB 27.11 The Price Bid Submission Sheet and Price Schedules shall be initialed by at least three representatives of the Purchaser attending Price Bid opening.

E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids

ITB 37.1 The currency that shall be used for bid evaluation and comparison purposes to convert all bid prices expressed in various currencies into a single currency is: Indian Rupees (INR)/ (or equivalent US$) The source of the selling exchange rate shall be: Reserve Bank of India. The date for the selling exchange rate shall be: 28 Days prior to the bid submission deadline

ITB 38.1 A margin of preference shall not apply.

F. Award of Contract

ITB 43.1 The maximum percentage by which quantities may be increased is: 10% The maximum percentage by which quantities may be decreased is: 10%



Section 3 Evaluation and Qualification Criteria 3-1

Section 3- Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

Table of Criteria 1. Technical Evaluation .............................................................................................3-2

1.1 Technical Criteria ...............................................................................................3-2 2. Qualification Criteria .............................................................................................. 3-2 2.1 Eligibility.................................................................................................... 3-2 2.2 Experience and Technical Capacity ......................................................... 3-2

2.2.1 Contractual Experience ..................................................................... 3-2 2.3 Financial Situation ..................................................................................... 3-2

2.3.1 Historical Financial Performance....................................................... 3-2 2.3.2 Size of Operation (Average Annual Turnover) .................................. 3-2

Part 2. Specific Requirements for the Criteria ....................................................... 3-3 2.1 Eligibility and Pending Litigation .................................................................. 3-3

2.1.1 Eligibility .................................................................................. 3-3 2.1.1.1 Nationality .................................................................... 3-3 2.1.1.2 Conflict of Interest ....................................................... 3-3 2.1.1.3 ADB Eligibility ............................................................... 3-3 2.1.1.4 Government-Owned Enterprise .................................... 3-3 2.1.1.5 United Nations Eligibility ............................................... 3-3

2.1.2 Pending Litigation ..................................................................... 3-4 2.1.2.1 Pending Litigation and Arbitration ................................. 3-4

2.2 Experience and Technical Capacity ................................................... 3-4 2.2.1 Contractual Experience ............................................................. 3-4 2.2.2 Technical Experience ............................................................... 3-5 2.2.3 Production Capacity ................................................................. 3-5

2.3 Financial Situation ............................................................................. 3-6 2.3.1 Historical Financial Performance............................................... 3-6 2.3.2 Size of Operation (Average Annual Turnover) .......................... 3-6 2.3.3 Cash Flow Capacity .................................................................. 3-6

3 Economic Evaluation ........................................................................................ 3-7 3.1 Adjustment for Scope .............................................................................. 3-7

3.1.1 Local Handling and Inland Transportation ........................................ 3-7 3.1.2 Minor Omissions or Missing Items .................................................... 3-7

3.2 Adjustment for Deviations from the Terms of Payment .............................. 3-7 3.3 Adjustment for Deviations in the Delivery and Completion Schedule …...... 3-7 3.4 Operating and Maintenance Costs .............................................................. 3-7 3.5 Spare Parts .................................................................................................. 3-7 3.6 Performance and Productivity of the Goods .................................................3-8 3.7 Multiple Lots (Contracts) .............................................................................. 3-8 3.8 Margin of Preference ................................................................................... 3-8

3.8.1 Method of Application .......................................................................... 3-8



1. Technical Evaluation

1.1. Technical Criteria These criteria should specify the minimum technical level that the Goods and related Services shall have to comply with Section 6 (Schedule of Supply). Whenever possible, these criteria should be evaluated on a pass–fail system, with a minimum acceptable level for each criterion enumerated. The cost of all quantifiable deviations or deficiencies from the technical requirements as specified in Section 6(Schedule of Supply) shall be evaluated. The Purchaser will make its own assessment of the cost of these deviations or deficiencies for the purpose of ensuring fair comparison of Bids.

2. Qualification Criteria Bidders shall meet the qualification criteria set by the Purchaser on a pass-fail basis. Unless, specifically indicated otherwise, it is the legal entity or entities comprising the Bidder and not the Bidder’s parent companies, subsidiaries or affiliates that must satisfy these criteria

2.1 Eligibility Eligibility for participation by Bidders in terms of nationality, conflict of interest, status as government-owned enterprise and sanctions either by ADB or other international development institutions.

2.2 Experience and Technical Capacity 2.2.1 Contractual Experience

Number of contracts successfully completed as main supplier within the last three (3) years. Value, nature, and complexity of these contracts should be comparable to the contract to be let.

2.3 Financial Situation (May be used individually or in combination based on the specific scope of supply, the terms of payment, and the supplier market.)

2.3.1 Historical Financial Performance

Soundness of the Bidder’s financial position showing long-term profitability demonstrated through audited annual financial statements (balance sheet, income statement) for the last three (3) years.

2.3.2 Size of Operation (Average Annual Turnover)

Average annual turnover (converted into United States [US] dollars) defined as the total payments received by the Bidder for contracts completed or under execution over the last three (3) years. The specific requirements for each of these criteria are provided in Part 2. Bid document for procurement(Phase-I) of equipment for ITIs, Meghalaya Procurement of Goods Single-stage: two-envelope


Part 2: Specific Requirements for the Criteria The legal entity or entities comprising the Bidder, and not the Bidder’s parent companies, subsidiaries, or affiliates, must satisfy the qualification criteria described below. All are Pass/Fail Criteria

2.1 Eligibility and Pending Litigation 2.1.1 Eligibility

Criteria Compliance Requirements Documents

Requirement Single Entity

Joint Venture Submission

Requirements All Partners Combined

Each Partner

One Partner

2.1.1.1 Nationality

Nationality in accordance with ITB Sub-clause 4.2.

must meet requiremen

t


t


t

not applicable

Technical Bid Submission

Sheet; Forms ELI – 1 and ELI - 2

2.1.1.2 Conflict of Interest

No conflicts of interest in accordance with ITB Sub-clause 4.3.


t


t


t

not applicable


Sheet

2.1.1.3 ADB Eligibility

Not having been declared ineligible by ADB, as described in ITB Sub-clause 4.4.


t


t


t

not applicable


Sheet

2.1.1.4 Government-Owned Enterprise

Bidder required to meet conditions of ITB Sub-clause 4.5.


t


t


t

not applicable


Sheet; Forms ELI – 1 and ELI - 2

2.1.1.5 United Nations Eligibility

Not having been excluded by an act of compliance with a United Nations Security Council resolution in accordance with ITB Sub-clause 4.7.


t


t


t

not applicable


Sheet



2.1.2 Pending Litigation

Pending litigation and arbitration criterion shall apply.

2.1.2.1 Pending Litigation and Arbitration





Each Partner

One Partner

All pending litigation and arbitration, if any, shall be treated as resolved against the Bidder and so shall in total not represent more than Fifty (50) percent of the Bidder’s net worth calculated as the difference between total assets and total liabilities.

must meet requirement by itself

or as partner to past or existing

Joint Venture

not applicable

must meet requirement by itself

or as partner to past or existing

Joint Venture

not applicable

Form LIT – 1

2.2 Experience and Technical Capacity 2.2.1 Contractual Experience



Joint Venture Submission Requirement

s All

Partners Combined

Each Partner

One Partner

Successful completion as main supplier within the last Three (3) years, of at least Two (2) contracts each valued in INR 12,300,000 (or equivalent in USD) with nature, and complexity similar to the scope of supply described in Section 6 (Schedule of Supply)

must meet requireme

nt

must meet requireme

nt

not applicable

not applicable

Form EXP - 1

2.2.2 Technical Experience




Requirements All

Partners Combined

Each Partner

One Partner



The Bidder shall demonstrate that the goods offered have a) been in production for at least

3 years, and b) been sold a minimum of 10-

Sets or more units of goods pertaining to the Lot over the last three (3) years;

c) been in operation for a minimum of 3 years.;


t


t

not applicable

not applicable

Form EXP - 2

2.2.3 Production Capacity





Each Partner

One Partner

The Bidder shall demonstrate a that it can supply the type, size, and quantity of the goods as required by Purchaser in accordance with the Delivery and Completion Schedule in Section 6 (Schedule of Supply).


t


t

not applicable

not applicable

Form EXP - 3

- Note -

a Bidder or Manufacturer shall provide evidence of production output.



2.3 Financial Situation 2.3.1 Historical Financial Performance





Each Partner

One Partner

Submission of audited financial statements or, if not required by the law of the Bidder’s country, other financial statements acceptable to the Purchaser, for the last three (3) years to demonstrate the current soundness of the Bidder’s financial position. As a minimum, the Bidder’s net worth for the last year calculated as the difference between total assets and total liabilities should be positive


t

not applicable


t

not applicable

Form FIN - 1

2.3.2 Size of Operation (Average Annual Turnover)



Joint Venture Submission Requirements All Partners

Combined Each

Partner One

Partner Minimum average annual turnover as indicated below in INR 23,100,000 (or equivalent US$) calculated as total payments received by the Bidder for contracts completed or under execution over the last Three (3) years.

must meet requireme

nt

must meet requireme

nt

must meet 25% of the requireme

nt

must meet 40% of the requireme

nt

Form FIN - 2

3. Economic Evaluation Economic criteria are applied when evaluating a Bid to determine the lowest evaluated Bid. These criteria are the bid price and other factors expressed in monetary terms such as those related to characteristics, performance, and terms and conditions of the purchase of the goods. The monetary values of the factors provide the adjustment of the bid price for comparison purposes.



3.1 Adjustment for Scope 3.1.1 Local Handling and Inland Transportation

Costs for inland transportation, insurance, and other incidental costs for delivery of the goods from the EXW premises, or port of entry, or border point to Project Site as defined in Section 6 (Schedule of Supply), shall be quoted in the Price Schedule for Related Services to Be Offered from Outside and Within the Purchaser’s Country provided In Section 4 (Bidding Forms). These costs will be taken into account during bid evaluation. If a Bidder fails to include such costs in its Bid, then these costs will be estimated by the Purchaser on the basis of published tariffs by the rail or road transport agencies, insurance companies, or other appropriate sources, and added to EXW or CIP price

3.1.2 Minor Omissions or Missing Items

Pursuant to ITB 32.3, the cost of all quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions from the contractual and commercial conditions shall be evaluated. The Purchaser will make its own assessment of the cost of any nonmaterial nonconformities and omissions for the purpose of ensuring fair comparison of Bids.

3.2 Adjustment for Deviations from the Terms of Payment Deviations from the Terms of Payment as specified in SCC 16.1, are not permitted

3.3 Adjustment for deviations in the delivery and completion schedule Bidders are required to base their prices on the Delivery and Completion Schedule specified in Section 6 (Schedule of Supply). Deviations from the Delivery and Completion Schedule specified in Section 6 (Schedule of Supply) are not permitted.

3.4 Operating and Maintenance Costs To be specified, wherever applicable against the goods specified in the Section-6, list of Goods and related services.

3.5 Spare Parts The list of items and quantities of spare parts for each Lot (trades) likely to be required the initial two years of operation is indicated in Section-6 (schedule of supply). The total cost of these items at unit process quoted in each Bid shall be added to the Bid price.

3.6 Performance and Productivity of the Goods Not Applicable



3.7 Multiple Lots (Contracts) Goods are grouped in Package and each package is consisting of one or more Lot(s). The Purchaser will evaluate and compare Bids on the basis of a Lot, or a combination of Lots, or as a total of Package to arrive at the least cost combination for the Purchaser by taking into account discounts offered by the Bidders in case of award of multiple contracts.

If a bidder submits successful Bids for multiple Packages (lowest evaluated substantially responsive Bids), the evaluation also includes an assessment of the Bidder’s capacity to meet the aggregated qualifying requirements relating to qualifying production capacity, size of operation requirements for each Package as specified in the Section-6, list of Goods and related services.

Package No

Trade, Lab/workshop

Lot-1 Lot-2 Lot-3

PKG1 Electrician Wireman Mechanic Electronic

3.8 Margin of Preference Not Applicable.


Section 4 Bidding Forms 4-1

Section 4- Bidding Forms Table of Forms

Technical Bid Submission Sheet .............................................................................. 4-2

Price Bid Submission Sheet ..................................................................................... 4-4

Price Schedule for Goods to Be Offered from Within the Purchaser's Country ........ 4-6

Price Schedule for Goods to Be Offered from Outside the Purchaser's Country ...... 4-7

Price Schedule for Related Services to Be Offered from Outside and Within the Purchaser's Country …………………………………………………………………........ 4-8 Tables of Adjustment Data .................................................................................... 4-9

Form of Bid Security ............................................................................................. 4-10

Form of Bid-Securing Declaration ........................................................................... 4-12

Manufacturer’s Authorization .................................................................................. 4-13

Bidder’s Qualification .............................................................................................. 4-14

Form ELI – 1: Bidder’s Information Sheet ................................................... 4-15

Form ELI - 2: Joint Venture Information Sheet ........................................... 4-16

Form LIT - 1: Pending Litigation and Arbitration.......................................... 4-17

Form EXP - 1: Contractual Experience ...................................................... 4-18

Form EXP - 2: Technical Experience ......................................................... 4-19

Form EXP - 3: Production Capacity ............................................................ 4-20

Form FIN - 1: Historical Financial Performance .......................................... 4-21

Form FIN - 2: Size of Operation (Average Annual Turnover) ..................... 4-22

Form FIN - 3: Cash Flow Capacity .............................................................. 4-23



Technical Bid Submission Sheet -- Note – The Bidder must accomplish the Price Bid Submission Sheet on its letterhead clearly showing the bidder’s complete name and address. Date: NCB No.: Invitation for Bid No.: Alternative No.: To: ______________________________________________________________

We, the undersigned, declare that:

(a) We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Document, including the Addenda issued in accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB) Clause 8.

(b) We offer to supply in conformity with the Bidding Document and in accordance with the

delivery schedule specified in Section 6(Schedule of Supply), the following Goods and Related Services.

(c) Our Bid consisting of the Technical Bid and the Price Bid shall be valid for a period of _______ days from the date fixed for the bid submission deadline in accordance with the Bidding Document, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period.

(d) Our firm, including any subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract, have nationalities from eligible countries in accordance with ITB 4.2. _________.

(e) We, including any subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the contract, do not have any conflict of interest in accordance with ITB 4.3.

(f) We are not participating, as a Bidder in more than one Bid in this bidding process in accordance with ITB 4.3(e), other than alternative offers in accordance with the Bidding Document.

(g) Our firm, its affiliates or subsidiaries, including any subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract, has not been declared ineligible by the ADB, under the Purchaser’s country laws or official regulations or by an act of compliance with a decision of the United Nations Security Council.

(h) [We are not a government-owned enterprise] / [We are a government-owned enterprise but meet the requirements of ITB 4.5].2

(i) We agree to permit ADB or its representative to inspect our accounts and records and other documents relating to the bid submission and to have them audited by auditors appointed by ADB

4 Use one of the two options as appropriate.

Name [Insert complete name of the person signing the Bid] :

In the capacity of [Insert legal capacity of person signing the Bid] :

Signed [Insert signature of person whose Name and capacity shown above] :

Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of [Insert complete Name of the Bidder]

:

Date :



Price Bid Submission Sheet -- Note – The Bidder must accomplish the Price Bid Submission Sheet on its letterhead clearly showing the bidder’s complete name and address. Date: NCB No.: Invitation for Bid No.: Alternative No.:

To: ____________________________________________

We, the undersigned, declare that:

(a) We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Document, including the Addenda issued in accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB) Clause 8.

(b) We offer to supply in conformity with the Bidding Document and in accordance with

the delivery schedule specified in Section 6(Schedule of Supply), the following Goods and Related Services.

(c) The total Bid price, excluding any discounts offered in item (d) below is

[amount of foreign currency in words], [amount in figures], and [amount of local currency in words], [amount in figures]

The total bid price from the Price Schedules should be entered by the Bidder inside this box. Absence of the total bid price in the Price Bid Submission Sheet may result in the rejection of the bid.

(d) The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are as follows:

Discounts: If our Bid is accepted, the following discounts shall apply: _____________________ Methodology of Application of the Discounts: The discounts shall be applied using the following method: _____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________

(e) Our bid shall be valid for a period of __________ days from the date fixed for the submission deadline in accordance with the Bidding Documents, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period.

(f) If our Bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a Performance Security in the amount of ___10 percent of the Contract Price for the due performance of the Contract.

(g) The following commissions, gratuities, or fees have been paid or are to be paid with respect to the bidding process or execution of the Contract:



Name of Recipient Address Reason Amount

(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)

(h) We understand that this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in your notification of award, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal Contract is prepared and executed.

(i) We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated bid or any other bid that you may receive.

(j) We agree to permit ADB or its representative to inspect our accounts and records and other documents relating to the bid submission and to have them audited by auditors appointed by ADB.

Name [Insert complete name of the person signing the Bid] :

In the capacity of [Insert legal capacity of person signing the Bid] :

Signed [Insert signature of person whose Name and capacity shown above] :

Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of [Insert complete Name of the Bidder]

:

Date :



Price Schedule for Goods to be offered from within the Purchaser’s Country

Name of Bidder _______________ IFB Number ______________ Page ___ of ___

# Name of the Item/ Equipment /Book

Description (As described in

sub-section 6.1 of Section 6)

Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent

Total Qty to be procured UoM Unit Price

EXW Total EXW

Price per item

Sales and Other Taxes

Per Item

Total Price per Item including

Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 A Lot-1: Electrician Trade

1 Measuring Steel tape 51 Nos 2 Combination Pliers Insulated 51 Nos 3 Screw driver Insulated 51 Nos 4 Screw driver 51 Nos 5 Electrician Screw driver insulated handle. 51 Nos 8 Centre Punch 51 Nos 9 Knife Double Bladed Electrician 51 Nos 10 Neon Tester 51 Nos 11 Steel Rule Graduated 51 Nos 12 Hammer, cross peen with handle 51 Nos 13 Hammer, ball peen with handle 12 Nos 14 Pincer 12 Nos 15 C- Clamp 6 Nos 16 C- Clamp 6 Nos 17 Spanner Adjustable drop forged ,SS 6 Nos 18 Spanner Adjustable 6 Nos 19 Blow lamp Brass 3 Nos 20 Chisel Cold 6 Nos 21 Chisel firmer with wooden Handle 6 Nos 22 Allen key Alloy Steel set 3 Set 23 Grease gun 3 Nos 24 Bradawl 6 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 25 Pulley puller with 3 legs 6 Nos 26 Pulley puller with 3 legs 6 Nos 27 Bearing puller in side and outside 3 Nos 28 Pipe Vice 3 Nos 29 Scissor 12 Nos 30 Scissor 6 Nos 31 Crimping tool 6 Nos 32 Crimping tool 6 Nos 33 Wire cutter and stripper 12 Nos 34 Mallet hard wood 12 Nos 35 Hammer Extractor type 12 Nos 36 Hacksaw frame 6 Nos 37 Hacksaw frame 6 Nos 38 Try square 12 Nos 39 Outside calliper 6 Nos 40 Inside calliper 6 Nos 41 Divider 150 mm spring type 6 Nos 42 Plier, long nose Insulated 12 Nos 43 Pliers Flat nose Insulated 12 Nos 44 Pliers Round nose Insulated 12 Nos 45 Tweezers 12 Nos 46 Snip Straight and bent Heavy duty 6 Nos 47 DE metric spanner Double Ended (set) 6 Nos 48 Drill hand brace 12 Nos 49 Drill SS Twist block 12 Nos 50 Drill SS Twist block 12 Nos 51 Drill SS Twist block 12 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 52 Plane, cutters 6 Nos 53 Smoothing cutters 6 Nos 54 Gauge, wire imperial Stainless steel 12 Nos 55 File flat 24 Nos 56 File half round 12 Nos 57 File round 12 Nos 58 File flat Rough 12 Nos 59 File flat Bastard 12 Nos 60 File flat ,Smooth 12 Nos 61 File Rasp, half round 12 Nos 62 Copper Bit Soldering Iron 6 Nos 63 De-soldering gun 12 Nos 64 Hand Vice 12 Nos 65 Table vice 24 Nos 66 Oil can 6 Nos 67 Contactor and Auxiliary Contacts 6 set 68 Contactor and auxiliary Contacts 6 set 69 Limit Switch 6 Nos 70 Rotary Switch 6 Nos 71 Relays - Cut out 6 Nos 72 Relays - Reverse current 6 Nos 73 Relays - Over current 6 Nos 74 Relays - Under voltage 6 Nos 75 Insulators including hardware fitting 3 Set 76 Hydrometer 6 Nos 77 Hand drill Machine 6 Nos 78 Portable Electric Drill Machine 3 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 79 Load Bank Lamp/ heater type 6 Nos 80 Brake test arrangement with two spring

balance Rating 3 Nos

81 Laboratory type Induction coil 3 Nos 82 Out Side Micrometer 6 Nos 83 Thermometer Digital 6 Nos 84 Series Test Lamp 3 Nos 85 Knife Switch DPDT fitted with fuse

terminals 12 Nos

86 Knife Switch TPDT 12 Nos 87 Miniature circuit breaker(MCB) 16 Nos 88 Earth Plate 6 Nos 89 Earth Electrode 3 Set 90 MCCB(Moulded Case Circuit Breaker) 3 Nos 91 ELCB/RCCB 3 Nos 92 Fuses 3 set 93 Rheostat ( Sliding Type ) 3 Nos 94 Rheostat ( Sliding Type ) 3 Nos 95 Rheostat ( Sliding Type ) 3 Nos 96 Rheostat ( Sliding Type ) 3 Nos 97 Capacitors 6 set 98 Various Electronic components 3 Nos 99 Various Lamps 6 Nos 100 Plug socket Piano Switch Lamp Holder 6 Nos 101 Cables 3 Nos 102 Bus bar with brackets 3 Nos 103 Rubber mat 6 Nos 104 Electrician Helmet 6 Nos Bid document for procurement(Phase-I) of equipment for ITIs, Meghalaya Procurement of Goods Single-stage: two-envelope





Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 105 RCC Pole with accessories 3 Nos 106 Safety Belt 6 Nos 107 Ohm Meter Series type Portable box type 6 Nos 108 Ohm Meter Shunt Type Portable box type 6 Nos 109 Digital Multimeter 30 Nos 110 A.C Volt Meter 9 Nos 111 Milli Voltmeter(box type) 6 Nos 112 Ammeter MC Analog portable 6 Nos 113 Ammeter MC Analog portable 6 Nos 114 Ammeter MC Analog portable box type 6 Nos 115 AC Ammeter M I, Analog portable 6 Nos 116 Kilowatt Meter Analog 6 Nos 117 Digital Wattmeter 6 Nos 118 A C Energy Meter 6 Nos 119 A C Energy Meter 6 Nos 120 Power factor Meter Digital 6 Nos 121 Frequency Meter 6 Nos 122 Magnetic Flux Meter 6 Nos 123 Luxmeter 6 Nos 124 Tachometer 3 Nos 125 Tachometer 3 Nos 126 Tong Tester/ Clamp Meter 6 Nos 127 Megger 6 Nos 128 DC Starter, 3-point 3 Nos 129 DC Starter,4-point 3 Nos 130 Wheatstone Bridge with Galvanometer 6 Nos 131 Single Phase Variable Auto Transformer 6 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 132 Phase Sequence Indicator 6 Nos 133 Growler 3 Nos 134 A C Starters. AC Motors 3 Nos 135 Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors 3 Nos 136 Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Star

Delta starter - manual, 3 Nos

137 Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Star Delta starter semi automatic

3 Nos

138 Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Star Delta starter fully automatic

3 Nos

139 Soft starter 1ph 3 Nos 140 Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. A.C Motors - Auto

transformer type 3 Nos

141 Oscilloscope Dual Trace 3 Nos 142 Function Generator 3 Nos 143 Soldering Iron 6 Nos 144 Temperature controlled Soldering Iron 6 Nos 145 Discrete Component Trainer 3 Nos 146 Linear I.C. Trainer 3 Nos 147 Digital I.C. Trainer 3 Nos 148 Electric Induction Plate 3 Nos 149 Electric Kettle 6 Nos 150 Electric Iron 6 Nos 151 Electric Immersion Heater 6 Nos 152 Ceiling and Table Fan 6 Nos 153 Electric Geyser 6 Nos 154 Electric Mixer & Grinder 6 Nos 155 Washing Machine 3 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 156 Motor Pump set 3 Nos 157 Oil Testing Kit 3 Nos 158 Inverter with Battery 6 Nos 159 Voltage Stabilizer 3 Nos 160 DC Power supply 3 Nos 161 Battery Charger 6 Nos 162 Current Transformer 6 Nos 163 Potential Transformer 6 Nos 164 Solar panel with Battery 3 set 165 Desktop Computer 6 Nos 166 Printer 3 Nos 167 D.C. Shunt Generator with Control panel 3 Nos 168 Motor-Generator (AC to DC) 3 Nos 169 D.C. Compound Generator with control

panel 3 Nos

170 DC Series Motor coupled (with spring balanced load)

3 Nos

171 DC Shunt Motor 3 Nos 172 DC compound Motor with starter and

switch 3 Nos

173 Motor Generator(DC to AC) set 3 Set 174 AC Squirrel Cage Motor 3 Nos 175 AC phase-wound slip ring Motor with

starter and switch 3 Nos

176 Universal Motor with starter/switch 3 Nos 177 Synchronous motor with accessories like

starter, excitation arrangements. 3 Nos

178 Thyristor /IGBT controlled D.C. motor 3 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 drive with tacho-generator feedback arrangement.

179 Thyristor /IGBT controlled A.C. motor drive with VVVF control

3 Nos

180 Single phase Transformer core type, air cooled

3 Nos

181 Three phase transformer Shell type oil cooled with Delta/ Star

3 Nos

182 Electrical Machine Trainer 3 Set 183 Diesel Generator 3 Set 184 Used DC Generators -Series Type 3 Set 185 Used DC Generators - Shunt Type 3 Set 186 Used DC Generators- Compound type 3 Set 187 Pillar Electric Drill Machine Motorized 3 Set 188 Motorised Bench grinder 3 Nos 189 A.C. Series type Motor 3 Nos 190 Single Phase Capacitor Motor 3 Nos 191 Manual Motor Coil winding Machine 3 Set 192 Ceiling fan coil Winding Machine 3 Set 193 Primary current injection set 3 Nos 194 Stepper Motor with Digital Controller 3 Nos 195 Shaded Pole Motor 3 Nos 196 Working Bench 2.5 x 1.25 x 0.75 meter 12 Nos 197 Wiring Board on Stand 6 Nos 198 Instructor’s Table with Chair 3 Nos 199 Instructor’s chair 6 Nos 200 Metal Rack 12 Nos 201 Lockers with drawers 3 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 202 Almirah 6 Nos 203 White board 3 Nos 204 Fire Extinguisher 6 Nos 205 Fire buckets 6 Nos 206 Electric Motors working Cut Models, 3 Nos 207 Automatic Water Level Controller Trainer

Kit 3 Nos

208 LED Solar lighting Training Kits 3 Nos 209 Solar Pump Trainer Kit 3 Nos 210 Spirit level 18 Nos 211 Hygrometer 3 Nos 212 Multimeter 18 Nos 213 Compass Needle 51 Nos 214 Temperature Control Trainer Kit 3 Nos 215 Starter Panel Board 21 Nos 216 DO fuse and Holder with fuse 10 Amp. 3 Nos 218 AB switch set 3 Nos 219 Lightning Arrestor set 3 Set 220 Safety Demonstration kit for leakage

current effect 3 Set

221 Aluminium Ladder 3 Nos 222 Portable Extension Ladder 3 Nos 223 LCD projector 3 Nos 224 AC/DC Motor Control Circuit Modular

Trainer Kit 3 Set

225 Tools Trolley 6 Nos 226 Steel locker 3 Nos 227 Steel Almirah 3 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 228 Stools 60 Nos 229 Computer Table of 3 Nos 230 Computer Chair Revolving 3 Nos 231 Printer Table 3 Nos 232 Class Room Desk 30 Nos 235 MCCB 6 Nos 236 ELCB 9 Nos 241 MCB Din rail Chanel 15 Nos 242 TB 'C' Chanel 15 nos 270 3-core flexible copper wire 9 roll 271 3-core Flexible copper wire 15 roll 275 M.C.B. 15 nos 276 M.C.B. 15 nos 277 M.C.B. 16 Amp SP 15 nos 278 M.C.B. 20 Amp SP 15 nos 279 M.C.B. 32 Amp SP 15 nos 280 MCB 15 nos 281 MCB 15 nos 311 Sodium vapour lamps 15 nos 312 Sodium vapour lamps choke 15 nos 316 Mercury vapour lamp 15 nos 317 Mercury vapour lamp choke 15 nos 362 Hacksaw Blade 3 packets 369 Electric Bell 15 nos 376 Bus bar Chamber 3 UoM








Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8

B Lot-3: Electrinic Mechanic Trade 1 Connecting screwdriver 20 nos 2 Neon tester 12 nos 3 Screw driver Set of 7 20 nos 4 Insulated Combination Pliers 12 nos 5 Insulated Side cutting Pliers 16 nos 6 Long Nose Pliers 12 nos 7 Soldering Iron 25 watt 240 Volt 20 nos 8 Electrician Pocket Knife 12 nos 9 Tweezers 20 nos 10 Digital Multimeters 20 nos 11 Soldering Iron 15 watt 240 volt 12 nos 12 De-soldering Pump Electrical Heated 40W 20 nos 13 Steel rule 300mm 8 nos 14 Precision set of Screw driver 4 Set 15 Tweezers - Bend Tip 4 nos 16 Steel Measuring Tape 3 meter 8 nos 17 Tools Maker Vice 2 nos 18 Tools Maker Vice 2 nos 19 Crimping tool (Pliers) 4 nos 20 Magneto spanner set 4 nos 21 File - Flat Bastard 4 nos 22 File - Flat Second Cut 4 nos 23 File - Flat Smooth 4 nos 24 Flat Nose Pliers 8 nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 25 Round Nose Pliers 8 nos 26 Scriber straight 150mm 4 nos 27 Hammer Ball Pein 2 nos 28 Allen key set (set of 9) 2 nos 29 Tubular box spanner (set of 6nos) 2 set 30 Magnifying lenses 75mm 4 nos 31 Continuity tester 12 nos 32 Hacksaw Frame adjustable 4 nos 33 Cold chisel 10mm x 150mm 2 nos 34 Scissors 200mm 2 nos 35 Handsaw 450mm 2 nos 36 Hand Drill Machine Electric with Hammer

action 4 nos

37 Bench Vice 6 nos 38 Dual DC regulated power supply 30-0-

30V, 2 A 8 nos

39 DC Regulated Variable Programmable DC Power Supply 0-30V/3A

4 nos

40 LCR Meter Digital 2 nos 41 Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO 20 MHz) 4 nos 42 Signal Generator with Digital Display for

Frequency Amplitude 4 nos

43 Battery Charger 0 - 6 - 9 - 12 - 24 - 48 V, 30 Amp

2 nos

44 Analog Multimeter 8 nos 45 Clamp Meter 0 - 10 Amp 4 46 Function generator (DDS Technology 1

mHz -10 MHz 4 nos

47 Dimmer starter 4 nos 48 Autotransformer 15 Amps 4






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 49 Analog Component Trainer 8 nos 50 Milli Ammeter (AC) 0 – 200 mA 4 51 Milli Ammeter (DC) 0-500 mA 4 52 Op Amp Trainer Kit 4 nos 53 Digital IC Trainer Breadboard for Circuit

design 4 nos

54 Digital IC Tester 2 nos 55 Digital and Analog Bread Board Trainer

DC/AC Power Supply 12 nos

56 Rheostats various values and ratings 4 nos 57 Power Electronics Trainer with at least 6

no’s of application board 8 nos

58 Computers in the assembled form 8 nos 59 Electronic circuit simulation software with

6 user licenses 2 nos

60 Wires Single strand wire 1/18 SWG (Red & Black)

200 mtrs

61 Wires Breadboard Jumper wire (set of 100 wires)

10 Set

62 Wires Flexible PVC wire gauge 5/20 , 14/26 SWG

2 Set

63 Cables PVC cable 3 core Copper wire 40/76, 100m

2 nos

64 Cables PVC cable 2 core copper 14/76, 100m

20 mtrs

65 Plug sockets 30 nos 66 Plug sockets 10 nos 67 Plug sockets 150 nos 68 Plug sockets 30 nos 69 Switches 40 nos 70 Switches 30 nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 71 Switches 30 nos 72 Switches 30 nos 73 Switches 30 nos 74 Switches 600 nos 75 Resistors 100 nos 76 Capacitors 100 nos 77 Capacitors 800 nos 78 Capacitors 700 nos 79 Inductors 100 nos 80 Diodes 80 nos 81 Zener Diodes 60 nos 82 Power Transistor 100 nos 83 Transistor 40 nos 84 LED 20 nos 85 IC's Linear 40 nos 86 IC Digital 40 nos 87 Digital Storage Oscilloscope 4 Channel ,

50MHz Real Time Sampling 2 nos

88 Soldering & De soldering Station 2 nos 89 SMD Soldering & De soldering Station

with necessary accessories 4 nos

90 DOL starter 2 nos 91 AC Motor Trainer Kit 2 nos 92 Frequency modulator and Demodulator

trainer kit 4 nos

93 PAM, PPM,PWM trainer kit 4 nos 94 AM/FM Commercial radio receivers 4 nos 95 Microcontroller kits (8051) along with

programming software 8 nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 96 Application kits for Microcontrollers 6

different applications 2 set

97 Sensor Trainer Kit 4 nos 98 Fiber optic communication trainer 4 nos 99 Seven segment DPM trainer 12 nos 100 LCD based DPM Trainer 12 nos 101 SMPS of different make 8 nos 102 UPS trainer 2 nos 103 UPS 3 KVA with backup 2 nos 104 Mobile phone Trainer 2 nos 105 Smart phones of different make

(android/Windows) 8 nos

106 Cell phone power source with charger chords for different cellphones

8 Set

107 LCD TV (Trainer kit ) 2 Set 108 LED TV (Trainer kit ) 2 Set 109 Home theatre system 2 Set 110 Solar Training Kit/ Simulator 2 Set 111 LED lighting system 4 Set 112 Instructor’s Table 2 nos 113 Instructor’s Chair 4 nos 114 Metal Rack 100cm x 150cm x 45cm 8 nos 115 Lockers with 16 drawers standard size 4 nos 116 Almirah 2.5 m x 1.20 m x 0.5 m 4 nos 117 Fire Extinguisher 2 nos 118 Fire buckets 4 nos 119 Gang capacitor (radio tuning capacitor

/FM double film variable capacitor) 40 nos

120 IC 30 nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 121 IC base 60 nos 122 UJT 40 nos 123 Triac 30 nos 124 Diac 60 nos 125 Potentiometer 40 nos 132 DC Motor 20 nos 133 DC Servo Motor 20 nos 134 Stepper Motor 20 nos 146 Desolder wick 100 nos 147 Heat sink TO-220 (40mm, 50mm) 40 nos 148 Crystal Oscillator 20 nos 149 Wire sleeve 200 nos 150 Light Dependent Resistor 30 nos 151 Voltage Dependent Resistor 60 nos 152 Rubber Mat 10 nos 153 Rubber Gloves 42 nos 157 NTC Thermistor 30 nos 158 PTC Thermistor 30 nos 159 VDR 30 nos 160 Heater 10 nos 170 AM transmitter tag board 20 nos








Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8

C Lot-2: Wireman Trade 1 Steel Rule 119 Nos 2 Screw Driver 119 Nos 3 Screw Driver 119 Nos 4 Terminal Screw Driver 119 Nos 5 Knife Electrician 119 Nos 6 Hammer Ball peen. 119 Nos 7 Plumb Bob 119 Nos 8 Combination Pliers Insulated 119 Nos 9 Neon Tester Pencil Bit Type 119 Nos 10 Try Square 119 Nos 11 Small Crimping Tools (assorted) 119 Nos 12 Spanner Set Double Ended 119 Set 13 Screw Driver Set (set of 5) 119 Set 14 File Half Round 2nd Cut 119 Nos 15 File Round 2nd Cut 119 Nos 16 Soldering Iron 119 Nos 17 Neon Tester 119 Nos 18 Forge with Hand Blower 7 Set 19 Conduit pipe cutting and threading

machines adjustable 7 Set

20 Conduit pipe bending machine, suitable 7 Set 21 Bar Magnet 7 Nos 22 Drill Bit 7 Set 23 Horse Shoe Magnet 7 Nos 24 Crimping Tool 7 Set






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 25 Crimping Tool for Telephone/LAN Cable 7 Set 26 Rubber Matting 14 Nos 27 Wiring Board on Stand 42 Nos 28 Fire Extinguishers 14 Set 29 Rawal Tool Holder & Bit 14 Set 30 Set of Wall Jumper Octagonal 28 Set 31 Center Punch 14 Nos 32 Combination pliers insulated 112 Nos 33 Rule Four Fold Wood 42 Nos 34 Spanner Set (Ring Spanner) 42 Set 35 Bradawl 112 Nos 36 Set of Rawal Punch 112 Set 37 Wooden Mallet 112 Nos 38 Pliers Side Cutting Insulated 35 Nos 39 Pliers Flat Nose Insulated 35 Nos 40 Pliers Round Nose Insulated 35 Nos 41 Pliers Long Nose Insulated 35 Nos 42 Screw Driver Heavy Duty 14 Nos 43 Screw Driver Heavy Duty 35 Nos 44 Firmer Chisel 70 Nos 45 Firmer Chisel 70 Nos 46 Hammer Ball Peen 35 Nos 47 Wire Stripper 35 Nos 48 Hammer Ball Peen 35 Nos 49 Hammer Cross Peen 35 Nos 50 Scriber 14 Nos 51 File Flat 35 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 52 File Flat Round 35 Nos 53 File Round 35 Nos 54 File Triangular 35 Nos 55 Spanner set of 6 14 Set 56 Adjustable Spanner 7 Nos 57 Foot Print Grip 14 Nos 58 Allen Keys 7 Set 59 Spirit Level 7 Nos 60 Electric Soldering Iron 14 Nos 61 Blow Lamp 14 Nos 62 Bench Vice 35 Nos 63 Hand Vice 35 Nos 64 Rubber Gloves 14 Pair 65 Safety Belt with provision for Keeping

Tools 70 Nos

66 Tower Ladder on Type Wheels 14 Nos 67 Portable Extension Ladder 7 Nos 68 Trowel 14 Nos 69 All types C.F.L. Lamp Sets 21 Set 70 Multimeter 28 Nos 71 Hot wire Ammeter 7 Nos 72 Wheatstone Bridge 7 Nos 73 Electrical power drilling machine 7 Set 74 Megger (Insulation tester ) 14 Nos 75 Voltmeter M.C. 7 Nos 76 Voltmeter M.C/ Multi range 7 Nos 77 Voltmeter M.C. Multi range 7 Nos 78 Voltmeter centre zero 7 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 79 Voltmeter M.I. multi-range 14 Nos 80 Voltmeter M.I. multi-range 7 Nos 81 Ammeter M.I.(5Amp) 14 Nos 82 Ammeter M.I(10Amp) 7 Nos 83 Ammeter M.C. Centre zero 7 Nos 84 Ammeter MC 7 Nos 85 Field regulator 7 Nos 86 Single phase K.W.h meter Digital 28 Nos 87 Single phase K.W.h meter analog 28 Nos 88 3 Phase KWH meter 7 Nos 89 Watt meter Dynamo meter type 7 Nos 90 Personal computer system with printer 7 Set 91 LCD projector 7 Set 92 Clamp on ammeter 14 Set 93 Three phase KWh meter analog 28 Set 94 Three phase KWh meter digital 28 Set 95 UPS 500VA with battery 7 Nos 96 D.C. compound motor 7 Set 97 D.C. shunt motor 7 Set 98 D. C. series motor with 2 point starter 7 Set 99 DC Power supply 7 Set 100 Capacitor motor 7 Set 101 Split phase motor 7 Set 102 Universal motor 7 Set 103 M.G. Set 7 Set 104 Squirrel cage induction motor 3 H.P. 400

V with D.O.L. starter 7 Set

105 Squirrel cage induction motor 5 H.P. 400 7 Set






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 V with star delta starter

106 Manual star Delta starter 7 Set 107 Semi-automatic star Delta starter 7 Set 108 Automatic star Delta starter 7 Set 109 Automatic Reverse Forward starter 7 Set 110 Single phasing preventer 21 Set 111 D.O.L starter 7 Set 112 Two point starter for DC series motor 7 Set 113 Soft starter 1ph 7 Set 114 Tachometer digital type 7 Nos 115 Flux meter 7 Nos 116 2KVA Alternator with 3 phase induction

motor 7 Set

117 5 HP Slip ring induction motor with rotor resistance starter

7 Set

118 Lux meter 7 Nos 119 Lead Acid battery 75Ah 7 Nos 120 Battery Charger 7 Nos 121 Solar street light lamp set 28 Set 122 Hydraulic crimping tool for UG cable

crimping with bits 7 Nos

123 Transformer single phase 14 Nos 124 Transformer Three phase (oil cooled) 14 Nos 125 Transformer oil testing kit 7 Set 126 Autotransformer 14 Nos 127 Autotransformer 14 Nos 128 Current transformer 7 Nos 129 Potential transformer 7 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 130 Miniature circuit breaker(MCB) 14 Nos 131 Earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) 14 Nos 132 Metal clad circuit breaker (MCCB) 14 Nos 133 Earth Tester 7 Nos 134 Electrical Motor Checker EMC meter 7 Nos 135 Electrical switchgear mounting stand 7 Nos 136 Mobile Panel Wiring Trainer kit without

wiring for Star/Delta Starter 7 Set

137 Drawing Board 119 Nos 142 Phase Sequence Meter 42 Nos 143 Fire Extinguisher 14 Nos 144 Fire buckets 14 Nos 147 kettle 500 watt, 230VAC 7 Nos 148 Electric Iron 750 Watt 230 VAC

Automatic 7 Nos

149 Room Heaters 1000 Watts 230 VAC with fan

7 Nos

150 Automatic toaster with Pop up 7 Nos 151 Hair Dryer 7 Nos 152 Mixer 7 Nos 153 Ceiling Fan 7 Nos 154 Standard wire Gauge SWG 0-36 SWG 42 Nos 155 Out side micrometer0-25mm 42 Nos 156 Digital Ammeter 7 Nos 157 Digital Voltmeter 3 1/2 Digit ,Aux.

Power:-240 VAC , 50 Hz. 415 VAC 7 Nos

158 Capacitor Bank 7 Nos 160 Frequency Meter 7 Nos 161 Steel Locker with 8-Drawers in each 14 Nos






Country of Origin

Domestic Value

Added in Percent


EXW Total EXW

Price per item


Per Item


Taxes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 5 x 6 8 9 = 7 + 8 162 Black Board with easel 3’x 6’ 7 Nos 163 Almirah ,1.8 x 1.2 x 0.45meters 14 Nos 164 Demonstration table 2.5 x 1.25 x 0.75

meter 14 Nos

165 Stools 1’ x 1’x 1.5’ 112 Nos 166 Instructor’s Table 7 Nos 167 Instructor’s chair 14 Nos 168 Metal Rack 100cm x 150cm x 45cm 28 Nos 169 Lockers with 16 drawers standard size 7 Nos 170 Almirah 2.5 m x 1.20 m x 0.5 m 14 Nos 171 white board 7 Nos 172 Computer Table of standard size 7 Nos 173 Computer Chair Revolving 7 Nos 174 Printer Table 7 Nos

Notes: Column 4: In accordance with margin of preference ITB 38, if applicable. Domestic Value Added comprises domestic labor, the domestic content of materials, domestic overheads and profits from the

stage of mining the raw material until final assembly. Column 6: Incoterm in accordance with ITB 14 , Currency in accordance with ITB 15

Price shall include all customs duties and sales and other taxes already paid or payable on the components and raw materials used in the manufacture or assembly of the item or the customs duties and sales and other taxes already paid on previously imported items.

Column 8: Payable in the Purchaser’s country if Contract is awarded Name [insert complete name of person signing the Bid] In the capacity of [insert legal capacity of person signing the Bid] Signed [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above] Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of [insert complete name of the Bidder] Date [insert date of signing]



Price Schedule for Goods

to be offered from Outside the Purchaser’s Country Name of Bidder ___________________ IFB Number ______________ Page ___ of ___

Package Number: ……………………. Lot Number & Name: …………………………………….(list of Items same as indicated in “to be offered from within the Purchaser’s country”)

Sl. Items

Description (As described in sub-section 6.1 of Section 6)

Country of Origin

Quantity and Unit of Measurement

Unit Price CIP (as per the destinations mentioned in Delivery and Completion

Schedule of the Section 6)

Unit Price FCA (as per the destinations mentioned in Delivery and Completion

Schedule of the Section 6)

Total Price CIP per Item

Total Price FCA per Item

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 4 x 5 8 = 4 x 6

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7. Notes:

Column 5 and 6: Incoterm in accordance with ITB 14 , Currency in accordance with ITB 15

Column 6: Only to be used if the Purchaser wishes to reserve transportation and insurance to domestic companies or other designated sources. Identification of the lowest evaluated bid must be on the basis of the CIF or CIP price, but the Purchaser may sign the contract on FOB or FCA terms and make its own arrangement for transportation and/or insurance.

Name [insert complete name of person signing the Bid] In the capacity of [insert legal capacity of person signing the Bid] Signed [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above] Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of [insert complete name of the Bidder]



Date [insert date of signing] Price Schedule for Related Services

to be offered from Outside and Within the Purchaser’s Country

Name of Bidder ___________________ IFB Number ______________ Page ___ of ___

Item

No. Description Country of

Origin Quantity Unit of

Measurement

Unit Price Total Price per Item (a) (b) (a) (b)

Foreign Currency Local Currency Foreign

Currency Local Currency

1 2 3 4 5(a) 5(b) 6(a) = 4 x 5(a) 6(b) = 4 x 5(b)

1. Installation & commissioning of Lab & Workshop Machines and equipments including minor civil and/or electrifical works of Lots (Lot-1, 2, and 3) at respective locations/destinations as indicated in Section-6

12 Lab/Workshop

2. Installations & commissioning of Computers, Printers, UPS, LAN/Network connections..etc, installations of hardware/Softwares at respective locations as indicated in Section-6

12 Set

3 Installation & Commissioning of Projectors, TV Sets including cabling/wiring, networking..etc at respective locations as indicated in Section-6

14 Set

4

Total Amount

Notes: Column 5 and 6: Currencies in accordance with ITB 15 Prices are to be quoted inclusive of all customs duties, sales and other similar taxes applicable in the Purchaser’s country and payable on the Related Services, if the Contract is awarded to the Bidder Name [insert complete name of person signing the Bid] In the capacity of [insert legal capacity of person signing the Bid] Signed [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above] Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of [insert complete name of the Bidder] Date [insert date of signing]



Tables of Adjustment Data Table A - Local Currency

Index Code Index Description Source of Index Base Value and

Date Bidder’s Local

Currency Amount Bidder’s Proposed

Weighting

Nonadjustable

---

---

---

a: 0.15

b:

c:

d: e: _________

Total 1.00

Table B - Foreign Currency

Name of Currency:________________________________________________________

Index Code Index Description Source of

Index Base Value and Date

Bidder’s Currency in

Type/Amount

Equivalent in FC1

Bidder’s Proposed Weighting

Nonadjustable

---

---

--- a: 0.15

b:

c:

d: e: _________

Total 1.00

- Note -

The base date shall be the date 28 days prior to the deadline for submission of the bid.

Tables of Adjustment Data shall only be included if prices are to be quoted as adjustable prices in accordance with ITB 14.7.

Bid document for procurement(Phase-I) of equipment for ITIs, Meghalaya

Procurement of Goods Single-stage: two-envelope


Form of Bid Security [insert bank’s name, and address of issuing branch or office]1

Beneficiary: [insert name and address of purchaser] Date:[insert date] Bid Guarantee No.:[insert number] We have been informed that . . . . . [insert name of the bidder]. . . . . (hereinafter called "the Bidder") has submitted to you its bid dated . . . . . [insert date]. . . . . (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of . . . . . [insert name of contract]. . . . . under Invitation for Bids No. . . . . . [insert IFB number]. . . . . (“the IFB”). Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, bids must be supported by a bid guarantee.

At the request of the Bidder, we . . . . . [insert name of bank]. . . . . hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of . . . . . [insert amount in figures][insert amount in words]. . . . . upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Bidder is in breach of its obligation(s) under the bid conditions, because the Bidder (a) has withdrawn its Bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder in the

Technical Bid Submission Sheet and Price Bid Submission Sheet; or (b) does not accept the correction of errors in accordance with the Instructions to

Bidders (hereinafter “the ITB”); or (c) having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Purchaser during the period

of bid validity, (i) fails or refuses to execute the Contract Agreement; or (ii) fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the ITB.

This guarantee will expire: (a) if the Bidder is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the Contract Agreement signed by the Bidder and the Performance Security issued to you upon the instruction of the Bidder; or (b) if the Bidder is not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of a copy of your notification to the Bidder of the name of the successful Bidder, or (ii) 28 days after the expiration of the Bidder’s bid.

Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No. 458.2

Name In the capacity of Duly authorized to sign the Bid Security for and on behalf of

Signed Date

-- Note – In case of a joint venture, the bids security must be in the name of all partners to the joint venture that submits the bid.

1 All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final document. Input of information to be completed by the bidder.

2 Or 758 as applicable. Bid document for procurement(Phase-I) of equipment for ITIs, Meghalaya



Manufacturer’s Authorization

Date: ………. [insert date (as day, month, and year) of bid submission] ……….

NCB No.: ………. [insert number of bidding process] ……….

To:………. [insert complete name of purchaser]

WHEREAS

We ………. [insert complete name of manufacturer] ………., who are official manufacturers of ………. [insert type of goods manufactured] ………., having factories at ………. [insert full address of manufacturer’s

factories] ………., do hereby authorize ………. [insert complete name of bidder] ………. to submit a bid the purpose of which is to provide the following goods, manufactured by us ………. [insert

name and/or brief description of the goods] ………., and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract. We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 28 of the General Conditions, with respect to the goods offered by the above firm.

Signed: [insert signature(s) of authorized representative(s) of the manufacturer]

Name:[insert complete name(s) of authorized representative(s) of the manufacturer]

Title:[insert title]

Duly authorized to sign this Authorization on behalf of: [insert complete name of manufacturer]

Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______[insert date of signing]

-- Note --

All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final document. Input of information to be completed by the bidder.

The bidder shall require the manufacturer to fill out this form in accordance with the instructions indicated. This letter of authorization should be signed by a person with the proper authority to sign documents that are binding on the manufacturer. The bidder shall include it in its bid, if so indicated in the BDS.




Bidder’s Qualification

To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria), the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding Information Sheets included hereunder.

Form ELI - 1: Bidder’s Information Sheet Bidderʼs Information

Bidder’s legal name

In case of Joint Venture, legal name of each partner

Bidder’s country of constitution

Bidderʼs year of constitution

Bidderʼs legal address in country of constitution

Bidderʼs authorized representative (name, address, telephone numbers, fax numbers and e-mail address)

Attached are copies of the following documents:

1. In case of single entity, articles of incorporation or constitution of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.1 and ITB 4.2

2. Authorization to represent the firm or Joint Venture named above, in accordance with ITB 22.2

3. In case of Joint Venture, letter of intent to form Joint Venture or Joint Venture agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1

4. In case of a government-owned enterprise, any additional documents not covered under 1 above required to comply with ITB 4.5




Form ELI - 2: Joint Venture Information Sheet

Each member of the Joint Venture must fill out this form separately.

Joint Venture Information

Bidderʼs legal name

Joint Venture Partnerʼs legal name

Joint Venture Partnerʼs country of constitution

Joint Venture Partnerʼs year of constitution

Joint Venture Partnerʼs legal address in country of constitution

Joint Venture Partnerʼs authorized representative information (name, address, telephone numbers, fax numbers and email address)

Attached are copies of the following documents:

1. Articles of incorporation or constitution of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.1 and ITB 4.2 2. Authorization to represent the firm named above, in accordance with ITB 22.2 3. In the case of government-owned enterprise, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy and compliance with

commercial law, in accordance with ITB 4.5




Form LIT – 1: Pending Litigation and Arbitration

Each Bidder must fill out this form if so required under Criterion 2.1.2 of Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) to describe any pending litigation or arbitration formally commenced against it.

In case of joint ventures, each Joint Venture Partner must fill out this form separately, and provide the Joint Venture Partner name below:

Joint Venture Partner: ___________________ Pending Litigation and Arbitration

Choose one of the following:

No pending litigation and arbitration.

Below is a description of all pending litigation and arbitration against the Bidder (or each Joint Venture member if Bidder is a Joint Venture).

Year Matter in Dispute

Value of Pending

Claim in INR or US$

Equivalent

Value of Pending

Claim as a Percentage

of Net Worth

- Note -

This form shall only be included if Criterion 2.1.2 of Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) is applicable.




Form EXP 1: Contractual Experience Fill out one (1) form per contract.

Contractual Experience

Contract No. of Contract Identification

Award Date Completion Date

Role in Contract Manufacturer Supplier Subcontractor

Total Contract Amount

If partner in a joint venture or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount

Percent of Total Amount

Purchaserʼs name Address, Telephone/Fax Number, E-mail

Description of the similarity in accordance with Criterion 2.2.1 of Section 3

Successful completion as main supplier within the last 3 years, of at least 2 contracts each valued at INR 12,300,000 (or equivalent US$) as indicated at 2.2.1 contractual experience with nature, and complexity similar to the scope of supply described in Section 6 (Schedule of Supply)

- Note -





Form EXP - 2: Technical Experience Fill out one (1) form per contract.

Technical Experience

Name of Product

Manufacturer: Address and Nationality:

Requirements in accordance with Criterion 2.2.2 of Section 3 (i) Goods offered have

been in production for at least Three (3) years.

(ii) Goods offered have been sold a minimum of 10 units or more of equipments pertaining to Lot(s) over the last three (3) years;

(iii) Goods offered have been in operation for a minimum of 3 years.

- Note -

This form shall only be included if Criterion 2.2.2 of Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) is applicable. Add pages as necessary. Purchaser reserves the right to verify authenticity of bidder submissions.




Form EXP 3: Production Capacity

Fill out one (1) form per product and manufacturer.

Production Capacity

Name of Product

Manufacturer: Address and Nationality:

Requirements in accordance with Criterion 2.2.3 of Section 3 Production facility 1 (include location):

Production facility 2 (include location):

Production facility 3 (include location):

- Note -

This form shall only be included if Criterion 2.2.3 of Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) is applicable. Purchaser reserves the right to verify authenticity of bidder submissions.




Form FIN - 1: Historical Financial Performance

Each Bidder must fill out this form.


Joint Venture Partner: ___________________ Financial Data for Previous ___ Years [INR or US$ Equivalent]

Year 1: Year 2: Year __:

Information from Balance Sheet Total Assets (TA)

Total Liabilities (TL)

Net Worth = TA-TL

Current Assets (CA)

Current Liabilities (CL)

Working Capital = CA - CL

Most Recent Working Capital

To be obtained for most recent year and carried forward to FIN-3 Line 1; in case of joint ventures, to the corresponding Joint Venture Partner’s FIN-3.

Information from Income Statement Total Revenues

Profits Before Taxes

Profits After Taxes

Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets including all related notes, and income statements) for the last _____ years, as indicated above, complying with the following conditions: • Unless otherwise required by Section 3 of the Bidding Documents, all such documents reflect the financial situation

of the legal entity or entities comprising the Bidder and not the Bidder’s parent companies, subsidiaries, or affiliates. • Historical financial statements must be audited by a certified accountant. • Historical financial statements must be complete, including all notes to the financial statements. • Historical financial statements must correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited (no

statements for partial periods shall be requested or accepted).

- Note -





Form FIN 2: Size of Operation (Average Annual Turnover)

Each Bidder must fill out this form.

The information supplied should be the Annual Turnover of the Bidder or each member of a Joint Venture in terms of the amounts billed to clients for each year for work in progress or completed, converted to US Dollars at the specified exchange rate.


Joint Venture Partner: ___________________

Annual Turnover Data for the Last three (3) Years

Year Amount Currency Exchange

Rate INR or US$ Equivalent

Average Annual Turnover (AAT)

- Note -




Section 5 Eligible Countries

Section 5- Eligible Countries This Section contains the list of eligible countries.

1. Afghanistan 35. Micronesia, Federal States of

2. Armenia 36. Mongolia

3. Australia 37. Myanmar

4. Austria 38. Nauru

5. Azerbaijan 39. Nepal

6. Bangladesh 40. The Netherlands

7. Belgium 41. New Zealand

8. Bhutan 42. Norway

9. Brunei Darussalam 43. Pakistan

10. Cambodia 44. Palau

11. Canada 45. Papua New Guinea

12. China, People’s Republic of 46. Philippines

13. Cook Islands 47. Portugal

14. Denmark 48. Samoa

15. Fiji 49. Singapore

16. Finland 50. Solomon Islands

17. France 51. Spain

18. Georgia 52. Sri Lanka

19. Germany 53. Sweden

20. Hong Kong, China 54. Switzerland

21. India 55. Tajikistan

22. Indonesia 56. Taipei, China

23. Ireland 57. Thailand

24. Italy 58. Timor-Leste

25. Japan 59. Tonga

26. Kazakhstan 60. Turkey

27. Kiribati 61. Turkmenistan

28. Korea, Republic of 62. Tuvalu

29. Kyrgyz Republic 63. United Kingdom

30. Lao PDR 64. United States

31. Luxembourg 65. Uzbekistan

32. Malaysia 66. Vanuatu

33. Maldives 67. Viet Nam

34. Marshall Islands Bid document for procurement(Phase-I) of equipment for ITIs, Meghalaya


Section 6 Schedule of Supply 6-1

Section 6 - Schedule of Supply Contents

1. List of Goods and Related Services .............................................. 6-1

2. Delivery and Completion Schedule ............................................... 6-2

3. Technical Specifications ................................................................ 6-3

4. Drawings ....................................................................................... 6-4




1. List of Goods and related Services The bidder is required to supply the items as mentioned in the below section 6.1 & 6.2 for

the respective Package and Lots for which bidding, of 10-ITI for Meghalaya. The

indicative list of District/Block-wise spread of ITI in Meghalaya is provided the Delivery and

Completion Schedule of this section.

Besides the supply of equipment, the bidder shall also carry out installation &

commissioning, after sales warranty & maintenance as well as the relevant handholding to

the trainers of the ITI for proper usage and operations. The bidder shall do the necessary

site preparation including necessary electrical work, earthing, minor civil work, etc. as

required for installation & commissioning of the equipments/goods. While doing the site

preparation the bidder shall ensure that aesthetics of the labs/workshops, IT Lab and the

Library shall maintain /restored.

The bidder shall inspect all the 10-ITI and draw up ITI-wise action plan for installation &

commissioning of the equipments, computer room and Library.




6.1 List of Goods and related Services and Technical Specification (Package-wise and Lot-wise) List of goods and Technical Specification of items/goods/equipments with Quantity indicated in the Table below. It is desired that bidder shall submit specification(s) in the prescribed format.

# Name of the Item Minimum Specification with Required Value/Range. UoM Total Qty Specification by the Supplier (To be filled by the Supplier)

Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser)

A Lot-1: Electrician Trade 1 Measuring Steel Tape Swollen Case on both sides. Compact and Round ABS Case. High

quality carbon steel with acrylic resin coating Tape. Length atleast 5-Meter and retractable type. Tape Width: Not less than 13mm Metric/English tape • Tape Material: Tempered Steel. With Belt Clip With Self compensation tip to set Zero. Conforming to IS 1269-2 or latest.

Nos 51

2 Combination Pliers Insulated

Fully insulated with quality plastic material sleeves ensures safe electrical working. fully polished head or Black phosphated and bright polished head. high grade Steel, forged and differentially heat treated. Conforming to IS 6149-1984 Grade II/IS:3650-1981. Tested as per IS:2015-1989. Length not less than 150MM(6-Inch).

Nos 51

3 Screw driver Insulated (8-Inch)

Should be Insulated with high grade Silicon. Star shape Tip Accurately hardened & Tempered to 56-60 HRC. Star with plastic handle. Conforming to IS 12168 Part II 1987. Length not less than 200MM(8-Inch).

Nos 51

4 Screw driver Insulated(6-Inch)

Should be Insulated. Blade is made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel. Accurately hardened & Tempered to 56-60 HRC. Length not less than 150MM(6-Inch), Tip size atleast 5 x 0.8MM. Conforming to IS 12168 Part II 1987

Nos 51

5 Electrician Screw driver insulated handle.

The handle is made from high grade C. A. Plastic which is non flammable and unaffected by oil petrol, grease, water etc. Made out of High Grade Steel and Transparent green cellulose acetate handle. The blade made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel. The blade is differently hardened and tempered to resist wear, bending and meet high torque requirement. Hardness on tip : 55 to 58 HRC. Tip Size not less than 5.0 x 0.6MM. Blase Length atleast 100MM and Overall Length atleast 185MM. Conforming to IS 844-1979 or equivalent.

Nos 51




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 6 Heavy Duty Screw Driver

Insulated The handle is made from high grade C. A. Plastic which is non flammable and unaffected by oil petrol, grease, water etc. Made out of High Grade Steel and Transparent green cellulose acetate handle. The blade made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel. The blade is differently hardened and tempered to resist wear, bending and meet high torque requirement. Hardness on tip : 55 to 58 HRC. Tip Size not less than 5.0 x 0.8MM. Blase Length atleast 150MM and Overall Length atleast 235MM. Conforming to IS 844-1979 or equivalent.

Nos 51

7 Electrician Screw Driver thin stem insulated handle

The blade is made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel which no other make uses. This steel gives spring effect also. The blade is differently hardened and tempered to resist wear, bending and meet high torque requirement. Hardness on tip : 55 to 58 HRC. The blade tip is magnetised to lift small screw. The handle is made from high grade C. A. Plastic which is non flammable and unaffected by oil petrol, grease, water etc. Made out of High Grade Steel and Transparent green cellulose acetate handle. Tip Size atleast 4.0 x 0.6MM. Length atleast 280MM. Blade Length atleast 200MM. Conforming to IS 844-1979 or equvalent.

Nos 51

8 Centre Punch Made out of high grade Chrome steel accurately machined and heat treated. Deep knurling on the body ensures firm grip. Black phosphate finish. Conforming to IS 7177-1999 or equivalent. Length atleast 150MM x Dia 10MM.

Nos 51

9 Knife Double Bladed Electrician

Knife Double Bladed. Length atleast 100MM. Stainless steel 420-Gr Blade. Blade Length atleast 2-1/2". With Wooden/Moulded Plastic Handle.

Nos 51

10 Neon Tester Electrical Line Neon Tester 220V.Transparent Yellow/Green Cellulose Acetate Handle. Handle Is Nonflammable. Hardness On Tip atleast 55-58 HRC or equivalent. Conforming to IS 5579-1985 or equivalent. Lifetime of Neon Lamp atleast 30,000 times ON/OFF or more. Contact AC voltage test from80V to a maximum of 500V against earth. Length not less than 190MM. Tip Size 3.5 x 0.5 MM or better.

Nos 51

11 Steel Rule Graduated both in Metric and English Unit

"Easy-Read" Metric/Inch Stainless Steel Etched Ruler with zero at the edge. Top edge is graduated in 1 mm increments with numbers in mm value. Bottom edge is graduated in inches. First two inches are in 1/32" increments, third inch is in 1/64"

Nos 51




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) increments, the rest of the ruler is graduated in 1/16" increments. Rulers have conversion tables on the reverse. Conforming to IS 9193-1988. Length atleast 300MM(12-Inch), High Quality Stainless Steel Rulers (no cork backing) with Acid etched graduations filled with black ink.

12 Hammer, Cross Pein with handle

Partially Hardened up to 55 - 58 HRC on Striking surfaces. Drop forged from high grade carbon steel. Phosphated and painted. Handle made from high quality axle wood and fixed firmly to hammer head. Hammer cross pane 750 gms. With handle. Conforming to IS 841-1983 and IS 4953-1989 for Wooden Handle. Weight not less than or equal to 750 Grams.

Nos 51

13 Hammer, Ball peen with handle

Partially Hardened up to 55 - 58 HRC on Striking surfaces. Drop forged from high grade carbon steel.Phosphated and painted. Handle made from high quality axle wood and fixed firmly to hammer head. Conforming to IS 841-1983. Weight not less than 500 Grams. Length with Handle atleast 300MM

Nos 12

14 Pincer Grove type locking design to provide strength and wear resistance. Diamond profile formed with combination of flat and serrations. Size atleast 165MM. Drop forged from carbon steel hardened jaws. Conforming to IS 4095-1991 or equivalent.

Nos 12

15 C- Clamp(8-Inch) Body hot drop forged from high grade steel. All parts fully heat treated and black phosphated. Length atleast 200mm. Throat Length (Clamping Gap) not less than 55MM. Conforming to IS 9181-1988 or equivalent.

Nos 6

16 C- Clamp(6-Inch) Body hot drop forged from high grade steel. All parts fully heat treated and black phosphated. Length atleast 150mm. Throat Length (Clamping Gap) not less than 40MM. Conforming to IS 9181-1988 or equivalent.

Nos 6

17 Spanner Adjustable (10-Inch)

Forged with high grade steel, and heat treated. Left hand thumb screw movement. Precision marked scale indicate correct jaw opening. Bright polished Nicel Chrome finish and Black Phosphate finish. With soft grip to provide comfortable gripping. Conforming to IS 6149-1984 Grade II. Length not less than 255MM (10-Inch). Range of Openning atleast 26MM.

Nos 6

18 Spanner Adjustable (12-Inch)

Forged with high grade steel, and heat treated. Left hand thumb screw movement. Precision marked scale indicate correct jaw

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) opening. Bright polished Nicel Chrome finish and Black Phosphate finish. With soft grip to provide comfortable gripping. Conforming to IS 6149-1984 Grade II. Length not less than 350MM (12-Inch). Range of Openning atleast 32MM

19 Blow Lamp Brass Blow Lamp with One Pint. Pressure type Blow lamp. Blow lamp is fitted with specially designed forged burner and precision nipple. Capacity of Tank atleast 0.5 litre. Should be made from Heavy duty brass sheet. Adjustable fl ame with on/off control.

Nos 3

20 Chisel Cold Flat Type. Differential heat treatment for cutting edge,and striking end. Drop forged from high grade carbon steel.Hardened & tempered & toughness. Hardness : 55 - 57 HRC on cutting edge. 35 to 45 HRc on striking portion. Cutting edges are ground accurately to appropriate angle for metal cutting. With Rubber Grip. Conforming to IS 5663-1970. Overall Length not less than 150MM(6-Inch). Cutting edge width not less than 20MM.

Nos 6

21 Chisel firmer with wooden Handle

Drop forged from high grade carbon steel.Hardened & tempered to ensure best combination of hardness & toughness. Hardness : 55 - 57 HRC on cutting edge. 35 - 45 HRC on striking portion. The body should be rounded/Hexagonal shape with Rubber for comfortable grip. Cutting edges are ground accurately to appropriate angle for metal cutting. Size atleast 9MM x Available in 150.0 mm, 200.0 mm,235.0 mm. Conforming to IS 402-1990 or equivalent standard.

Nos 6

22 Allen key set Allen Keys (mm Sizes) Black Finish. Made from Chrome Vanadium Steel. made from Chrome Vanadium Steel which withstand upto 30% higher torque. Hardened to 52 to 56 HRC. 9 Pcs. Set (1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm, 3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 8mm,10mm). With Box Packing. Conforming to IS 3082-1988 or equivalent.

Set 3

23 Grease Gun Durable powder coated finish . Delivers atleast 1Gram/Stroke. With Powder coated Aluminium Diecasted Head. Develops 6,000 PSI / 413 BAR Pressure. Capacity 14 oz (400 gms) grease cartridge or 500 cc bulk fill. with a 6” (150MM) steel extension or 12” (300MM) flexible hose & 4 jaw coupler with ball check. Heavy gauge drop resistant steel barrel in premium metallic powder coated finish.

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 24 Bradawl Hardened steel square spike bradawl with lacquered beech

handle and solid brass ferrule. Forged Chrome Vanadium Steel Blade. Blade size atleast 75MM x Length atleast 150MM (6-Inch). Tapered round blade. Conforming to Indian Standard, IS:1548 or latest

Nos 6

25 Pulley Puller with 3 legs Pulley puller. •Three leg having 150 mm size. Legs Forged from Chrome Vanadium Steel and Standard Quality, Conforming to IS:9193 and Federal :GGG-P-781D Standards or equvalent. ISI Certified

Set 6

26 Pulley puller with 3 legs The jaws, link plates,protective cap and connecting bolts are plated. Pulley puller. •Three leg having atleast 300MM(12-Inch) size. Legs Forged from Chrome Vanadium Steel and Standard Quality, Rolled center bolt threads. Heat-treated tips. Conforming to IS:9193 and Federal :GGG-P-781D Standards or equvalent.

Set 6

27 Bearing Puller inside and outside

Self-locking arms for easy adjustment of width of grip. Hexagonal head on beam. Gripping range from atleast 44–236 mm) internal to 123–284 external with effective Arm Length atleast 220MM. Arms and beam are zinc passivated for enhanced corrosion resistance. With unique retractable spring-loaded nose piece and extra long arm pullers. Bearing puller with reversible Jaws. Made from high tensile forging alloy (steel) and Standard Quality. Conforming to IS -9193-1988 or equivalent.

Set 3

28 Pipe Vice Having precision machined integral teeth with included angle of 76 Deg. of the teeth of Jaws provides best matching, strength and firm gripping without biting on the job. Body made from malleable cast iron. Jaws are drop forged and differentially Hardened. Hardness on the body of the jaw: 40 to 45 HRC & Teeth of the Jaw is Above 50 HRC. Vertical upright section of the base is provided with holes for mounting of the frame. Accurately machined jaws provide firm grip on the pipe. Body of the pipe vice painted and jaw blackodised to guard against rusitng. Capacity Pipe Size Dia atleast 15 to 115MM Dia. Conforming to IS 6007-1971 or equivalent.

Nos 3

29 Scissor(8-Inch) Scissors Blade. •Size 200MM Length and Blade size :- 130 MM. •Symmetric Handle.

Nos 12




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 30 Scissor(6-Inch) Scissors Blade. •Size 150MM Length and Blade size :- 100 MM.

•Symmetric Handle. Nos 6

31 Crimping Tool (1.5 – 16MM2)

Suitable for use on insulated vinyl, polycarbonate and nylon Red, Blue and Yellow(RBY) Wire range from 0.75MM² to 10.0MM². Precision terminal locator wire stop to hold terminals in the proper crimping position. Ergonomic soft grip handles Crimping Tool. Compliance to WHMA-IPCA620 Class 2 and RoHS standard. Non ratcheting Crimper. Tool with soft comfort grips. Made from hardened steel, Suitable for crimping insulated terminal 1.5 to 16 MM2. AWG range not less than 22 ∼ 10 or better.

Nos 6

32 Crimping Tool (16 – 95MM2)

Heavy duty crimp tool for insulated terminals Capacity: cable lugs: 10MM² - 95mm². Aluminium AWG to 4/0. Copper 8WG to 250 MCM. Tool steel jaws and manufactured from ductile iron. Crimping Tool. • Non ratcheting Crimper Tool with soft comfort grips. Made from hardened steel, •Suitable for crimping insulated terminal 16 to 95 MM2. Confirming to the Standard.

Nos 6

33 Wire Cutter and Stripper Size atleast 150MM(6-Inch) with . Form-ground, hardened, knife-type blades for accurate stripping. Built-in wire cutter and wire looping holes. Strips solid (14-24 AWG) and stranded (16-26 AWG) wire. Range of wires covered up to 3MM Max dia of conductor & 6MM over all dia. insulated with quality plastic material. Conforming to IS 5087-1969 or equivalent.

Nos 12

34 Mallet Hardwood Wooden mallet of size 0.5kg with Wooden Handle. Standard Quality. Face Dia atleast 50MM and Head Length 90MM or better, Overall Length atleast 300MM (12-Inch). Conforming to IS 10838-1984 or equivalent.

Nos 12

35 Hammer Extractor Type Hammer extractor type 250 gram Hammer Head is forged from special steel & induction case hardened 52-56 HRC. Indestructible 13” (330 mm) long handle is made with 2 spring steel bars with Ergonomic rubber grip handle. Drop Forged Carbon Hardened & Tempered with Wood Handle Conforming to IS 6546-1989 or equvalent.

Nos 12

36 Hacksaw Frame (Adjustable)

Adjustable Range 250-300MM Frame Hacksaw Tubular JBS Features Tubular chrome plated frame with large comfortable handle. Conforming to IS 2594-2003. Carbon Steel All Hard (18TPI) and (24TPI) set of Blade each.

Set 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 37 Hacksaw Frame(12-Inch) Fixed Type Frame. Hacksaw frame 300 mm, aluminium die cast

handle. Overall Length atleast 440MM x Width 130MM x Bow Depth atleast 103MM. Conforming to IS 2594-2003 or equivalent. With one set of Hacksaw Blade each 18TPI and 24TPI

Set 6

38 Try square Both the blade and the stock are precisely ground to ensure parallelism & straightness. Hardened spring steel blade are permanently fixed to the stock by means of tapered self locking rivets. Blade Length atleast 150MM(6-Inch) and Stock Length 100MM(4-Inch). Squareness Accuracy not less 16microns.

Nos 12

39 Outside Calliper (Spring Type)

Fully hardened and tempered joints, spring, washers and divider points. Divider points are hardened 50-55 HRC for increased wear resistance. With Quick Adjustment Nut. Contact ends fully rounded to give accurate dimensions. Caliper size and capacity is 6"(150mm). Confirming to IS : 4084- 1964 or equivalent.

Nos 6

40 Inside calliper(6-Inch) Fully hardened and tempered joints, spring, washers and divider points Inside divider callipers 150MM(6-Inch). Points fully hardened/tempered. Adjustment screw centrally located; legs are well balanced with uniform tension. Made from High carbon steel legs heat treated. Caliper size and capacity is 6"(150mm). Confirming to IS : 4084- 1964 or equivalent

Nos 6

41 Divider Spring type (8-Inch)

Fully hardened and tempered joints, spring, washers and divider points. Divider points are hardened 50-55 HRC for increased wear resistance. With Quick Adjustment Nut. Contact ends fully rounded to give accurate dimensions. The legs pivot on a roller and are tensioned by bow spring. Range not less than 200MM(8-Inch) mm. Confirming to IS : 4084- 1964 or equivalent

Nos 6

42 Plier, Long nose Insulated (6-Inch)

Forged from Chrome Vanadium Steel, and differentially heat treated. Fully insulated with injection moulded plastic material sleeves. Fine serrations diagonally opposedfully. Polished head or Black phosphated. Overall Length atleast 170MM. Nose Length atleast 50MM, Thickness 9.0MM or better. Conforming to IS 3552-1989 or equivalent.

Nos 12

43 Pliers Flat nose Insulated (8-Inch)

Flat Nose Plier Forged from Chrome Vanadium Steel, and differentially heat treated. Fully insulated with injection moulded plastic material sleeves. Fine serrations diagonally opposedfully. Polished head or Black phosphated. Overall Length atleast

Nos 12




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 200MM. Flat Nose Length atleast 50MM, Thickness 9.0MM or better. Conforming to IS 3552-1989 or equivalent.

44 Pliers Round nose Insulated(6-Inch)

Round Nose Plier Forged from Chrome Vanadium Steel, and differentially heat treated. Fully insulated with injection moulded plastic material sleeves. Fine serrations diagonally opposedfully. Polished head or Black phosphated. Overall Length atleast 150MM. Round Nose Length atleast 50MM, Thickness 9.0MM or better. Conforming to IS 3552-1989 or equivalent.Pliers Round nose, 100 mm with PVC insulation handle •ISI Certified.

Nos 12

45 Tweezers (6-Inch) Made from Surgical grade Steel, non-corrosive, acid resistant. Overall Length atleast 120MM, Tweezer width 10.0MM or less, Tip Width 0.2MM x Tip Thickness 0.1MM. Maximum Tolerances of Tip measurement 0,05mm or better. Anti-magnetic Tweezers with Straight Tips.

Nos 12

46 Snip Straight and Bent Heavy duty(10-Inch)

Heat treated with hardness 42 - 48 HRC. Overall Snip Length atleast 250MM or better. with PVC Handle Drop forged from high quality carbon steel. cutting edges are induction hardened. The cutting edges are sharp and precision machined to appropriate angle to cut sheets with ease. with fixed stopper. Conforming to IS 6087-1971 or equivalent.

Set 6

47 Double Ended metric spanner (Set of 12Pcs)

Forged from Chrome Vanadium Steel. Double Ended metric spanner. Size ranging from 6x7, 8x9, 10x11, 12x13, 14x15, 16x17, 18x19, 20x22, 21x23, 24x27, 25x28, 30x32 MM. Length as per standard, ranging from 95MM to 250MM depending upon size. Chrome plated for corrosion protection with heads sets at 15 degree. Conforming to IS 2028-2004 or equivalent.

Set 6

48 Drill hand Brace Capacity upto 13MM. Jaw Brace with 4-jaw chuck with 3-position ratchet, 10mm round chuck, Plastic handles with 280mm sweep. with hardened and ground jaws. With Set of Drill Bits upto 13MM

Set 12

49 Drill SS Twist Block Drill SS Twist block 2MM x Overall Length atleast 65MM. Suitable for Hand Drill Brace

Nos 12

50 Drill SS Twist block Drill SS Twist block 5MM x Overall Length atleast 65MM. Suitable for Hand Drill Brace.

Nos 12

51 Drill SS Twist block Drill SS Twist block 6MM x Overall Length atleast 65MM. Suitable for Hand Drill Brace.

Nos 12




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 52 Plane, Cutters Plane, Smoothing cutters 50MM x 200MM, Blade width 50MM.

Cutter adjusts for depth and alignment. Made from Hardened, tempered steel. Suitable for Hand Drill Brace.

Nos 6

53 Smoothing Cutters Smoothing cutters, 50MM x 200MM Nos 6

54 Gauge, wire imperial Stainless steel marked in SWG & MM

Gauge, wire imperial made from stainless steel marked in SWG & mm (0 to 36 swg), ISI Certified

Nos 12

55 File flat File flat 200 mm 2nd cut teeth 60 degree made of high carbon steel, hard and tempered with PVC handle

Nos 24

56 File Half-round File half round 2nd cut 200 mm made of high carbon steel, hard and tempered with PVC handle

Nos 12

57 File round File round 200 mm 2nd cut made of high carbon steel, hard and tempered with PVC handle

Nos 12

58 File flat Rough File flat150mm rough made of high carbon steel, hard and tempered with PVC handle

Nos 12

59 File flat Bastard File flat 250mm bastard made of high carbon steel, hard and tempered with PVC handle.

Nos 12

60 File flat ,Smooth File flat 250 mm, Smooth made of high carbon steel, hard and tempered with PVC handle

Nos 12

61 File Rasp, half round File Rasp, half round 200 mm, Bastard made of high carbon steel, hard and tempered with PVC handle

Nos 12

62 Copper Bit Soldering Iron Copper Bit Soldering Iron 0. 25 Kg Soldering iron - 65 watt • Type: Non-temperature controlled • Wattage: 25W Temperature: 750° F / 400° C • Cord length: 5 feet • Iron tip: MT1, conical, 0.125” • Peg hook for hanging the Soldering Iron, • Firm Stand for placing the soldering iron during use with built in Sponge for Tip Cleaning. • One set of Soldering Iron tips of different shapes. • One spare Tip cleaning sponge. • Screw driver or Allen key for replacing soldering Iron Tip • Tip Cleaning Knife. • Moulded, soft-grip handle design for reduced slippage. • Round shaped handle for easy rotation.• Stainless steel heater technology for heat up to 750o F • Cord Strain relief for extended life. electrical cord or

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) battery cables) through a resistive

63 De-soldering gun De-soldering gun / pump Heat proof nozzle ,PVC type 250mm• Type: Manual Hot Solder Sucker De-soldering Pump Tool• Operation: Hand operated • Body: Metal or Moulded• Non Static Teflon Nozzle • Nozzle cleaning kit• One Spare Nozzle• Round Shaped non-slipping body for reduced slippage and easy rotation.

Nos 12

64 Hand Vice(2-Inch) Hand Vice 75MM. Jaw Width 55MM. Jaws with vertical and horizontal V grooves. Jaws tightened with Wing Screws. Conforming to IS:1548 or latest

Nos 12

65 Table Vice(4-Inch) Table vice 100 mm jaw length , Body :- Forged Steel , Jaw Material:- Hardened Steel. made from solid cast iron. Large square anvil with swivel base. Jaw Opening 160mm(Max) Jaw Width: 150MM, External Depth: 75MM. Weight: 22kg or more. Conforming to IS:1548 or latest

Nos 24

66 Oil Cane 300mL capacity. Equipped with an easy-to-hold handle and metal trigger. Easy to use trigger to adjust the rate of flow. Wesco type Design. Nozzle is Steel & Chrome Plated. Body Powder coat finish with Red Color. Hose Length atleast 125MM(5-Inch)

Nos 6

67 Contactor and Auxiliary Contacts

Contactor and auxiliary contacts four No (3 Power + 01 Aux contact)3 phase, 440 volts, AC-3 , 16 A with 2NO+ 2NC Add-on Block , 230 VAC coil voltage .ISI Certified

set 6

68 Contactor and auxiliary Contacts

Contactor and auxiliary contacts (03 NO) 3 phase, 440 volts, AC-3, 32 A with 2NO+ 2NC Add-on Block , 230 VAC coil voltage. ISI Certified

set 6

69 Limit Switch Limit switch 5amp , Lever Operated type with 1NO+1NC Contacts ,2Amp,500V

Nos 6

70 Rotary Switch Rotary switch 16 Amp , 3 pole 2way, Center off Position Nos 6

71 Relays - Cut out Relay Cut out 440 V , 16 Amp, Nos 6

72 Relays - Reverse current Relay - Reverse power 16 Amp, 440V for three phase, with one potential free change over output contact, Reverse Power Trip range 2% -20 % settable ,5 Amp, Aux, supply :-230 vac , Settable Trip Time Delay 1-10 Sec, with auto reset

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 73 Relays - Over current Relay- Over current 16 Amp, 440V Electronic for three phase,

with one potential free change over output contact, 5 Amp, Aux, supply :-230 vac , Settable Trip Time Delay 1-10 Sec, with auto reset

Nos 6

74 Relays - Under voltage Relays - Under/ Over voltage 360V-440V Electronic for three phase System 415V AC, with Two potential free change over Output contact. 5 Amp, Aux, supply : 230V AC ,Under Voltage: 75 - 95% [Variable] of set value Over Voltage: 105 - 120% [Variable] of set value with settable Time .

Nos 6

75 Insulators including hardware fitting

Pin Type, Shackle type, Egg type and Suspension type for 11KV Voltage

Set 3

76 Hydrometer Battery Hydrometer Set Range 1.100 -1.300 Specific Gravity at 77ºF. With distortion free glass barrel, professional grade rubber parts, thermometer & either a wall-mount or free-standing drip cup.

Nos 6

77 Hand drill Machine Hand operated drill machine with Capacity upto 6MM. With Gear & Pinion arrangement. Wood Covered Handle for easy operation

Nos 6

78 Portable Electric Drill Machine

Portable Electric drill machine – 0-12mm capacity • Maximum drilling Diameter -12 mm • Rated input Power: 750Watt ± 10% • Operating Voltage: 240V , 50Hz ± 10% • No-Load Speed: 2800 rpm / 4000 rpm ± 10% • Chuck capacity: 0.5 to 12 mm ± 10% • Electrically Insulated Moulded PVC body • With All necessary arrangement and attachment and accessories• ISI Certified

Nos 3

79 Load Bank Lamp/ heater type

Load bank 6kW ,Three Phase 440 VAC, 6 KW heater /Lamp load Housed in Metal Sheet Cubical , with suitable control Switch , cooling fan , Industrial Switches for control ,with necessary protection and Digital power display meter. Technical Specifications: • Lamp Load Trolley with caster wheel for easy movement. • Appropriate 3pole MCB for Mains ON-OFF for protection • BTI – 30 terminal for easy connection • Total Six terminal brought out for Star – Delta Load connection • Current ranges must require each phase 5KW • Provide Rotary switches for control. • Analog Voltmeter and Ammeter must be provide for each phase. • Perforated sheet metal enclosure should be provided. • Control switches must be mounted on top of the trolley on Bakelite sheet with clear marking of current rating.

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 80 Brake test arrangement

with two spring balance Rating

Brake test arrangement with two spring balance Adjustable 0 to 25 kg rating Mounted on CI standing powder coated frame. With Large dial for reading

Nos 3

81 Laboratory type Induction coil

Laboratory type Induction coil 100watt it should be work as a electrical transformer to produce high-voltage pulses from a low-voltage direct current (DC) supply

Nos 3

82 Out Side Micrometer Outside Micrometer • Measuring range: Up to 25mm. • Graduations:0.01mm. • Accuracy: ± 2 mm. • Equipped with Rachet Stop for Constant measuring force • Baked enamel finishing frame. • Carbide measuring faces

Nos 6

83 Thermometer Digital Thermometer with sensor. 0 to 100 deg. C Scale Technical Specifications: • CE-Mark approval, • Display: 3½ digital 2000 counts with high resolution back-light, • K-type thermocouple input °C or °F announced, • Reading HOLD & MAX function, • User-Selective resolution 0.1°/1°, • Highly accurate with basic 0.1%. • According to temperature standard ITS-90, • Low Battery Indication, • Temperature Range: -50°C to 1300°C, -58°F to 1999°F, • Accuracy: ±0.3%

Nos 6

84 Series Test Lamp Series test lamp with wire , holder and lamp 60 watt Nos 3

85 Knife Switch DPDT fitted with fuse terminals

Knife Switch DPDT fitted with fuse DPDT, 16 A, 440 VAC ISI Certified

Nos 12

86 Knife Switch TPDT fitted with fuse terminals

Knife Switch TPDT fitted with fuse , TPDT, 16 A , 415 VAC ISI Certified

Nos 12

87 Miniature circuit breaker(MCB)

Miniature Circuit Breaker 16Amp. Type - SP, DP, TP, TPN, Type / Series - B, Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity atleast 10 kA. Rated Frequancy not less than 50Hz. Mounting should be suitable for Clip on DIN Rail (35mm x 7.5mm). Terminal Capacity (max) atleast 35MM2 . Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) not less than 690V. Ambient Working Temperature range not less than -5 to + 55 Degrees. Case & Cover Moulded, flame-retardant thermoplastic materia. Conforming to IS/IEC 60898-1. Rating 0.5A to 63A. Quantity - 4 each type

Nos 16

88 Earth Plate Earth Plate Copper earth plate 60cm X 60cm X 3.15mm and 60cm X 60cm X 6mm GI Plate

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 89 Earth Electrode Earth Electrode Primary Electrode 2100 x 28 x 3.25mm.

Secondary Cu Strip 20 x 5mm Set 3

90 MCCB(Moulded Case Circuit Breaker)

Rating Range 15A - 100Amp or better. No. of Poles Three. Breaking Capacity Icu = 10kA, Ics = 50% of Icu. Triple pole. Rated operational voltage 415V AC. Rated Insulation Voltage 750V AC. Rated impulse voltage 8kV or better. Rated frequency 50/60Hz or better. Conforming to IS / IEC 60947-2 or equivalent.

Nos 3

91 ELCB(Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker)/RCCB(Residual Current Circuit Breaker)

ELCB/RCCB 25Amps, Rated Current atleast 25Amp. Execution (Pole) Double Pole (DP). Senstivity (mA) 30mA. Dual Termination for Busbar as well as Cable coneection. Mounting Din Rail (35 mm x 7.5 mm). Degree of Protection atleast IP 20 or better. Conforming to IS 12640-1 & IEC 61008-1 or better.

Nos 3

92 Fuses Fuses HRC Type - 2 Amp, 4Amp, 6Amp and 16 Amp and 63Amp. Glass Type - 0.5Amp, 1Amp and 5Amp. Rewire Type - 16Amp, 32Amp. Quantity - 3 each type

Each Type (Nos)

3

93 Rheostat ( Sliding Type ) Rheostat - 0-25 Ohm, 2Amp ,Variable, Phosphor Bronze Sliding Contacts, Manual Hand Sliding, Single tube Type. Technical Specifications: 2Amp, 25ΩFORMER - Vitrified Ceramic tube, SLIDER - Pressure Die Casted Metal Slider.END BRACKET - Pressure die casted Metal Stand or Steel Fabricated Stands.WIRE - Cupro-Nickel Alloy / Nickel-Chromium Alloy having a negligible temperature co-efficient. SLIDER KNOB Made of Bakelite having good finger grip.

Nos 3

94 Rheostat (Sliding Type ) Rheostat, 0-300 Ohm, 2 A ,Variable, Phosphor Bronze Sliding Contacts, Manual Hand Sliding, Single tube Type. Technical Specifications: 2A, 300Ω • FORMER - Vitrified Ceramic tube • SLIDER - Pressure Die Casted Metal Slider. • END BRACKET - Pressure die casted Metal Stand or Steel Fabricated Stands. • WIRE - Cupro-Nickel Alloy / Nickel-Chromium Alloy having a negligible temperature co-efficient. SLIDER KNOB Made of Bakelite having good finger grip.

Nos 3

95 Rheostat ( Sliding Type ) Rheostat, 0-10hm, 10 A ,Variable, Phosphor Bronze Sliding Contacts, Manual Hand Sliding, Single tube Type Technical Specifications: • 10A, 10Ω, • FORMER - Vitrified Ceramic tube. • SLIDER - Pressure Die Casted Metal Slider. • END BRACKET - Pressure die casted Metal Stand or Steel Fabricated Stands. •

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) WIRE - Cupro-Nickel Alloy / Nickel-Chromium Alloy having a negligible temperature co-efficient. SLIDER KNOB Made of Bakelite having good finger grip.

96 Rheostat ( Sliding Type ) Rheostat, 0-10 Ohm, 5 A ,Variable, Phosphor Bronze Sliding Contacts, Manual Hand Sliding, Single tube Type Technical Specifications:• 5A, 10Ω• FORMER - Vitrified Ceramic tube• SLIDER - Pressure Die Casted Metal Slider.• END BRACKET - Pressure die casted Metal Stand or Steel Fabricated Stands.• WIRE - Cupro-Nickel Alloy / Nickel-Chromium Alloy having a negligible temperature co-efficient.SLIDER KNOB Made of Bakelite having good finger grip.

Nos 3

97 Capacitors Electrolytic , Ceramic , Polyester film, Variable , Dual run Assorted type

Each Type (Nos)

6

98 Various Electronic components

Resistors, Diode, Transistor, UJT, FET, SCR, DIAC, TRAIC, IGBT, Small transformer etc. Assorted type

Nos 3

99 Various Lamps Halogen Incandescent Lamp - 500watt, Fluorescent tube 40 watt and 20 watt, HP mercury vapor Lamp :-125 watt, High-pressure sodium Lamp 150 Watt Low-pressure sodium Lamp :- 125 Watt, LED Various Lamps :-1 watt, 5 watt, 9 watt, 230 V AC, 50 Hz,

Nos 6

100 Plug socket Piano Switch Lamp Holder

Plug socket Piano Switch Lamp Holder, Assorted type Nos 6

101 Cables Cables : Twisted Pair Non-Metallic Sheathed Cable Underground Feeder Cable Ribbon Cable Metallic Sheathed Cable Multi-Conductor Cable Coaxial Cable Direct-Buried Cable Assorted type

Nos 3

102 Bus bar with brackets Bus bar with brackets 25X5 mm size Aluminum and copper Bus bar with brackets

Nos 3

103 Rubber mat Rubber mat 2’ x 4’ x 1” As per IS standard, ISI mark Nos 6

104 Electrician Helmet Electrician Helmet Yellow Colour As per IS standard and ISI mark Nos 6

105 RCC Pole with accessories RCC Pole with accessories (MS angle iron, ‘C’ clamp, stay insulator etc.) size:- 6Mtrs length, Standard quality . (MS angle iron, ‘C’ clamp, stay insulator etc.) and materials

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 106 Safety Belt Safety Belt with provision for Keeping Tools As per IS and

standard Nos 6

107 Ohm Meter Series type Portable box type

Ohm Meter Series type Portable box type. Display: Analog, Zero error correction, Measuring range: 0 to 2000 ohms ± 20% , Accuracy: ± 1% of the displayed value, Power source: Battery operated, Ohms Meter should be sensitive, portable, self-contained, battery operated, moving coil type of ohms meter. The anti parallax mirror scale and knife-edge pointer provide accurate readings. Must be providing PRESS TO READ switch to avoids Battery drain. An infinity adjustment potentiometer helps to provide accurate readings without effect of variations in battery voltage. Mechanical zero adjuster must be provided to adjust zero. • Ranges: 2000 ohms. • Accuracy: ± 5% of the indicated value at center scale. • Power Source: 1 number of pen cell of 1.5 volts, Eveready type 1035 or equivalent. • Accessories: Test Leads and rexine carrying cover• Dimensions (Approximately): 100mm X 100 mm X 60 mm. • Weight (Approximately): 700 gms.

Nos 6

108 Ohm Meter Shunt Type Portable box type

Ohm Meter Shunt Type Portable box type, Portable, Analog Display, Zero error correction. Measuring range: 0 to 2000 ohms ± 20% . Accuracy: ± 1% of the displayed value. Power source: Battery Operated. Technical Specifications: Ohms Meter should be sensitive, portable, self-contained, battery operated, moving coil type of ohms meter. The anti parallax mirror scale and knife-edge pointer provide accurate readings. Must be providing PRESS TO READ switch to avoids Battery drain. An infinity adjustment potentiometer helps to provide accurate readings without effect of variations in battery voltage. Mechanical zero adjuster must be provided to adjust zero. • Ranges: 2000 ohms, • Accuracy: ± 5% of the indicated value at center scale. • Power Source: 1 number of pen cell of 1.5 volts, Eveready type 1035 or equivalent. • Accessories: Test Leads and rexine carrying cover. • Dimensions (Approximately): 100mm X 100 mm X 60 mm.

Nos 6

109 Digital Multimeter Digital Multimeter - Auto/Manual Ranging Selection. Type: Hand held, 3-1/2 Digit LCD display Portable, Battery powered Range of Measurement: DCV: 200mV to 1000V, ÀCV: 200mV

Nos 30




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) to 750V, DCA: 0-200 micro A and 0- 10 A, ACA: 0-200 micro A and 0- 10 A, Resistance: 0 to 40 Meg Ohms, Accuracy: ±5% to ±5% maximum, Continuity Tester: Buzzer sound, Diode Test and Temperature measurement Facility. Accessories: Test lead , Hand strap, Instruction manual, Anti shock proof meter, Protective body cover with ABS and all necessary protection.

110 A.C Volt Meter M I analog, portable box type housed in Bakelite case

A.C Volt Meter M I analog, portable box type housed in Bakelite case Multi range 75 V - 150V - 300V - 600V Analog type , Large Dial, Accuracy: ± 0.5% of full scale. Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type, knife edge, Pointer & Anti parallax mirror. ISI Certified Technical Specifications: • Portable Type AC Voltmeters : 75/150/300/600 V AC. Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83 • Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx. • Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute. • Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC. • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submit with meter.

Nos 9

111 Milli Voltmeter centre zero analog, portable box type housed in Bakelite case

Milli Volt Meter- Center Zero, 100- 0-100mV ,box type. Analog Type, Large Dial, Accuracy: ± 1% of full scale. Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type, knife edge, Pointer & Anti parallax mirror. ISI Certified Technical Specifications: • Portable Type Voltmeters : 100-0-100mV, Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83, Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. Scale Length: 140mm approx. • Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute. Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500V DC. Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submit with meter.

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 112 Ammeter MC Analog

portable housed in Bakelite case

DC milli ammeter- 0-500mA, box type. Analog Type, Large Dial, Accuracy: ± 1% of full scale Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror . ISI Certified. Technical Specifications: • Portable Type DC Ammeters : 500mAmp. Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83, • Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx. • Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute. • Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC, Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. Test Report must be submit with meter.

Nos 6

113 Ammeter MC Analog portable box type housed in Bakelite case

Ammeter - Moving Coil type- 0-5A , box type. Analog Type, Large Dial, Accuracy: ± 0.5% of full scale. Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror. ISI Certified. Technical Specifications: • Portable Type DC Ammeters : 5Amp. Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83. • Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx. • Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute. • Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC, Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. Quick Response for unique damping. Test Report must be submit with meter.

Nos 6

114 Ammeter MC Analog portable box type housed in Bakelite case

Ammeter - Moving Coil type- 0-25A, Box type. Analog , Large Dial, Accuracy: ± 0.5% of full scale. Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror . Technical Specifications: • Portable Type DC Ammeters : 25Amp. Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83, • Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx. • Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute. Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC . • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submit with meter.

115 AC Ammeter M I, Analog portable box type housed in Bakelite case

AC Ammeter - Moving Iron type- 0-500mA, 0-5A, 0-25 Amp, Box type. Analog Display , Large Dial, Accuracy: ±0 .5% of full scale. Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror .ISI Certified. Technical Specifications: • Portable Type AC Ammeter : 500mA, 5Amp., 25Amp. (Any One range individual), Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83. • Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: Atleast 140mm.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute. • Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC . • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submit with meter.

Nos 6

116 Kilowatt Meter Analog Kilowatt meter 0-1.5-3KW, pressure coil rating- 240v/440v, current rating-5A/10A Analog Display . Large Dial, Accuracy: ±0 .5% of full scale, Portable laboratory type, knife edge, Pointer & Anti parallax mirror. ISI Certified. Technical Specifications: • Portable Type Wattmeter : 250/500V - 5/10Amp. Acuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83 • Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx. • Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute. • Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC . • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submit with meter.

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 117 Digital Wattmeter Digital Wattmeter:- 1KW,suitable for Three Phase 4 Wire system .

Aux Suppy :-230 Vac . Input :-1/5 Amp. Frequency :-50 Hz. Voltage :- 230 VAC to 500 Volt Max. Technical Specification: Portable Digital Wattmeter should measure power in single phase systems with Unity Power factor (P.F=1.0). These instruments should be more rugged, reliable and accurate than Analog meters. They are light in weight, compact in size and stylish in design. They do not have any moving parts. Display is bright Red LED's. It should have mains ON-OFF switch and 2 pin mains cord. • Volt: 250V. • Current: 5Amp. • Accuracy: ± 0.5% of Full Scale. • Resolution: 1Watt. • Sampling time : 0.4 Sec. (approx). • Power Consumption: < 5VA. • Storage Temperature: -10° - 70°C. • Dielectric Strength: AC 2 KV for 1 min. between input and power terminals. • Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500V DC. • Max. Rel. Humidity: ≤90 % non condensing. • Dimension: 210mm X 72mm. • Aux. Supply: 230V ± 10% (50-60Hz.).

Nos 6

118 A C Energy Meter A C Energy meter Single phase K.W.H meter Induction Type Energy meter, 10 Amp, 240 VAC, 50 Hz, Accuracy class-1. Wall mounted. ISI Certified

Nos 6

119 A C Energy Meter A C Energy meter Induction type , 3 Phase, 4 wire, 15 Amp, 440 VAC, 50 Hz Standard, Accuracy class-1. Wall mounted. ISI Certified

Nos 6

120 Power factor Meter Digital Power factor meter Hand held type • Should be usable in single-phase and balanced three-phase circuits. • Rating: For Use between Voltage 220 V to 440V • Operating frequency: 45 to 65 Hz • Scale: Lead 0-0.3 to 1.0 to 0.3-0 lag (with phase angle scale) • Effective Measurement Range: Lead 0.5 to 1.0 to 0.5 lag • Operating position: Horizontal • Carrying Case • Moulded case for non – slipping operation.

Nos 6

121 Frequency Meter Frequency meter• Type: Digital Frequency Meter• Input Voltage: 110 to 240V AC• Range: 40 to 90 Hertz• Display: LED display Technical Specifications:• Portable Type Frequency meter: 45-50-55 Hz• Accuracy: ± 0.5 Hz as per ISS 1248-84, BSS 89• Rated Voltage: 440V Single Phase• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute•

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. Test Report must be submit with meter.

122 Magnetic Flux Meter Flux Meter• Type: Digital Flux Meter• Measuring range: 0-500Tesla with protection.• Indication: 3 1/2 digit panel meter • laboratory type .• Accuracy: ± 0.5 % of full scale.• Power Source: 240 V, 50 Hz • Power Cord: 5 meter• Table top type with Sturdy body Technical Specification:• Switch between the display of micro-Tesla and mini-Gauss should be available• Data hold (HOLD) maximum (MAX) Hold function• Range display (20, 200, 2000A)• Low battery detector • Over load display “OL”• Display: 3-1/2 digits LCD, maximum reading 1999• Range: 200/2000 mG,20/200µT • Resolution: 0.1/1 mG or 0.01/0.1 µT • Frequency response: 30Hz to 300Hz • Sensor: Single Axis • Accuracy: ± (2.5%±6dgt) at 50Hz/60Hz. • Over load: LCD display “OL” • Sample rate: 2.5 times per second • Battery: 9V NEDA 1604, IEC 6F22 or JIS 006P • Battery life: Approximate 100 hours • Operating temperature & humidity: 5ºCto 40ºC,below 80% RH • Storage temperature & humidity: -10ºC to 60ºC, below 70% • Weight: About 170g • Dimensions: 130(L) x 56(W) x 38(H)mm Accessories: User’s manual, 9V battery, Carrying case

Nos 6

123 Luxmeter Digital Lux Meter with following specifications and Features• Operating Temperature: 0 to 40, non-condensing • Display: 4 digits LCD Display • Auto Ranging 0.05 to 7000 lumens• Power Supply: DC n x 1.5v / 9V battery. • Accuracy: 0.05 to 0.1 ± 7 %, 0.1 to 1000 ± 1 %, 1000 to 7000 ± 3 % • Range Resolution accuracy:0.001 Lumens •Over load display • BATTERY indicator. • Data Hold function

Nos 6

124 Tachometer Tachometer Analog Type - 10000 RPM Range: 0 to 10,000 rpm. Graduation: 2 rpm, Accuracy: +/- 0.5% , With attachments :-Measurement idler wheels – 2 Nos. • Measurement touch tips – 2 Nos. • Lengthening bar – 1 No. • User manual. • Moulded Body. • Anti-slippage body type

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 125 Tachometer Tachometer. • Type: Sensor type Digital Tachometer, Hand Held,

• Measuring Range: 50 to 10,000 RPM, • Resolution: 0.01 to 1 RPM, • Power Source: Battery, • Display: Preferably LCD or LED Display, •laser pointer, low battery indicator, and memory recall for the last displayed value.

Nos 3

126 Tong Tester/ Clamp Meter Clamp on meter - 0-100A, 3 ¾ Digit LCD Display AC/DC TRMS + Multimeter. • Type: Digital Tong Tester, • Display: LCD. • Range: 0 - 100 A Auto Ranging, • Voltage: 0-300-600 AC/DC, • Accuracy: 5%, • Data Holding switch. • case superior grade Bakelite body with selector switch scale the reading should be obtained simply by clipping wire /cable without disconnect. • Anti-slippage body type with set of Leads.

Nos 6

127 Megger Megger • Type: Insulation Tester / Megger, Analog, • Type of Operation: Rotating Handel • 0 – 1000( Infinity) Mega Ohms, • Testing Voltage: 500V DC, • Accuracy: ± 5% of Indicated value, • Accessories - • Test Leads with one set of spare, • Carrying Case, • Operation Manual, • Table top type. Technical Specifications: • Range: 500V / 1000MΩ. • Insulation Testers should be for direct reading of insulation resistance of electrical rotating machines, power distribution lines, communication cables, insulators, control and switching equipment etc. It should robust instruments, incorporating a built-in-hand driven generator and a solid-state circuit for a stabilized D.C. output. • Insulation Testers meet the requirements of Indian Standard Specifications IS.2992-1987 for Insulation resistance measuring instruments. • It must be an injection moulded ABS plastic case, where the unique geometry of the cabinet makes it practically unbreakable due to accidental falls and bumps. • The tester has two sections and is dust free. The rotary magnet type generator runs smooth with minimum noise because of the excellent dynamic balance of rotating parts. • Rotational Speed of Handle: 160 rpm. and above • Response time: Less than 3 seconds when a resistance, the value of which corresponds to the central scale mark, is suddenly inserted between measuring terminals. • Limits of error: The insulation resistance measurement is accurate to within ± 5% of the indicated value at the Scale mark of the rated resistance, in conformity with IS: 2992-1987 stipulations. • Tolerance on

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Voltage: Within ± 10 of the rated voltage for scale mark of infinity & more than 90% of the rated voltage for the central scale marks. • Accuracy of Voltage: The testers are provided mainly to determine whether the equipment under test is live or not, and not for any accurate measurement work. However the accuracy is within ± 10% F.S.D. • Tilt influence: Less than 0.5mm deflection from the infinity scale mark, due to an inclination of 5 degrees from the horizontal. • Ambient temp. influence: The deviation in indication is less that ± 5% near the central scale mark for an ambient temperature change of 20 degrees from 27 Degree C. • Influence of humidity: Within the rated accuracy, at relative humidity of up to 90%. • Insulation resistance: 1) More than 25 Mohm between the electric circuits and case for rated voltage upto and including 250V. 2) More than 50 Mohm between the electric circuits and case for rated voltage above 250V. • Dielectric strength: Withstands application of 2000 volts AC(rms) for 1 minute between the electric circuits & the case. • Accessories: Test leads and instruction manual. External dimensions: Size : 160 x 110 x 72 mm. Weight : 1.0 Kg. ABS Body

128 DC Starter, 3-point DC Starter 3-point Starter 3HP 250 VDC, For 2.5 KW DC Motor Nos 3

129 DC Starter,4-point DC Starter 4-point Starter 3HP 250 VDC For 2.5 KW DC Motor Nos 3

130 Wheatstone Bridge with Galvanometer and battery

Wheatstone Bridge The bridge should be fully portable with in sensitive galvanometer & dry battery, Measuring Range 1.000Ω to 10.00MΩ ± 10% with range multiPliers , Carrying Case and connecting leads. One galvanometer fitted inside the box with option of external or internal galvanometer with terminal. Two press keys provided marked as initial & final. Two toggle switches are provided one for internal or external battery and other for direct or shunted sensitivity of galvanometer. Technical Specifications: Portable Wheatstone Bridge should be very precise and portable instrument. This Wheatstone Bridge should designed to afford maximum convenience for a wide range of resistance measurement without the need of external accessories. The resistance coils in ratio & series arms are made

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) from non-inductively wound and aged best quality manganin wires having negligible effect of ambient temperature variation, for long term stability. Switches used in this instrument are of self cleaning type having very low contact resistance & long life. Taut band suspended galvanometer is provided for null detection. Built-in dry cell batteries can be easily replaced. Battery ON/OFF & test keys must be provided on the instrument panel. • Measures resistance from 1 milliohm to 11.11 megaohms. • Use of series arm as Decade Resistance Box. • Lead resistance compensation provision for measuring low value resistances. • Higher sensitivity by using external galvanometer. • Use of additional power supply possible. • Detection of cable fault by Varley Loop Test method. • Batteries easily replaceable. • Separate use of built-in Galvano meter. Measurement Capability: 1milli-ohm---11.11 megaohms Measurement Ranges: 1 milliohm---11.11 ohms, 10 milliohms---111.1 ohms, 100 milliohms---1.111 k ohms, 1 ohm---11.11 k ohms, 10 ohms---111.1 k ohms, 100 ohms---1.111 megaohms, 1 k ohms---11.11 megaohms, Measurement Accuracy: ± 0.075 %, Series Arm: 10 (1000 +100+10+1) ohms, Accuracy of Series Arm: ± 0.05 %, Null Detector, Galvanometer: Ri 20 ohms,1mm/ µA sensitivity, Battery: 3 cells of 1.5 V, R 14 size, Size: 370 x 260 x 155 mm approx. Weight: 6.4 kgs (approx)

131 Single Phase Variable Auto Transformer

Variable Auto Transformer• Rating: Input 220- 240V A.C. 50/60Hz. single phase.• The output voltage: Variable smoothly over 0 to 270 V (at least 10% higher than the supply voltage)• Type of Control: Manually Variable• Current Rating: 8 Amps (Minimum)• Table top• Sturdy Body• Sturdy Control for Varying the output.• Sturdy & Safe input & output TerminalsTechnical Specifications: Auto transformer: Input-230 volts, Output- 270 volts, single phase, A.C. 8 AmpThe basic Dimmerstat is ment for operation from a nominal input voltage of 240V AC & should give output voltage anywhere between 0 to 240 V or 0 to 270V AC by simple action. Resin molded dimmerstat is basically a variable Auto-Transformer which is partially or fully reinforced Polyster Resin. This has adjustable spindle which allows easy assembling of table type in a single or three phase models. This models are

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) designed upto 120% continuous load.• Simple, Rugged construction.• Coil made from high grade CRGO Silicon steel & 99.9% pure copper.• Output voltage variation is smooth, Continuous, Breakless & linearly proportional to angular rotation.• High efficiency.• Negligible Waveform & Power factor distortion.• Excellent short time over load capacity.• Remote operation possible by motorization.• Wide range of current ratings.• High Quality carbon brush for current collection.• Operating Temperature : 0 – 45 C.• Insulation Resistance : Not less than 5M Ohm at 500V DC.• Dielectric Test : 205V RMS for 1 Minute.• Storage Temp. : -9 C to 70 C.• Humidity : Upto 95% RH. • Conforms to: I.S. 5142.

132 Phase Sequence Indicator Phase Sequence Meter Rotating disc type 3 Phase , 415 VAC Size :-96X96mm, It must have Connecting cable with Crocodile connector. Technical Specifications: PSI is a portable and sturdy instrument having a rotating disc to indicate the sequence of the phases of 3 phase power supply. Clockwise rotation of the rotating disk of the PSI indicatesproper sequence. Anticlock wise Rotation, indicates improper sequence. PSI is useful for checking the sequence of phases when the same are to be connected in proper sequence watt meters , power factor meters, motor and similar applications.Voltage Range: 50 to 500 Volts AC Frequency Range: 25 to 60 Hertz, Connection Leads: 1-meter long Red, Yellow and Blue test leads. Size: 96 x 96 x 60mm. Portable Pine wood finished wooden case (Laboratory type), Weight: (approximately 800gm.).

Nos 6

133 Growler Growler External type ,AC voltage 220/230v single phase supply 50 Hz

Nos 3

134 A C Starters. AC Motors - Resistance type starter

Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Resistance type starter Slip Ring motor Starter for 2-5 HP AC motor suitable for 415 VAC 50 HZ supply .Technical Specifications: Rotor Resistance Starter – Continuous rated rotor resistance in series with rotor and controlled by rotary switch in 4 steps Interlocked with DOL Starter for 5 HP Slipring Motor Starter should have M.S. enclosure. Input and Output terminals brought out for easy connection It should have Push button for Start & Stop.

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 135 Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC

Motors - Direct on line starter

Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Direct on line starter Industrial DOL starter for 2-5 HP Motor 415 VAC, 50 Hz, with over Load relay.

Nos 3

136 Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Star Delta starter - manual,

Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Star Delta starter - manual, :-Star Delta starter suitable for 2-5 HP motor 415 VAC , 50 Hz, supply with Manual control with Over Load protection.

Nos 3

137 Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Star Delta starter semi automatic

Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Star Delta starter - semi automatic :-Star Delta starter suitable for 2-5 HP motor 415 VAC , 50 Hz, supply with Semiautomatic Control And with Over Load protection.

Nos 3

138 Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Star Delta starter fully automatic

Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. AC Motors - Star Delta starter - Automatic :-Star Delta starter suitable for 2-5 HP motor 415 VAC , 50 Hz, supply , Automatic control with Over Load protection.

Nos 3

139 Soft starter 1ph Soft starter ,8 Amp , 230 VAC , 50 Hz, with programmable Digital I/O s and Analog I/Os with Settable start timing and ramp timing with local And Remote control operation mounted on steel sheet enclosure thickness not less than 2 mm, powder coating corrosion resistive paint ,Panel equipped with all necessary protection,Details of Hardware and accessories for more information (Refer:- Appendix D1). •Operating Manual for the set-up. • Circuit schematic for the panel wiring. • Component layout diagram of the panel board. • One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and probes for interconnections required on the panel board. • One set of spare fuses.

Nos 3

140 Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. A.C Motors - Auto transformer type

Starters for 2 to 5 H.P. A.C Motors - Auto transformer type Auto Transformer Starter for 2-5 HP Motors 415 VAC, 50 HZ with suitable protection, Over current and Short circuit Protection.

Nos 3

141 Oscilloscope Dual Trace Digital Storage Oscilloscope. Table Top Type and Portable type. No. of Channels : 2 . Analog Digital Converter Resolution : 8 bits simultaneously sampling on both channels. Analog Bandwidth : 60 MHz, Waveform Math: Add, Subtract, Multiply, and Divide. DC Measurement Accuracy : ±(5% reading + 0.05 div). Sensitivity : 5mV/div to 5V/div at the input BNC. Sampling mode : Normal/Peak Detect/Average. Trigger Mode : AUTO, NORM, TV-V, TV-H. Input coupling : AC, DC, GND. Power Requirement : 230V ± 10% at 50 Hz A.C. Mains. User Manual & Maintenance Manual.

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 142 Function Generator Function Generator 220 V, 50 Hz, Single Phase. Waveform

Generation : Sine, Square, Triangular , Saw tooth Frequencies : From 0.2 Hz (i.e. 5S) to 1MHz (i.e. 1uS) Outputs to Drive 50/75 ohm Terminations 3 Digit Digital Indication for Frequency & Amplitude 10 Volts Peak to Peak Output User Manual & Maintenance Function Generator 220 V, 50 Hz, Single Phase. Waveform Generation : Sine, Square, Triangular , Saw tooth Frequencies : From 0.2 Hz (i.e. 5S) to 1MHz (i.e. 1uS) Outputs to Drive 50/75 ohm Terminations 3 Digit Digital Indication for Frequency & Amplitude. 10 Volts Peak to Peak Output • DDS (Direct Digital Synthesis) Technique, • Sine, Square, Triangle, Ramp & Pulse • Serial Data & TTL, • Frequency Resolution 1mHz, • 20Vpp Output (O.C.), • Rise/Fall time ≤ 20ns, • 60dB Attenuation, • Internal Modulations, • 50 MHz Frequency Counter.

Nos 3

143 Soldering Iron Soldering Iron 25,65 ,120 watts 230-250 V ± 20% . Type: Non-temperature controlled. Cord length: 5 feet. Peg hook for hanging the Soldering Iron • Firm Stand for placing the soldering iron during use with built in Sponge for Tip Cleaning. • Moulded, soft-grip handle or PVC/Rubber grip handle. Round shaped handle. Stainless steel heater. Cord Strain relief Arrangement.

Nos 6

144 Temperature controlled Soldering Iron

Soldering Iron - 50 watt, 180-250 V. Range : 200 to 450 degree. Temperature display :LED display. Type: Set able Temperature controlled, Wattage: 50W ± 10%. • Cord length: 5 feet ± 10% , Peg hook for hanging the Soldering Iron. Firm Stand for placing the soldering iron during use with built in Sponge for Tip Cleaning. • Moulded, soft-grip handle or PVC/Rubber grip handle. Round shaped handle. • Stainless steel heater. Cord Strain relief Arrangement. Technical Specifications: Soldering Iron 60 watt 230-250 V ± 20% , Type: Non-temperature controlled, Cord length: 5 feet, Peg hook for hanging the Soldering Iron. Firm Stand for placing the soldering iron during use with built in Sponge for Tip Cleaning. Moulded, soft-grip handle or PVC/Rubber grip handle. Round shaped handle. • Stainless steel heater, Cord Strain relief Arrangement. Accurate and advanced temperature Control with micro controller technology. Set / Read of temperature. Increase and Decrease of keys to set

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) temperature once set the read temperature will display after two seconds by default, Temperature control accuracy ± 1°C, Last set value of temperature is stored in memory. Digital calibration should be done through micro controller to avoid analog components tolerances. Password protection feature to stop tampering with set temperature by the operators for (Bulk Customers).

145 Discrete Component Trainer

Discrete Component Trainer kit. Discrete Component Training Board should cater for the study of Discrete Electronic Components. The Trainer kit should also have the capability of adding more exercises based on requirement. It should consist of suitable voltage and Current rating regulated/stabilized A.C. & D.C. Power Supplies with Overvoltage and short circuit protection. Requirements : Bread Board : Unique solder-less large size, spring loaded Bread Board consisting of at least two Terminal Strips. Regulated DC Power Supply : +5V at 1 Amp, - 5V at 1Amp, +12V 500 mA , -12V 500 mA, 0 to 20 V 500 mA Continuously Variable. AC Supply : 5-0-5 V, 10-0-10 V at 100 mA. Inbuilt Resistors, Capacitors, Diodes, Zeners, Transistors, Diac, Triac, FETs,UJTs, LEDs, Potentiometers, Relays, DIP switches used in construction of electronic circuits for carrying out experiments. Suitable number of Red & Black patch cords at least half meter long each. Mains ON/OFF switch, fuse and Neon Indicator. Operating Voltage: 230V ±10% at 50Hz. User Manual & Maintenance Manual. Discreter Component Trainer The Trainer should have following Features: • Self Contained and Easy to Operate. • Functional Blocks indicated on board mimic, On board DC and AC Power Supply, On board Function Generator, On board Continuity Tester, On board Toggle Switches and Potentiometers, Solder less Breadboard, Dual Channel Analog Signal Analyzer. On Board Voltage/ Current/Frequency Measurement, • PC Interface Online Simulation, Teaching & Learning Software on Digital Electronics. Should be housed in compact and light weight enclosure like laptop The Trainer should have the following Technical Specifications: Regulated DC power supplies : +5V-1A (Fixed), ±12V-500mA (Fixed), ± 12V-500mA (Variable), AC supply : 9V-0V-9V/500mA, Function

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Generator : Operating modes : Sine, Square, Triangular , Frequency range : 1 Hz to 100 Khz, Continuity Tester : For testing the continuity. Provided with Beeper Sound. Voltage-Current-Frequency measurement: DC Voltage (V1 & V2)- 12 V to +12V, DC Current (I1 & I2): 10mA to 750mA, Frequency Range - 10Hz to 100 Khz, Breadboard : Regular , Interconnection : 2mm Patch cords. Mains Supply : 220V ± 10%, 50Hz. Accessories : Mains cord, online learning material, patch Cords. Channel Analog Signal Analyzer with following key features: • Acquisition from Two Analog input channels, • Bandwidth 10Hz – 3.4KHz , • Maximum allowable Input Voltage Range: about 2VAC. • Display Mode. • Time Domain : Time base variation from 0.1 sec to 0.1msec per division. • Voltage Attenuation : from 10mV to 0.5 V per division. Frequency Domain : Scan width variation from 500Hz to 2 KHz per division. • Facilities for automatic & manual measurements Peak to Peak Value, RMS Value, Time period & frequency measurements of signals. • X-Y Mode –Signals from channel one and channel two selected to X axis and Y axis and drawn to get X-Y mode. • Facility to storage, loading, printing of Acquisition waveforms from Two analog input channels • Data acquisition software for analyzing signals. • Diode protection. The setup should include Online Training, Learning and Simulation software on Analog Electronics with following key features: It should be an interactive learning and simulation software, should be very powerful tool to understand core concept of Analog Electronics. It should support instructor to teach subject in detail and should covers all topics of the subject, should explain virtually through high quality simulation, detailed theoretical content and attractive animated diagrams should give in-depth idea to a student about the subject and topic. • Basic Electrical Concepts, • Basic Circuits, • Fundamentals of Resistor/ Capacitor/ Inductor/ Transformers, • Semiconductors & Diodes, • Transistor & basic transistor circuits, • Operational Amplifiers (OpAmps): Characteristics & Specifications • Practical OpAmp circuits • Power Supplies & Rectifiers




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 146 Linear I.C. Trainer Linear I.C. Trainer Should have required Power supply, Signal

sources and components to be able to carry out the following experiments:• Study of major operational amplifier characteristics open loop gain, output resistance, differential input resistance, unity gain bandwidth, rated output, full power response, slewing rate, input offset voltage, input bias current, input noise current, CMRR, common mode input resistance etc. • Study of operational amplifier amplifications inverting amplifier, non-inverting amplifier, difference amplifier, inverting summing amplifier, voltage follower, differentiators, integrator, log amplifier, limiter, AC - DC converter etc. • Study of the peration of monolithic voltage regulator • Verification of regulator characteristics. • Study of the characteristics and operation of a high speed voltage comparator & study of omparator applications, Schmitt trigger, pulse width modulator, etc. • Study of operation and characteristics of a Timer IC • Applications of timers in systems and circuits • Study of Phase Lock Loop, Measurement of important PLL characteristics: lock range, capture range, VCO sensitivity, VCO linearity etc. • Continuity Tester: For testing the continuity • Inbuilt Linear IC components, OEN relays, Speaker, DIP switches and others used in construction of electronic circuits for carrying out experiments. • Suitable number of Red & Black patch cords at least half meter long each. • Mains ON/OFF switch, fuse and Neon Indicator are provided. • Operating Voltage: 230V ±10% at 50Hz A.C. Mains. • Good Quality, reliable terminal/sockets provided at appropriate places on panel for connections & observation of waveforms.• Detailed Operating Manual • Standard Accessories • Standard Spares • List of Experiments with Procedures and Observation sheets

Nos 3

147 Digital I.C. Trainer The Digital IC Trainer should be able to facilitate conduct of both basic and advance experiments Like: • Study of basic gates and verification of their truth tables (NOT, OR, AND, NOR, NAND, EX-OR, EX-NOR). • Study and verifications of the laws of Boolean Algebra and De-Morgan’s Theorems. • Study of important TTL terminologies. Verification of important TTL circuit parameters. • Construction and verification of various types of flip - flops using

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) gates & IC’s (RS, JK, D, T, M / SJK). • Construction and verification of various types of combinational circuits such as Half Adder, Full Adder, Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor, Even I Odd Parity Checker, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Binary to Gray & Gray to Binary Converters. • Construction and verification of various types of Up / Down, Synchronous I Asynchronous, Ripple / Reverse, Ring, Binary, BCD & Decade Counters. • Construction and verification of 4 Bit Universal Shift Register (SR / SL operation). • Study of 7 - segment display and decoder / driver. • other experiments which are a combination of two or more above using the onboard components with use of external components without soldering. • DC Power Supply 5 V, 500 mA (IC based regulated output). • Clock Generators (TTL, 5V)- Fixed and Variable. • Manual Pulser . • Logic probe with Low, High & pulse indicator. • Independent buffered logic level inputs to select High I Low TTL levels, each with a LED to indicate high flow status and termination. • Independent buffered logic level indicators for High / Low status indication of digital outputs. • Potentiometer (lOOK) with terminations. • Power ON switch with indicator for mains on indication and fuse for protection. • Set of assorted coloured multi-strand wires with 2 mm termination at both ends. • Working Voltage: 230V 10% single phase AC. • Detailed Operating Manual. • Standard Accessories, • Standard Spares. • List of Experiments with Procedures and Observation sheets Digital IC Trainer - It should have following features: • Graphical LCD to show the menu of experiment and gate level diagram for selected experiments. • Designed on FGPA IC Based, • Should be able to perform more than 46 Digital electronics experiments on single board. • On Board DC Power Supply, Pulse Generator. • Online Simulation, Teaching & Learning Software on Digital Electronics . • Should be housed in compact and light weight enclosure like laptop. It should have following Technical Specifications: Breadboard: Regular, DC Supply: +5 V/1 A +12V/1A, Clock Frequency: 1 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 KHz, 100 KHz, Amplitude: 3.3 V (TTL), Duty cycle : 50 %, Graphical LCD : 128 X 64 dots, Pulsar Switches: 2 Nos. Data Switches : 8 Nos. (Toggle switches for both TTL modes). LED display: 8 Nos. (TTL), Seven




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Segment Display : 3 Nos. Power Supply: 100V - 240V AC, 50Hz. The software should meet following Key Features: The Board should comprise with Online Simulation, Teaching & Learning Software on Digital Electronics. The software should introduce the fundamental concepts of digital systems which should illustrate by various animations and relevant examples for quick understanding of students along with the simplified theory. At the end of each topic relevant quizzes & FAQs should also be given for the students to self estimate their understanding. It should cover following key topics like Digital number system, Boolean Algebra & Logic Circuits, Digital Logic Gates, Simplification of Boolean Functions, Digital Combinational Logic, Combinational Arithmetic Circuits, Sequential Circuits, Digital Logic Families, adder & sub tractor, Multi vibrators, Schmitt trigger, Logic Families, Shift Registers & Counters Semiconductor Memories, Analog to Digital & Digital to Analog converters.

148 Electric Induction Plate Elec. Hot plate 1500 watts ± 10% 240 VAC 50 Hz, Nos 3

149 Electrci Kettle Elec. Kettle 1500 watts ± 10% , 240 VAC , 50 Hz, Nos 6

150 Electric Iron Elec. Iron 1500 watts± 10% , 230 VAC , 50 Hz, Nos 6

151 Electric Immersion Heater Elec. Immersion heater 1500 watts ± 10% , 230 VAC , 50 Hz, Nos 6

152 Ceiling and Table Fan Elec. AC fan Copper wound 1400mm , 230 VAC , 50 Hz, Three Blade type and energy saver ,Standard Quality I.S.I. / I.S.O. MarkAnd Table Fan , 230 VAC , 50 Hz, Three Blade

Nos 6

153 Electric Geyser Elec. Geyser Storage type, 2000 Watts, Water Capacity :- 10 ltr. Min 230 VAC , 50 Hz,

Nos 6

154 Electric Mixer & Grinder Dom. Appli.- Elec. Mixer & Grinder 750 W, 240 V, Nos 6

155 Washing Machine Semi Automatic Washing Machine -Top Loading Type, Capacity(Kg): Atleast 5 Kg, Semi Automatic Control, Operating Voltage: 230V, 50Hz, AC

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 156 Motor Pump set Motor Pump Set, 1HP, 240V ± 10% , 50Hz. • Head: 10-40 metres

± 10% , • Capacity: 3000 - 200 LPH ± 10% , • Power Rating: 0.75 kW (1.0 HP) ± 10% , • Voltage Range: 180-240 Volts ± 10% -Single Phase. Material of Construction- Impeller: H. T. Brass, Delivery Casing: Cast Iron , • Motor Body: Aluminium , Shaft: Carbon Steel (Chrome Plated), Total Head 40 metres ± 10% , Self-priming. it should be work from 180-240 V AC, Thermal Overload Protector (TOP), protects the motor from burning , Chrome plated shaft for avoiding rust problem, Motor of IP-44 protection and class 'B' insulation • Shielded ball bearings - no need of external lubrication .

Nos 3

157 Oil Testing Kit Transformer oil testing kit :- Supply :- 230V ± 10% , 50Hz ±10%, Output Voltage:-60KV/ 80KV/ 100KV, Tripping Time <10ms, Protection:-Safety Door & Zero start interlock & Overload protection, Display :- Digital Type with all Accessories and attachments 1. Test cell with electrodes 2. Go-No-Go Gauge 3. User manual 4. Calibration Certificate as per IS • Fully motorized high voltage control, • Break down voltage protection, • Over current protection, • Mains & H.T. “ON” & “OFF” Switches, • Incorporates automatic tripping mechanism • Mains and H.T. “ON” indications, • Test cup with adjustable gap electrode arrangement, • Equipped with Kilo Voltmeter, • Designed by considering all the safety standards It should have following Technical Specifications: Mains Supply : 230V , 50Hz, Single Phase Variac : 230V/ 0-270V, High Voltage Source : 80kV, 20mA, HV Control Motor, Type : Servo, RPM : 500 (No Load), Voltmeter: 0 to 100kV, Experiments that can be performed: • Study & measurement of Breakdown Voltage (Dielectric Strength) of transformer oil,

Nos 3

158 Inverter with Battery 1 KVA Inverter + Battery with following specifications: • Output Voltage: 240 V ± 5%, • Output Power: 1 KVA, • Wave Form: Pure Sine Wave. • Battery: 12V, 165 AH, Tubular, • Cable set of 5 meters for connection. • 15 A, 240V power socket box type. • Power extension board with 15 A,240V Top • Operating manual

Nos 6

159 Voltage Stabilizer Voltage Stabilizer • Type: Automatic Voltage Stabilizer, Single Phase Rating :- 2500VA , • Type of Control: PWM Controlled AC to AC • Input voltage: 150 – 260 volts Ac, 1-phase, • Output

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Voltage: Stabilised 240 volt AC, 50 Hz • Output Regulation: Nominal ± 1% under 0 to 100% Load • Protection: Over-load Protection and Output Short circuit Protection.

160 DC Power supply DC Power supply- 0 to 30V (± 5%), Table Top and Portable type. Outputs:0 to 30V DC continuously Variable, + 15 V and -15 V Volts DC constant output, + 5 V DC Constant output, Current capacity : 2 Amps, Input should have Overload Protected, Output should have Short Circuit Protected. Digital Display of Variable output Voltage and Load current. Operating Manual and Accessories. Technical Specifications: • DC Output: A: 0-30 V, 2 A, continuously variable by means of Coarse and Fine controls, B: 5 V, 2 A adjustable from 4 V - 6 V, C: 0 - ±15 V, 1 A Dual Tracking adjustable. • Current Limit: 100 mA - 2 A continuously adjustable for (0-30 V & 5 V), 100 mA - 1 A continuously adjustable for (± 15 V). • Resolution: Voltage: 100 mV, Current: 10 mA, • Internal Resistance: 15 mW, • Stability: 2.5 mV at (30 V / 2A, 5 V / 2 A, ±15 V / 1 A), • Recovery Time: 50 μs, • Load Regulation: (0.05 %+100 mV), • Line Regulation: (0.05 %+100 mV). • Temp. Coefficient: (0.05 % + 5 mV / °C), • Ripple & Noise: 1 mVrms. • Display: 3 digit for voltage & 3 digit for current LED indication for voltage & current. • Accuracy: ± (1% +1 digit), • Tracking Error: ± (0.1% + 5 mV) for ± 15 V. • + Over Range Indication: Glowing 'ORA' or 'ORB', 'ORC ' or 'ORC ', • LEDs indicate Overload. • All outputs must be floating. • Built-in overheat, Over voltage & Short Circuit protections. • Insulation Between Chassis & output terminals >10 MW at100 V DC Between Chassis & AC plug > 50 MW at 500 V DC. • Power Supply: 230 V, ± 10 %, 50 / 60 Hz. • Operating Temperature: 0-40° C, 80% RH• Dimension (mm): W 285 × D 410 × H 88. • Weight: 5.2 Kg approximately. • Learning Material: CD (Operating procedure, Front panel control, Theory, control software optional). • Included Accessories. • Mains cord, Learning material (CD) - 1 no.

Nos 3

161 Battery Charger Battery Charger - for use with Sealed batteries, Lead Acid Batteries and Automotive Batteries Capacity : 0 - 6 - 9 - 12 - 24 48 VDC ± 10%, Output Current: 30A ± 1 Amps Controlled. Control Mode: Constant Voltage and Current. Type of Control: Switching Mode. Protection against reverse polarity of Batteries. Automatic

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) over current Limit Over voltage, under Voltage and over current protection

162 Current Transformer Current transformer BPL Type. • Type: 415 V, 50 Hz• RATIO: 10/1, 20/1, 30/1, 50/5, 100/5, 150/5 and 300/5A. • Volt Ampere: 5 VA, • CLASS: 1,5 , • Sturdy & Safe terminals for electrical connection. Technical Specifications: C.T. 25/5A / 5VA, Class1, 415V, 50Hz. BTI terminal brought out for easy connection.

Nos 6

163 Potential Transformer Potential Transformer 415 V, 50 Hz; PT ratio 400/110 V; 100VA. Technical Specifications: P.T. 440/110V, 10VA, Class1, 50Hz. BTI terminal brought out for easy connection

Nos 6

164 Solar panel with Battery Solar panel with Battery for 18 Watt Light with 2Hrs. Backup set 3

165 Desktop Computer Desktop Computer Intel® Core™ i5-6500T Processor, Windows 10 Pro 64-bit National Academic License, 8GB DDR4 RAM, 500GB HDD (7200 RPM), Intel® HD Graphics 530, (22 Inch) LED Display Monitor, 3 MB Cache or better, Integrated Gigabit Ethernet (10/100/1000), USB Mouse, USB Keyboard , Standard Ports and connectors. DVD Writer, Speakers & Mic. Licensed Windows Operating System / OEM Pack (Preloaded), Antivirus / Total Security

Nos 6

166 Printer Monochrome Laser Printer A4 Size. Hi-Speed USB connectivity, 28PPM speed, 256 MB internal memory, Auto duplexing, recommended Page volume 250-2500, 250 Sheet input tray, 1200x1200 dpi, Energy star certified.

Nos 3

167 D.C. Shunt Generator with Control panel

Copper wound DC SHUNT GENERATOR With Suitable Control Panel and others as given below: • Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable study and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-B. • Facility for connecting the Generator Output to Resistive Load / Lamp load for Load. • One DC Shunt Generator (2.5 KW, 220V) Coupled with Three Phase Induction Motor rating 5HP 440 VAC wired with Star Delta starter mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional space on the railing to fix a suitable capacity Motor and facility for coupling the Motor and Generator using flexible coupler. • Operating Manual for the set-up • Circuit schematic for the panel wiring. • Component layout diagram of

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) the panel board. • One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board. • One set of spare fuses and One spare flexible coupler for coupling machine. • Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the MG set. • The Panel mounted on a frame should be fitted be Caster Wheels such that it can be moved to a suitable location for the purpose of demonstration. • The components fitted on the Panel should be labeled with the name of the component. • The rear of the panel should be covered with transparent sheet (removable) so that the circuit connections are visible. •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. Copper wound DC SHUNT GENERATOR With Suitable Control Panel and others as given below: • Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable study and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items • Facility for connecting the Generator Output to Resistive Load load for Load. • One DC Shunt Generator (2.23 KW, 220V) Coupled with Three Phase Induction Motor rating 5HP 440 VAC wired with Star Delta starter mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional space on the railing to fix a suitable capacity Motor and facility for coupling the Motor and Generator using flexible coupler. • Operating Manual for the set-up • Circuit schematic for the panel wiring. • Component layout diagram of the panel board. • One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board. • One set of spare fuses and One spare flexible coupler for coupling machine. • Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the MG set. • The Panel mounted on a frame should be fitted be Caster Wheels such that it can be moved to a suitable location for the purpose of demonstration. • The components fitted on the Panel should be labeled with the name of the component. •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. n and commissioning of the complete set. • Good quality digital panel meters. • Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose.




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) • Flexible Shaft Coupling • Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel. • Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement. • Heavy duty base/channels • Machines with class “B” insulation. • Designed by considering all the safety measures. • Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

168 Motor-Generator (AC to DC)

Supply of AC to DC Motor Generator Set Consisting of: • Supply of Electric Panel Board made of 2mm metal sheet , Panel mounted on a suitable study and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-A. • Supply of One Squirrel Cage Induction Motor (7.5HP, 415V, 50 Hz, 3 Phase) and One DC Shunt Generator (5 KW, 440V) both mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and coupled to each other mechanically using flexible coupler. Facility for moving the Motor and Generator over the railing (For position adjustment) and fixing the position using suitable sized nut & bolt. • Operating Manual for the set-up. • Circuit schematic for the panel wiring. • Component layout diagram of the panel board. • One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board. • One set of spare fuses. • One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and generator. • Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the MG set. • The Motor-Generator Set Panel mounted on a frame should be fitted be Caster Wheels such that it can be moved to a suitable location for the purpose of demonstration. • The components fitted on the Panel should be labeled with the name of the component. • The rear of the panel should be covered with transparent sheet (removable) so that the circuit connections are

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) visible. MOTOR - GENERATOR & CONTROL PANEL SPECIFICATION. 7.5 HP / 415 V / 1440 RPM / TEFC / 50 Hz. / Three Phase Sq.Cage Induction Motor coupled with 5KW / 220V / 1500 RPM DC Shunt Generator with base & coupling. Both the rotating machines should be Horizontal Foot Mounted / Ins. Cl. ‘B’ / Self fan cooled / screen protected drip Proof (SPDP)/ Continuously rated at rated RPM / protection IP22 / Single shaft extended / conforming to IS 4722 and IS325. All armature should be mechanically balanced to minimized vibration. All Machines should be provided with educational type binding posts. Coupled set must be mounted on a fabricated common ‘C’ channel heavy base &must be coupled with each other by Love joy type flexible couplings. Sheet metal coupling guard should be provide for safety. Foundation Drawing also required. OEM Testing report with all ratings mention above should be required with company seal & sign. at the time of delivery. RPM sensor must be mounted on machine- generator set. CONTROL PANELFOR 3PH INDUCTION MOTOR WITH MECHANICAL LOADING Panel should be made of 16 SWG MS Sheet with printed Poly Vinyl facia & insulated lamination in front for better look & protection. Panel should highly laminate with Siemens gray powder coated with proper gasket fitted door & locking system at back side of panel. External connections are made according to the circuit diagram with the help of patch cords/shrouded 4 mm banana male connector. Cooling Fan (4 inch) in top of the panel to remove heat from it. Supply and control cables from machine to panel shall be housed in flexible hose pipe. CONTROL PANEL MUST BE CONSISTING • Star- Delta Starter 1 No. • Digital 600V AC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 20 AC Ammeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 440V / 10Amp. 3phase/2Element UPF Wattmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 300V DC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 30 DC Ammeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 5 DC Ammeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • BTI 30 Terminals for easy connection & safety. • 4pole MCB for Mains AC ON-OFF • All other Indicators, Fuses, Wires, Patch cords, Switches, etc. required of standard reputed make. • Operating manual provide in softcopy & hardcopy with detail experiment procedure, circuit diagram, observation table, Fault finding chart for panel & Machine, Sectional drawing of machine with part list of material used. Good quality digital panel meters • Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose • Flexible Shaft Coupling • Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel • Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement • Heavy duty base/channels • Machines with class “B” insulation • Designed by considering all the safety measures • Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

169 D.C. Compound Generator with control panel including fitted rheostat, voltmeter, ammeter and breaker

Supply of Copper wound DC COMPOUND GENERATOR With Suitable Control Panel and other as given below:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable study and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-C.• Facility for connecting the Generator Output to Resistive Load / Lamp load for Load Testing.• One DC Compound Generator (2.5 KW, 220V) Coupled with Three Phase Induction Motor rating 5HP 440 VAC wired with Star Delta starter mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) space on the railing to fix a suitable capacity Motor and facility for coupling the Motor and Generator using flexible coupler. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare fuses.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the MG set. • The Panel mounted on a frame should be fitted be Caster Wheels such that it can be moved to a suitable location for the purpose of demonstration.• The components fitted on the Panel should be labeled with the name of the component.• The rear of the panel should be covered with transparent sheet (removable) so that the circuit connections are visible. •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. Supply of Copper wound DC COMPOUND GENERATOR With Suitable Control Panel and other as given below:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable study and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position • Facility for connecting the Generator Output to Resistive Load load for Load Testing.• One DC Compound Generator (2.23 KW, 220V) Coupled with Three Phase Induction Motor rating 5HP 440 VAC wired with Star Delta starter mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional space on the railing to fix a suitable capacity Motor and facility for coupling the Motor and Generator using flexible coupler. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare fuses.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the MG set. • The components fitted on the Panel should be labeled with the name of the component.•All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose•




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Require Smart Digital contain to understand the electrical technology with simulations based.The setup should include Online Training, Learning and Simulation software on Analog Electronics with following key features: It should be an interactive learning and simulation software, should be very powerful tool to understand core concept of Analog Electronics. It should support instructor to teach subject in detail and should covers all topics of the subject, should explain virtually through high quality simulation, detailed theoretical content and attractive animated diagrams should give in-depth idea to a student about the subject and topic.• Basic Electrical Concepts

170 DC Series Motor coupled (with spring balanced load)

Supply of Copper wound DC SERIES MOTOR With Suitable Control Panel and Coupled with Mechanical loading arrangement and other as given below: • Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-D.• One DC Series Motor (2 KW, 220V)1500 rpm with copper wound mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional space on the railing to fix a suitable Generator and facility for coupling the Motor and Generator using flexible coupler.• Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N with following facilities; o Attachable to the base frame of the Motor railing o Hand Wheels for varying the braking o Spring balances (Dial type or Spring type or any Other type) with Large dial for reading. High quality Belts with connecting arrangement to the Spring balances, Arrangement free from Vibration• Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt for the Brake loading arrangement.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) the operator for safe working of the MG set. •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. MOTOR & CONTROL PANEL SPECIFICATIONS: 3 HP / 220 V / 1500 RPM / DC Series Motor with Mechanical Loading arrangement having Round dial scales and Friction Belt for Torque Measurement. Set must be having minimum 75% Efficiency.Rotating machines should be Horizontal Foot Mounted / Ins. Cl. ‘B’ / Self fan cooled / screen protected drip Proof (SPDP)/ Continuously rated at rated RPM / protection IP22 / Single shaft extended / conforming to IS 4722 and IS325. All armature should be mechanically balanced to minimized vibration. All Machines should be provided with educational type binding posts. Coupled set must be mounted on a fabricated common ‘C’ channel heavy base &must be coupled with each other by Love joy type flexible couplings. Sheet metal coupling guard should be provide for safety. Foundation Drawing also required. OEM Testing report with all ratings mention above should be required with company seal & sign. at the time of delivery. RPM sensor must be mounted on machine- generator set. Control panel for DC series MOTOR WITH MECHANICAL LOADINGPanel should be made of 16 SWG MS Sheet with printed Poly Vinyl facia & insulated lamination in front for better look & protection. Panel should highly laminate with Siemens gray powder coated with proper gasket fitted door & locking system at back side of panel. External connections are made according to the circuit diagram with the help of patch cords/shrouded 4 mm banana male connector. Cooling Fan (4 inch) in top of the panel to remove heat from it. Supply and control cables from machine to panel shall be housed in flexible hose pipe.CONTROL PANEL MUST BE CONSISTING • 2 Point Starter 1 No. • Digital 20Amp. DC Ammeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 300V DC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Field Rheostat Diverter 16Ω / 6Amp. (Inbuilt Potentiometer type) 1 No. • Non Contact Tachometer with




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Proximity Sensor (Speed meter) rpm meter is fitted on the panel and connections are directly given to the rpm sensor which is mounted machine base.• BTI 30 Terminals for easy connection & safety. • Thyristor control, close loop DC power supply 0-220 V / 25Amp. min. for Motor supply• Panel should operate on 3phase neutral only.• Rotary switch 32 Amp. for Mains DC ON-OFF. • All other Indicators, Fuses, Wires, Patch cords, Switches, etc. required of standard reputed make.• Operating manual provide in softcopy & hardcopy with detail experiment procedure, circuit diagram, observation table, Fault finding chart for panel & Machine, Sectional drawing of machine with part list of material used.LIST OF EXPERIMENT:Brake Test (Load Test) on DC Series• Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

171 DC Shunt Motor Supply of DC SHUNT Motor With Starter and Suitable Control Panel and Coupled with Mechanical loading arrangement and other as given below:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-E.• One Copper wound DC Shunt Motor (2.5 KW, 220V) mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional space on the railing to fix a suitable Generator and facility for coupling the Motor and Generator using flexible coupler.• Facility should be

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) available for connecting Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the MG set. • All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. Supply of DC SHUNT MOTOR With Starter and Suitable Control Panel and Coupled with Mechanical loading arrangement and other as given below:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-E.• One Copper wound DC Shunt Motor (2.23 KW, 220V) mounted on a Vibration should be available for connecting Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the Machine • All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. features :• Mechanical Loading arrangement• Designed by considering all the safety precautions• Diagrammatic representation • HIGH Quality Meters & High Quality Variac..• Metallic Panels in place of bakeliteThe instrument should have following Technical Specifications :DC Machine Type: DC Shunt Rating: 3HPRPM : 1500 ±5% Meters used Voltmeter: 300 VAmmeter : 1 No. Ammeter: 1 No.The trainer should performed following experiments :• Speed Control of DC Shunt Motor by Field and Armature current variation.• Load Characteristics of DC Shunt Motor.• N-I Characteristics of DC Shunt Motor.• N-V Characteristics of DC Shunt Motor. • Study of self excited DC




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Shunt Motor.Accessories require to conduct experiments:- DC Power Supply 2.8A, 220 Ohm rheostat5A, 110 Ohm rheostat• Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

172 DC compound Motor with starter and switch

DC COMPOUND MOTOR with Starter and Switch with Suitable Control Panel and Coupled with Mechanical loading arrangement and other as given below:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-F.• One copper wound DC Compound Motor (2.5 KW, 220V)1500 rpm with mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional space on the railing to fix a suitable Generator and facility for coupling the Motor and Generator using flexible coupler.• Facility should be available for connecting Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the MG set. • All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. DC

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) COMPOUND MOTOR with Starter suitable Control Panel and Coupled with Mechanical loading arrangement and other as given below:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position .• One copper wound DC Compound Motor (2.23 KW, 220V) 1500 rpm with mounted on a Vibration r.• Facility should be available for connecting Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the MG set. • All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. features:• Machine with Class “B” Insulation• Brake-Drum/Pulley with heat suppression facility• Machine with mechanical loading arrangement• Provided with Digital Tachometer• Heavy Duty Base/Channel• Terminals provided to use the optional externally• Designed by considering all the safety standards• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connectionsIt should have following Technical Specifications: Machines Specifications DC Machine Type: Compound Rating : 3HP Voltage Rating: 200V ±10% Speed : 1500 RPM ±5% Insulation: Class ‘B’ Loading Arrangement: Mechanical Brake Drum/Pulley: Aluminum Casted Analog Meters usedDC Voltmeter : 300V (2 Nos.) DC Ammeter : 2 Nos.Experiments that can be performed:• Study & verify the Load Characteristics of Short Shunt DC Compound Motor• Study & verify the Load Characteristics of Long Shunt DC Compound MotorAccessories require to conduct experiments:- DC Power Supply)• Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

173 Motor Generator(DC to AC) set consisting of - Shunt Motor with starting compensator and switch directly coupled to AC generator with exciter and switch board mounted with regulator, breaker, ammeter, voltmeter frequency meter, knife blade switch and fuses etc. Set complete with cast iron bed plate, fixing bolts, foundation bolts and flexible coupling.

Supply of DC to AC MOTOR GENERATOR Set Consisting of followings:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable study and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-G.• One DC Shunt Motor (5HP, 440V ) with staring compensator • One AC Generator (3-Phase, 4 wire, 3.5 KVA, 400/230 Volts, 0.8 pf, 50 Hz ) • Both of above mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and coupled to each other mechanically using flexible coupler. Facility for moving the Motor and Generator over the railing and fixing the position using suitable sized nut & bolt.• Supply of loading the AC output to a Lamp Load.• Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare fuses with flexible coupler • One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and generator.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the operator. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control panel. DC to AC MOTOR GENERATOR Set Consisting of followings:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable study and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position.• One DC Shunt Motor (5HP, 440V ) with staring compensator • One AC Generator (3-Phase, 4 wire, 2.5 KVA, 400/230 Volts, 0.8 pf, 50 Hz ) • Both of above mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and coupled to each other mechanically using flexible coupler. Facility for moving the Motor

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) and Generator over the railing and fixing the position using suitable sized nut & bolt.• Supply of loading the AC output to Resitive load Load.• Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare fuses with flexible coupler • One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and generator.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the operator. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control panel. Features:• Mechanical Coupling Arrangement• No external measuring instrument required• Should designed by considering all the safety precautions• Standard BS-10 safety terminals It should have following Technical Specifications: Machines Specification (2 Nos.) Both the Machines are Flexibly Coupled and Mounted on a M.S. channel Base DC Machine acts as Prime Mover Type : DC Shunt Rating : 5HP Voltage Rating : 200V ±10% RPM : 1500 ±5% Insulation: Class 'B'Three Phase Synchronous Motor acts as GeneratorType : Salient Pole Rating : 3HP Voltage rating : 415V ±10% RPM: 1500 ±5% Insulation : Class ‘B’Excitation Voltage: 140V Meters UsedAmmeter (1 each) : 25A DC & 10A AC Voltmeter (1 each) : 300V DC & 500V AC Experiments that can be performed:• To study the Open Circuit Characteristics (OCC) of Three Phase Synchronous Generator• To study the short circuit characteristics (SCC) of three Phase Synchronous Generator• To study & measure the voltage regulation of Three Phase Synchronous Machine by Direct Loading.Accessories require to conduct experiments:-• DC Power Supply• 5A, 110 Ohm rheostat• single and three phase resistive load• Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic




Pass/Fail (By


174 AC Squirrel Cage Motor with star delta starter and triple pole iron clad switch fusewith Mechanical Load

Supply of AC squirrel cage motor with Star-Delta Starter and others as given below Specifications :• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-H.• One AC Squirrel Cage Motor (5 HP, 415V, 50Hz) mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional space on the railing to fix a suitable Generator and facility for coupling the Motor and Generator using flexible coupler.• Supply of Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt. Fuse and Flexible Coupling .• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working.. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. Supply of AC SQUIRREL CAGE MOTOR with Star-Delta Starter and others as given below Specifications :• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-H.• One AC Squirrel Cage Motor (5 HP, 415V, 50Hz) mounted on a Vibration.• Supply of Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt. Fuse and Flexible Coupling .• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working.. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. features :• Should designed by consider all the safety precautions• High quality meters• HIGH Quality Meters & High Quality Variac..• Metallic Panels in place of bakeliteThe trainer should have following Technical Specifications :Mains Supply: Three Phase415 V ±10 %, 50 Hz Motor's Specifications Type : Squirrel CageRating: 5HP, RPM : 1410 ±5 %Meters usedWattmeters: 1000 W (2 Nos.)Voltmeter: 500 VAmmeter: 20 A MCB: 1 noThe trainer should performed following experiments :• Study of Running and Reversing of Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of No Load Test performed in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of Block Rotor Test performed in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Measurement of Slip in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of Speed-Torque characteristics in a Three Phase Induction MotorAccessories require to conduct experiments:-• Threee phase variac, 10AStar delta strater • Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 175 AC phase-wound slip ring

Motor with starter and switch

Supply of AC 3 Phase-Wound Slip Ring Motor with Starter and others as per given below specification :• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-I.• One AC 3 phase-wound slip ring Motor (5HP, 440V, 50Hz, 3 Phase) mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional space on the railing to fix a suitable Generator or Motor using flexible coupler.• Supply of Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control panel.Supply of AC 3 Phase-Wound Slip Ring Motor with Starter and others as per given below specification :• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate.• One AC 3 phase-wound slip ring Motor (5HP, 440V, 50Hz, 3 Phase) mounted on Mech• Supply of Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working.. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control panel.features:• Provided with Digital Tachometer• Machine with Class “B” Insulation• Heavy Duty Base/Channel• Brake-Drum/Pulley with heat suppression facility• Equipped with supply indication lamps• Terminals provided to use the optional externally• Designed by considering all the safety standards• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connectionsIt should have following Technical Specifications:

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Mains Supply : Three Phase, 415V ±10%, 50Hz Three Phase Machine Type : Slip-Ring Rating : 5HP Voltage Rating: 415V RPM : 1440 ±10 % Insulation: Class ‘B’Loading Arrangement: Mechanical Brakedrum/Pulley: Aluminum Casted Meters Used Ammeter: 10A Voltmeter: 500V Watt meter : 2500W (2 nos.) MCB (TPN): 10A Experiments that can be performed:• Study of Running and Reversing of Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of No Load Test in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of Block Rotor Test in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study and Measurement of Slip in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of Speed-Torque Characteristics of Three Phase Induction MotorAccessories require to conduct experiments:-• Rotor resistance starter Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

176 Universal Motor with starter/switch

Supply Universal Motor with Starter and others as per given below specification :• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-L.• One Universal Motor 240 volt, 50 cycles 1 HP Mounted on a table platform free from vibrations & Shock.• Facility for loading the motor to carryout Load test.• Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. MOTOR & CONTROL PANEL SPECIFICATION 1 HP / 160 V DC - 220 V AC / 1500 – 2000 RPM /

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 50 Hz. / Universal Motor with Mechanical Loading arrangement having linear scales and Friction Belt for Torque Measurement.Rotating machines should be Horizontal Foot Mounted / Ins. Cl. ‘B’ / Self fan cooled / screen protected drip Proof (SPDP)/ Continuously rated at rated RPM / protection IP22 / Single shaft extended / conforming to IS 4722 and IS325. All armature should be mechanically balanced to minimized vibration. All Machines should be provided with educational type binding posts. Coupled set must be mounted on a fabricated common ‘C’ channel heavy base &must be coupled with each other by Love joy type flexible couplings. Sheet metal coupling guard should be provide for safety. Foundation Drawing also required. OEM Testing report with all ratings mention above should be required with company seal & sign. at the time of delivery. RPM sensor must be mounted on machine- generator set. Control panel for 3PH induction motor with mechanical loading Panel should be made of 16 SWG MS Sheet with printed Poly Vinyl facia & insulated lamination in front for better look & protection. Panel should highly laminate with Siemens gray powder coated with proper gasket fitted door & locking system at back side of panel. External connections are made according to the circuit diagram with the help of patch cords/shrouded 4 mm banana male connector. Cooling Fan (4 inch) in top of the panel to remove heat from it. Supply and control cables from machine to panel shall be housed in flexible hose pipe. Control panel must be consisting • Digital 300V AC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 20 AC Ammeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 300V / 10Amp. 1phase UPF Wattmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 300V DC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 20 DC Ammeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Connectors.• Inbuilt DC supply 0-160V DC• BTI 30 Terminals for easy connection & safety. • 2pole MCB for Mains AC ON-OFF • All other Indicators, Fuses, Wires, Patch cords, Switches, etc. required of standard reputed make.• Operating manual provide in softcopy & hardcopy with detail experiment procedure, circuit diagram, observation table, Fault finding chart for panel & Machine, Sectional drawing of machine with part list of material used.Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

177 Synchronous motor with accessories like starter, excitation arrangements.

Synchronous motor with accessories like starter, excitation arrangements. with Mechanical Loading arrangement and others as given below:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-M.• One AC Synchronous motor with accessories like starter, excitation arrangements. (3 HP, 415V, 50Hz) mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional space on the railing to fix a suitable Generator and facility for coupling the Motor and Generator using flexible coupler.• Facility for connecting Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor.• Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) board.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel Three phase synchronous motorMotor & control panel specification3 HP / 415 V / 1500 RPM / 50 Hz. / Star Connected / Rotor Wound / Stator Excited / Separately Excited / Manually Regulated / Salient Pole type / Auto Synchronous Motor with damper windings for auto induction start complete with Mechanical Loading arrangement having Round dial scales and Friction Belt for Torque Measurement. Rotating machines should be Horizontal Foot Mounted / Ins. Cl. ‘B’ / Self fan cooled / screen protected drip Proof (SPDP)/ Continuously rated at rated RPM / protection IP22 / Single shaft extended / conforming to IS 4722 and IS325. All armature should be mechanically balanced to minimized vibration. All Machines should be provided with educational type binding posts. Coupled set must be mounted on a fabricated common ‘C’ channel heavy base &must be coupled with each other by Love joy type flexible couplings. Sheet metal coupling guard should be provide for safety. Foundation Drawing also required. OEM Testing report with all ratings mention above should be required with company seal & sign. at the time of delivery. RPM sensor must be mounted on machine- generator set.CONTROL PANEL FOR SYNCHRONOUS MOTORPanel should be made of 16 SWG MS Sheet with printed Poly Vinyl facia & insulated lamination in front for better look & protection. Panel should highly laminate with Siemens gray powder coated with proper gasket fitted door & locking system at back side of panel. External connections are made according to the circuit diagram with the help of patch cords/shrouded 4 mm banana male connector. Cooling Fan (4 inch) in top of the panel to remove heat from it. Supply and control cables from machine to panel shall be housed in flexible hose pipe.Control panel must be consisting • DOL Starter – 1No.• Digital 5 Amp. DC Ammeter Accuracy Class 1, Size 96X96 mm - 1 No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 600V AC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 1, Size 96X96 mm - 1 No. Aux. supply 230V AC.




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 10 Amp. AC Ammeter Accuracy Class 1, Size 96X96 mm - 1 No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 440V / 10Amp. 3phase/2Element UPF Wattmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 440V / 10Amp. 3phase/2Element Power Factor meter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Non Contact Tachometer with Proximity Sensor (Speed meter) rpm meter is fitted on the panel and connections are directly given to the rpm sensor which is mounted machine base.• Inbuilt DC Excitation 0-220V/2Amp. for Shunt Gen. Field with ON-OFF Rotary Switch & Fuse protection. • BTI 30 Terminals for easy connection & safety. • Rotary switch 32 Amp. for Mains DC ON-OFF. • Panel should operate on 3phase neutral only.• All other Indicators, Fuses, Wires, Patch cords, Switches, etc. required of standard reputed make.• Operating manual provide in softcopy & hardcopy with detail experiment procedure, circuit diagram, observation table, Fault finding chart for panel & Machine, Sectional drawing of machine with part list of material used.LIST OF EXPERIMENT:• V & Inverse V Curve for 3 Phase Synchronous Motor• Load Test on 3 Phase Synchronous MotorTrainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

178 Thyristor /IGBT controlled D.C. motor drive with tacho-generator feedback arrangement.

Supply of Digital Thyristor /IGBT controlled Drive with D.C. motor with tacho-generator feedback arrangement 1 HP DC motor separately Excited .with a suitable Panel and having the following specifications and features:Motor Drive - • Main input

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) voltage operated at 230 V AC ± 10%, 50 HZ, • Motor HP Rating at 1 HP± 10% , 4 Amp ± 10% . • Drive Rating 1 Hp ± 10% , 4 Amp ± 10% • Programmable Drive from local / Remote • Having display unit for parameterization • Analog input - 03 Nos, programmable for current and Voltage • Digital Input for remote control ( Start, Stop, R/F , etc. ) Programmable • Digital out Put - programmable -02 Nos. • Communication compatibility with PC • Analog Output -02 Nos, Programmable Additional Requirements: • Detailed Circuit Diagram of Wiring and mounted components • Operation Manual • Maintenance Manual • Easy variation of Speed Control through speed controller with Digital Display Indication. • Variation of Armature Voltage, Current & corresponding RPM of motor on Digital RPM Meter, Ammeter, Voltmeter. • Reverse and Forward Direction Switch. • Field Failure Protection.• Current Limiter. • ON/OFF Rotary Switch 16A ± 10% / 250 V ± 10% • AC Techno Generator Flexibly coupled to DC Motor having digital RPM Meter for operation up to 3000 RPM.

179 Thyristor /IGBT controlled A.C. motor drive with VVVF control

Supply of Thyristor /IGBT controlled A.C. Drive with motor Input Supply:- 415 Vac , 50 Hz, for 2HP Motor. Digital controlled Thyristor/IGBT controlled A.C. motor drive with Control Panel and other as per given below specification :• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of Thyristor / IGBT AC Drive with Triple pole & neutral isolator (TPN/MCB) and other items required for safe and detailed operation. Programable Drive from local / Remote location • Having display unit for parameterization • Analog input - 03 Nos, programmable for current And Voltage • Digital Input for remote control (Start, Stop, R/F, etc. ) Programable • Digital output - programmable -02 Nos. • Communication compatibility with PC • Analog Output -02 Nos, Programmable • One AC motor 2 HP, 440V, 50Hz, 3 Phase with Speed feedback Arrangement mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing.• Operating Manual• Wiring diagram of the Panel• Rubber mat for safe working of the operator• Spare Cables and Connectors

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 180 Single phase Transformer

core type, air cooled Transformer single phase:- Transformer single phase , Cooling :- Air Natural , Step down Transformer Rating :- 1KVA , 240/ 415V AC , 50 Hz. SPECIFICATION: The unit must be fitted in MS Box 20 SWG with side ventilation. Top of the box will be of 6mm. Bakelite sheet and the terminals of primary & secondary will be brought out with Bakelite banana type terminals with proper marking.

Nos 3

181 Three phase transformer Shell type oil cooled with Delta/ Star

Transformer Three phase (oil cooled) Transformer Three Phase 3 KVA 440/230 Volts, oil Cooled With TransformerTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS1) Capacity :- 3 KVA, 2) Delta - star connection3) Shell type - Oil cooled4) Totally enclosed, maximum ambient temp 45° C5) Insulation Class 'B'6) Tapping on Secondary Side 50% and 86.6%7) Educational type Bakelite insulated banana terminals . With color code provided on the top of the transformer and on 6mm Bakelite sheet8) The tank will be provided oil filling Hole with cap, oil level indicator, drain plug and earthing terminal9) Plain unidirectional M.S. Roller will be fitted to the tank for movement10) Conservator Tank connected with suitable size of Breather 11) The transformer provided with transformer oil.

Nos 3

182 Electrical Machine Trainer Transformer Three phase (oil cooled) Transformer Three Phase 3 KVA 440/230 Volts, oil Cooled With TransformerTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS1) Capacity :- 3 KVA, 2) Delta - star connection3) Shell type - Oil cooled4) Totally enclosed, maximum ambient temp 45° C5) Insulation Class 'B'6) Tapping on Secondary Side 50% and 86.6%7) Educational type Bakelite insulated banana terminals . With color code provided on the top of the transformer and on 6mm Bakelite sheet8) The tank will be provided oil filling Hole with cap, oil level indicator, drain plug and earthing terminal9) Plain unidirectional M.S. Roller will be fitted to the tank for movement10) Conservator Tank connected with suitable size of Breather 11) The transformer provided with transformer oil.Above specifications are for Transformer which are not as per your title requirementThe Dissectible Machine trainer system is provided with specially designed integrated various parts of machines. Different type of AC & DC Motors of various rating can be assembled and can be tested with loading arrangement.The training system is suitable to study the

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) construction, and to make students familiar with parts of the machines like commutator, brush holder, carbon brush , stator, rotor, centrifugal switch, capacitors etc. & to study basic principle and operation of DC and AC Motors with hand on experienceof Assembly and disassembly of the Motors.• Minimum loose parts for quick assembly.• Options to choice parts for specific Motors at the time of Purchase.• Easy expose of each and every part of Motors to student for their better understanding.• Hand on experience for assembly and disassembly of Motors to feel a part of Industrial training in institute & to understand the position and role of the parts in Motor performance.• Easy direct loading facility for the Motors to get speed torque characteristics.• Easy and safe wiring due to use of colour coded & Electrically insulated terminals ( binding posts) on board.• Dynamically balanced rotors to minimise vibration / noise.• Performance conforming to IS 4722 / 325.AC – DC MOTOR ASSEMBLY PART LISTFor DC MotorDC Shunt Motor Stator with NDE Cover and Brush Rocker assembly.DC Motor Armature with bearings, Fan, DE Cover and Aluminum drum mounted on shaft.For AC MotorAC 1 Phase Motor stator with NDE cover & C/F switch, 2 Nos. Capacitor & 1 No. Resistor.AC 3 Phase Motor stator with NDE coverAC Motor Diacast Sq. Cage Rotor with bearings, Fan, DE Cover and Aluminum drum mounted on shaft.For LoadingMechanical Loading arrangement with 2 nos. linear scales, friction belt & necessary frame work0.5 HP / 180 V / DC Machine – It can be tested as Shunt, Series and Compound Motor as well as Generator.0.5 HP / 230 V / 1440 RPM / 50 Hz. / 1 Phase SQIM. It can be tested in CSCR, CSIR and Split Phase mode.0.75 – 1.5 HP / 415 V /50 Hz. / 1440 – 2880 RPM / 3 Phase Sq. Cage Induction Motor. It can be tested for two speed operation & also to study principal of Induction Generator.Necessary hardware and spanners are also provided with set.CONTROL PANEL FOR SEMI DISSECTIBLE MACHINE SETPanel should be made of 16 SWG MS Sheet with printed Poly Vinyl facia & insulated lamination in front for better look & protection. Panel should highly laminate with Siemens gray powder coated with proper gasket fitted door & locking system at back side of panel. External connections are




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) made according to the circuit diagram with the help of patch cords/shrouded 4 mm banana male connector. Cooling Fan (4 inch) in top of the panel to remove heat from it. Supply and control cables from machine to panel shall be housed in flexible hose pipe.CONTROL PANEL MUST BE CONSISTING • DOL Starter – 1No.• Digital 5 Amp. DC Ammeter Accuracy Class 1, Size 96X96 mm - 2 Nos. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 600V AC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 1, Size 96X96 mm - 1 No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 10 Amp. AC Ammeter Accuracy Class 1, Size 96X96 mm - 1 No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 440V / 10Amp. 3phase/2Element UPF Wattmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 300V / 5Amp. 1phase Wattmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Non Contact Tachometer with Proximity Sensor (Speed meter) rpm meter is fitted on the panel and connections are directly given to the rpm sensor which is mounted machine base.• Inbuilt DC Excitation 0-220V/2Amp. for Shunt Gen. Field with ON-OFF Rotary Switch & Fuse protection. • Potentiometer type Wire Wound Rheostat for DC Field 1No.• Inbuilt DC Supply for 0-220V DC for DC Shunt, Series & Compound Motor• BTI 30 Terminals for easy connection & safety. • Rotary switch 16 Amp. for Mains DC ON-OFF. • Panel should operate on 3phase neutral only.• All other Indicators, Fuses, Wires, Patch cords, Switches, etc. required of standard reputed make.• Operating manual provide in softcopy & hardcopy with detail experiment procedure, circuit diagram, observation table, Fault finding chart for panel & Machine, Sectional drawing of machine with part list of material used.LIST OF EXPERIMENT:• Understanding of Machine assembly and coupling with mechanical loading arrangement & generator• Load Test on DC Shunt / Series / Compound Motor• Load Test on DC Shunt / Series / Compound Generator• Load Test on Single Phase Induction Motor• Student can assemble single phase induction




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) motor and run as CSCR, CSIR & Split Phase mode.• Load Test on Three Phase Induction Motor• Student can assemble three phase induction motor and run as Low speed & High speed both mode.• Three Phase Induction Motor run as Generator Etc.View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills.Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

183 Diesel Generator Set with change over switch, over current breaker and water-cooled with armature, star-delta connections AC 3 phase

Complete Diesel Generator Set with change over switch, Over current breaker and water-cooled with Alternator , star-delta connections AC 3 phase, ISI make Capacity = 7.5KVA, O/P V= 415 V AC , Three Phase Four Wire , with change over switch , over current circuit breaker star/delta connection Alternator (With Copper Winding) •All the terminals of Alternator must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel • Installation and commissioning of the complete set.

Set 3

184 Used DC Generators -Series Type for overhauling practice

Copper wound DC Series Generator 2.5KW 250 VDC Set 3

185 Used DC Generators - Shunt Type for overhauling practice

Copper wound DC Shunt Generator 2.5KW 250 VDC Set 3

186 Used DC Generators- Compound type for overhauling practice

Copper wound DC Compound Generator 2.5KW 250 VDC Set 3

187 Pillar Electric Drill Machine Motorized

Pillar/Bench Electric Drill Machine – 12-20 mm Capacity, 1HP with DOL Starter. Input supply 440VAC, 3phase , 50 Hz , •Maximum drilling diameter - 12mm or more • Chuck Capacity: 1.5 to 12mm • Associated tools • All necessary attachments • All necessary accessories • Operating Manual • Basic Maintenance Manual.

Set 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 188 Motorised Bench grinder Motorised Bench grinder, 1 HP. 3 phase, 440V with DOL starter,

Speed: High, Motor Rating: Heavy duty, 0.5 HP ± 10%, Blade diameter: 150 mm ± 10% , Capable of heavy-duty grinding operations, High clearance motor housing allowing, Grinding of long objects, sturdy cast iron base. Medium grit wheels for a wide variety of applications. Adjustable machined aluminium tool rests for accurate grinding.

Nos 3

189 A.C. Series type Motor Motorised Bench grinder 1 HP. 3 phase, 440V with DOL starter • Speed: High, Motor Rating: Heavy duty, 0.5 HP ± 10%, Blade diameter: 150 mm ± 10%, Capable of heavy-duty grinding operations, High clearance motor housing allowing grinding of long objects, Sturdy cast iron base, Medium grit wheels for a wide variety of applications. Adjustable machined aluminium tool rests for accurate grinding. Above specifications are for Grinder which are not as per your title requirement.

Nos 3

190 Single Phase Capacitor Motor with starter switch

Supply of AC Single Phase Capacitor Motor with starter and others as per given below SpecificationsElectric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-K. • One AC Single Phase Capacitor Motor 1 HP 240 volt 50 cycles mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing. • Facility for Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor. • Operating Manual for the set-up. • Circuit schematic for the panel wiring. • Component layout diagram of the panel board. • One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board. • Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working. • Complete installation and commissioning. •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control panel. Supply of AC Single Phase Capacitor Motor with starter and others as per given below Specifications : Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of .• One AC Single Phase Capacitor Motor 1 HP 240 volt 50 cycles mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing. • Facility for Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor. • Operating Manual for the set-up, • Circuit schematic for the panel wiring. • Component layout diagram of

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) the panel board. • One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board. • Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working. • Complete installation and commissioning. •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control panel. • Heavy Duty Base/Channel. • Machine with Class “B” Insulation. • Machine with Mechanical Loading Arrangement. • Should be provided with Digital Tachometer. • Brake Drum/Pulley with heat suppression facility. • Equipped with supply indication lamps. • Should designed by considering all the safety standards. • Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. The experiment setup should have following Technical Specifications : Mains Supply: Single Phase, 230V ±10%, 50Hz, Single Phase Induction Motor Type : Capacitor start, Rating : 1HP , Voltage rating : 230V ±10%, Speed: 1440 RPM , Insulation: Class ‘B’, Loading Arrangement : Mechanical Brake drum/Pulley: Aluminum Casted. Analog Meters Used Voltmeter: 0 - 300V, Ammeter : 0 - 10A, Wattmeter: 1500W, MCB (SP): 10A, Tachometer: 20,000 RPM, The experiment setup should performed following experiments : • Study of Single Phase Induction Motor, • Study of Running and Reversing of Single Phase Induction Motor • Study of the No-Load Test in a Single Phase Induction Motor • Study of the Blocked Rotor Test in a Single Phase Induction Motor • Study of Load Test of a Single Phase Induction Motor Accessories require to conduct experiments:- • single phase variac, 10A Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 191 Manual Motor Coil winding

Machine Manual Motor winding Machine :-•Hand operated Coil Winding Machine with 1:2 gear ratio, Useful for coil winding of motors from 1/8 hp to 40 hp ± 10% . Suitable for steps coil winding with all attachments and accessories.

Nos 3

192 Ceiling fan coil Winding Machine

Fan cum armature Coil winding Machine fully Automatic Motor operated suitable for rewinding of ceiling Fan and Armature75 mm dia , with Electronic digital turn counter Indicator and R/F control switch and indicator. Supply Input :-250 VAC , 50 Hz with speed control.

Nos 3

193 Primary current injection set

Primary current injection set Input Supply :- 220 VAC , 50 Hz, 0.01 to 100 AMP for MCBs 100 to 1000 Amp AC for MCCBs , with Digital Timer , compatible for NO /NC auxiliary trip Contact selection,

Nos 3

194 Stepper Motor with Digital Controller

Stepper motor controller Microprocessor based steeper motor controller: with a bifilar 2 phase D. C. stepping motor. The stepping motor can be programmed in three parameters namely - Speed, No. of steps, Direction. It should designed sophisticated control lab kit the microprocessor System consists of 8085 A CPU 8155 scratch pad and 8279 key board display controller and EPROM is used to enter application program for stepper motor is designed to demonstrate the basic principles of stepper motor with manual switching. The same contains power amplifiers and +12 volt regulated power supply. The scope of the supply includes. • Stepper motor (3 kg-cm, 12 volts) with anodized dial for output shaft indication. • Power amplifier alongwiith regulated power supply driving the stepper motor. • Arrangement for manual operation of stepper motor control. Microprocessor based controller for the stepper motor entire hardware including +5 volt regulated power supply. The set is associated with detailed and operating instruction manual.

Nos 3

195 Shaded Pole Motor Shaded Pole Motor with following minimum specifications: Rotational Speed: 0 to 2800 rpm, Torque: 0.003 Nm, Voltage: 240V AC, Accessories: Fixing Screws, Cables and Connectors as applicable, Facility for Loading the Motor with appropriate type of Load.

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 196 Working Bench 2.5 x 1.25

x 0.75 meter Demonstration table 2.5 x 1.25 x 0.75 meter Made from wood 2.5 m x 1.2 m x 0.75 m with Extension Board 2Socket control with One Switch.(06 Nos.)and suitable size of cable and MCB Mounted on Demonstration Table .

Nos 12

197 Wiring Board on Stand Wiring Board on Stand Size 3 meter x 1 meter with 0.5 meter made from wood

Nos 6

198 Instructor’s Table with Chair

Table of size 3' (L) x 2' (W) x 2.5' (H). Top Frame made from 1’’ SQ M.S. PIPE 18 SWG and legs made from 2(Inch) x 1(Inch) M.S. PIPE 18SWG with powder coated. Top should be made of 18MM commercial MDF board/Engineered Wood or equivalent with wood finish with scratchproof, easy wipe, prelaminated surfaces and corner finish. The table should be provided with Three drawer (2.5' x 1.5') with lock and key cabinet on the right side of the table.

Nos 3

199 Instructor’s chair Chair of size 18Inch x 18Inch. The Chair should have arm rest. The seat should be of 18" X 18" made up of 18mm commercial MDF board/Engineered Wood or equivalent with wood finish. The back rest shall have tilt of 3" made up of 18mm commercial MDF board/Engineered Wood or equivalent with wood finish. Fabric Material on Seat & Back. Medium Height Back Rest. Base is made up of 16 guage pipe. With heavy duty Wheel.

Nos 6

200 Metal Rack Metal Rack 100cm x 150cm x 45cm (5 rack minimum) 12 gauge steel parts. 20 gauge galvanized steel shelves.

Nos 12

201 Lockers with drawers Lockers with 16 drawers standard •size36" x 72" x 20" deep steel cabinet, powder coating finish, •18gauge thickness • with separate locker keys

Nos 3

202 Almirah Steel Almirah made of GI sheet of 20 gauge 2.5x1.20x.50 Mtr with three doors , two doors will cover three feet wide compartment and one door will cover one feet compartment .Total height should include the pedestal of six inch height

Nos 6

203 White board White Board Size-6 feet X 4feet Magnetic matt finish porcelain on steel, Aluminium frame, wall mountable. Magnetic Board with Aluminium Frame.

Nos 3

204 Fire Extinguisher Fire Extinguisher: CO2 Based Fire Extinguisher of 2 KG, 10 deg. to 55 deg. Conforming to IS: 15683:2006 and ISI marked or equivalent. Fire Rating 8B or better. Operating temperature. Clear

Nos 6




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Instruction Label. Wall mounting Kit. Operating principal, Installation and maintenance As per IS 15683:2006. Cylinder construction Seamless Steel As per IS 7285. Design and construction of valve As per IS15683:2006. Diameter 105 mm ± 5% , Height 350 mm ±5% and Thickness as per AS per IS 15683:2006 or equivalent

205 Fire buckets Fire Buckets: Standard Size for Sand/Water. Size of the Fire Bucket shall be minimum nine ( 9 ) litres. The material of construction shall be Galvanised Iron with anti corrosive treatment. Outside of the Fire Bucket shall be painted with primer and Fire Red Colour. the word "FIRE" shall be written outside the bucket in bold black letters. The inside of the Fire Bucket shall be painted with primer and white. Conforming IS 15683:2006 or equivalent standard.

Nos 6

206 Electric Motors working Cut Models,

Electric Motors working Cut Models, • Cut Section of DC Shunt Motor , 0.5 hp ± 10% -220 V, D.C ± 10%• Cut Section D.C Series motor, 0.5 hp ± 10% , 220 V DC ± 10% •Cut Section D.C compound motor, 0.5 hp ± 10% -220V DC ± 10% • Cut Section Of AC Single Phase Induction Motor , 0.5 hp v, 230 V ± 10% , 50hz• Shaded pole motor, 0.25 hp ± 10% , 230 V± 10% , 50 Hz •Cut Section of AC Slip Ring Motor, 0.5 hp ± 10% , 230 V ± 10% , 50 Hz • Squirrel cage induction motor, 0.5 HP ± 10% , 415 V ± 10% , 50 Hz • All above motors to have sturdy steel powder coated bases with rubber feet. All wiring connections should be brought out to 4 mm safety terminals i.e. banana plugs and socket to facilitate quick and easy connections between the motor and motor controls circuit Technical Specifications:• Working Cut section of 0.5 HP / 375 W / 180 V / DC Shunt Motor • Working Cut section of 0.5 HP / 375 W / 180 V / DC Series Motor• Working Cut section of 0.5 HP / 375 W / 180 V / DC Compound Motor• Working Cut section 1 HP/ 3-phase/ 415 V/ SQIM/ TEFC / SQIM• Working Cut section 0.5 HP/ 0.5 KVA / Salient Pole / Synchronous machine with damper winding• Working Cut section 0.5HP / 1 Phase / 230 V / SQIM• Working Cut section 0.5HP / 3 Phase / 415 V / SLIMMachine should Foot Mounted / Insulations Class B / Continuous Rated / Self Fan Cooled. Machine should able to show the different parts. Rotating machines should

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) be Horizontal Foot Mounted / Ins. Cl. ‘B’ / Self fan cooled / screen protected drip Proof (SPDP)/ Continuously rated at rated RPM / protection IP22 / Single shaft extended / conforming to IS 4722 and IS325. All armature should be mechanically balanced to minimized vibration. All Machines should be provided with educational type binding posts. Detail part list should be provided to understanding the machine design.

207 Automatic Water Level Controller Trainer Kit

Automatic Water Level Controller Trainer Kit To control Single phase Pump up to 1 HP (mono block pumps -sump motors)Aux .Supply :230 VAC 50 Hz, with one C/O contatact Relay output, with input sensor . Automatically switch on or switch off the pump with sensitivity controller 1K to 200K ohm . Maintain the pre defined water level at the storage tanks. With two level control With Motor Filled Alarm with Control Panel Technical Specifications: WATER LEVEL CONTROLLER (ON/OFF MODE) System is designed to give working demonstration will the help of • Mercury switch control. • Electrode system. • Scope of supply includes: • Water tank: 75*30*30 cm with drain clock. • F. H. P. tullu motor with monoblock pump. • Electronic unit. • Instruction manual.

Nos 3

208 LED Solar lighting Training Kits

LED Solar lighting Training Kits for 1 Watt solar operated LED Light with Battery for 4 Hrs Backup. LED Solar lighting Training Kits 11 Watt solar operated LED Light with Battery wit 04Hours Backup

Nos 3

209 Solar Pump Trainer Kit Solar Pump set Trainer Kit :- for 0.5hp ± 10% , 230 VAC Motor and pump . With 250X2 watt size of PV Monocristlyne Module with power conditioning Unit :- Rating 725VA ± 10% ,24 VDC ± 10% , 20 Amp ± 10% . and Battery size :-12 VDC ,35 AH ± 10%

Nos 3

210 Spirit level Spirit level Spirit level Accuracy 0.5 mm, 300 mm ± 10% length with Magnetic Base ISI Marked

Nos 18

211 Hygrometer Digital wall mounted Temperature: - 20 to +60 °C Air humidity: 1 ... 99 % humidity Accuracy :- Temperature : ± 01 Degree Accuracy :-Air humidity:± 3 % humidity (from 35 ... 75 % humidity), otherwise ± 5 % humidity , Battery Operated ISO Certified

Nos 3

212 Multimeter Analog Multimeter Type: Hand held, Battery poweredRange of Measurement: DCV: 0.1 to 1000V ÀCV: 10 to 750V DCA: 50 m

Nos 18




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) A to 0.25 A Resistance: 2K to 200 Meg Ohms Accuracy: ±3% to ±5% of full scaleAccessories: Test lead Hand strap Instruction manualFeatures: Drop shock proof meter, Protective body coverAnti parallax mirror scale should have facility for Transistor testing, Open & Short check facility, DC Polarity reversal facilityTechnical Specifications: Operating Temperature : 0 - 40˚C, max 75% RHDisplay : Analogue DisplayMeter Movement : Wide 3 Color Scale 80µA MovementOvervoltage Category: II max.300VPollution degree : 2Battery: 1.5V battery IEC LR6Fuse: 500mA/250V far Acting Technical specifications: Specification and Valid for 23˚C, Max 75% reL Humidity Function Range Accuracy DVC 0 - 2.5/10/50/1000V ±5% ACV 0 - 10/50/250/1000V ±5% DCA 0….10/250 mA ±5% Resistance 0…20Ω/2MΩ (Rx10/Rx 1K) ±5% BAT Test 1.5V (250mA) / 9V (10mA) ±10% (Middle of GOOD Line) Resistance of meter : DC 10kΩ/V , AC 4.5kΩ/V

213 Compass Needle Nos 51

214 Temperature Control Trainer Kit

Temperature Control Trainer Kit To Control 10 Amp heater control Panel equipped with Digital Temperature Controller , Ammeter with ASS for three Phase current Measurement , Volt meter with VSS , Indicating Lamp for input supply and heater on indication ,with appropriate RTD/ Thermocouple suitable for measurement of 150 degree centigrade temperature with suitable contactor logic . Technical Specifications: STUDY OF Temperature Sensor This set up is designed to enable the student to study the following sensors. • Thermocouple: Range 0 to200 degree C. Accuracy: +/- 1.5% of the range. • Thermistor: Only characteristics with two ranges (0 to 2000 ohm & 0 to 20 Kohm) selectable by switch. • RTD: using PT 100 with provision for study of temp. versus resistance and temp. (I/P) with indicated temp. Characteristics of this widely used sensor. range 0 to 200 degree C. with an accuracy of +/- 1% of the range. • IC Sensor: IC Sensor AD 590 is used to study its application as temp. sensor in the Range 0 to 200 degree C, alongwith its characteristics. The system comes with water container, heater with cable &

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) thermometer. It is housed in an elegant powder coated MS box with neatly labeled anodized plate with suitable connecting terminals.

215 Starter Panel Board Starter Panel Board Starter panel Board made from mesh steel Sheet not less than 2mm Thick, size 1.5 'X 1' X 0.5' Feet , Base mounted suitable for perform motor starter wiring .

Nos 21

216 DO fuse and Holder with fuse 10 Amp.

DO fuse and Holder with fuse 10 Amp. 11 KV Pole mounted with Insulator

Nos 3

218 AB switch set AB switch set 11 KV Pole mounted AB Switch Nos 3

219 Lightning Arrestor set Lightning Arrestor set Pole mounted for 11KV system Nos 3

220 Safety Demonstration kit for leakage current effect

Safety Demonstration kit for leakage current effect Having facility to demonstration to effect of current in human body with leakage current interrupter and interfacing with PC . • Designed, considering all safety standards. • Exclusive design and attractive presentation of each block. • This trainer represents many essential safety precautions. • Unique demonstration & importance of Earthing. • Real time appearance of MCB to help the students to understand its mechanical arrangement. Demonstration of Fuse in very easy way. Must be provide with a manual containing coloured graphical representation of many safety standards and with very interesting activities which are to be performed by students. The purpose of this board is to increase student's awareness of: • The dangers associated with power lines and sub-stations. • The effects of electrocution on the body. Strategies to avoid electrical accidents. • How to use the electricity safely in home and laboratories? List of Experiment: • Performing different electrical activities to avoid electrical hazards. • Study of importance of Earthing in any electrical device. • Study of role of Fuse in any electrical or electronic circuit. • Study of importance and working of Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB).

Nos 3

221 Aluminium Ladder TOWER LADDER Aluminium Tower Ladder Working up to 10 mtr Ladder Specifications- 1. Steps- Aluminium fluted pipe of 26mm

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) at a distance of 300 mm (12 inch), 2. Manual pulling arrangement, 3. Platform Size – 2ft x 2ft at the top covered with side made on MS Angle 32 mm and covered with Rubber sheet Platform placed 3ft below from, 4. Wheels- 6” with Lock able arrangement 5. Tool Tray Size- 12 inch X 24 inch 6. two Parking Jack will be attached to the trolley 7. Slip- resistant steps

222 Portable Extension Ladder Portable Extension Ladder Minimum 6 to 9 Meters portable extension Ladder Specifications-1. Heavy duty Aluminium C section 2. Steps- Aluminium fluted pipe of 26mm at a distance of 12 inch 3. One Platform 4. Small Tool Tray 5. Rallying with extra safety 6. Two Wheels 7. Non Slippery rubber plug at the bottom

Nos 3

223 LCD projector Multimedia Projector Short Throw Multimedia Projector with 3000+ Lumens, WXGA (1280x800), Aspect Ratio 16:10, Contrast Ratio 20000:1, Light source LED or hybrid, Light life - 20000 hrs. 100 inch screen distance - 1.3 ft. Power consumption between 195 Watt to 225 watt. Anti-Glare (Matte finish) Screen Antiglare Matte finish projection cum white board. Projectionable Magnetic Porcelain Steel Dry Erasable Whiteboard with Anodized Aluminium Frame and Tray Approx Size - 60" x 96" (5' x 8').

Nos 3

224 AC/DC Motor Control Circuit Modular Trainer Kit with All necessary Starter board and attachment with Motors

AC/DC MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT MODULAR TRAINER, KIT with All necessary Starter board and attachment with Motors Suitable for 230 VAC Supply 50 Hz, The trainer should provide a good grounding in mastering control technology using various types of electrical motor control circuits for AC and DC motors. The trainer kit should have modular components that are mounted onto Plexiglas. These panels should be mounted on to a special rack system to facilitate the setting up of various types and configurations of circuits. The system should allow the students to select the module and design their own wiring on various contactor circuits. it should have feature to perform all popular motor control circuits, such as a reversing circuit with various interlocking circuits, star-delta circuits, pole switching circuits for separate winding, Control circuits for two speed rotation, jogging, plugging and many other common circuits such as direct on/off switching, monitor lamp operation, fault indication and switching from two locations via a sequential circuit. The Dissectible Machine trainer system is provided with specially designed

Nos 3




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) integrated various parts of machines. Different type of AC & DC Motors of various rating can be assembled and can be tested with loading arrangement. The training system is suitable to study the construction, and to make students familiar with parts of the machines like commutator, brush holder, carbon brush , stator, rotor, centrifugal switch, capacitors etc. & to study basic principle and operation of DC and AC Motors with hand on experience of Assembly and disassembly of the Motors. • Minimum loose parts for quick assembly. • Options to choice parts for specific Motors at the time of Purchase. • Easy expose of each and every part of Motors to student for their better understanding. • Hand on experience for assembly and disassembly of Motors to feel a part of Industrial training in institute & to understand the position and role of the parts in Motor performance. • Easy direct loading facility for the Motors to get speed torque characteristics. • Easy and safe wiring due to use of colour coded & Electrically insulated terminals ( binding posts) on board. • Dynamically balanced rotors to minimise vibration / noise. • Performance conforming to IS 4722 / 325. AC – DC MOTOR ASSEMBLY PART LIST For DC Motor DC Shunt Motor Stator with NDE Cover and Brush Rocker assembly. DC Motor Armature with bearings, Fan, DE Cover and Aluminum drum mounted on shaft. For AC Motor AC 1 Phase Motor stator with NDE cover & C/F switch, 2 Nos. Capacitor & 1 No. Resistor. AC 3 Phase Motor stator with NDE cover AC Motor Diacast Sq. Cage Rotor with bearings, Fan, DE Cover and Aluminum drum mounted on shaft. For Loading Mechanical Loading arrangement with 2 nos. linear scales, friction belt & necessary frame work 0.5 HP / 180 V / DC Machine – It can be tested as Shunt, Series and Compound Motor as well as Generator. 0.5 HP / 230 V / 1440 RPM / 50 Hz. / 1 Phase SQIM. It can be tested in CSCR, CSIR and Split Phase mode. 0.75 – 1.5 HP / 415 V /50 Hz. / 1440 – 2880 RPM / 3 Phase Sq. Cage Induction Motor. It can be tested for two speed operation & also to study principal of Induction Generator. Necessary hardware and spanners are also provided with set. Control panel for semi dissectible machine set Panel should be made of 16 SWG MS Sheet with printed Poly Vinyl facia & insulated lamination in front




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) for better look & protection. Panel should highly laminate with Siemens gray powder coated with proper gasket fitted door & locking system at back side of panel. External connections are made according to the circuit diagram with the help of patch cords/shrouded 4 mm banana male connector. Cooling Fan (4 inch) in top of the panel to remove heat from it. Supply and control cables from machine to panel shall be housed in flexible hose pipe. CONTROL PANEL MUST BE CONSISTING • DOL Starter – 1No. • Digital 5 Amp. DC Ammeter Accuracy Class 1, Size 96X96 mm - 2 Nos. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 600V AC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 1, Size 96X96 mm - 1 No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 10 Amp. AC Ammeter Accuracy Class 1, Size 96X96 mm - 1 No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 440V / 10Amp. 3phase/2Element UPF Wattmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 300V / 5Amp. 1phase Wattmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Non Contact Tachometer with Proximity Sensor (Speed meter) rpm meter is fitted on the panel and connections are directly given to the rpm sensor which is mounted machine base. • Inbuilt DC Excitation 0-220V/2Amp. for Shunt Gen. Field with ON-OFF Rotary Switch & Fuse protection. • Potentiometer type Wire Wound Rheostat for DC Field 1No. • Inbuilt DC Supply for 0-220V DC for DC Shunt, Series & Compound Motor • BTI 30 Terminals for easy connection & safety. • Rotary switch 16 Amp. for Mains DC ON-OFF. • Panel should operate on 3phase neutral only. • All other Indicators, Fuses, Wires, Patch cords, Switches, etc. required of standard reputed make. • Operating manual provide in softcopy & hardcopy with detail experiment procedure, circuit diagram, observation table, Fault finding chart for panel & Machine, Sectional drawing of machine with part list of material used. LIST OF EXPERIMENT: • Understanding of Machine assembly and coupling with mechanical loading arrangement & generator •




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Load Test on DC Shunt / Series / Compound Motor • Load Test on DC Shunt / Series / Compound Generator • Load Test on Single Phase Induction Motor • Student can assemble single phase induction motor and run as CSCR, CSIR & Split Phase mode. • Load Test on Three Phase Induction Motor • Student can assemble three phase induction motor and run as Low speed & High speed both mode. • Three Phase Induction Motor run as Generator Etc. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

225 Tools Trolley Tools Trolley Size 950 X 530 X 750 with Seven Drawer Made from Steel sheet

Nos 6

226 Steel locker Steel locker standard size with 8 Drawers in each Nos 3

227 Steel Almirah Steel Almirah manufactured from 20 gauge Mild Steel (MS) sheet for body and doors. The Almirah should have four shelves making five compartments of standard size. The Almirah should have height adjustable shelves. The doors of Almirah provided with stiffeners made of MS sheet spot welded to the doors. The Almirah equipped with a special three way bolting device with tongue-in groove inter locking mechanism with six lever lock. The handle made from a non-ferrous metal alloy, chrome plated. The complete Almirah duly painted with synthetic enamel paint. MS sheet spot welded to the doors. The Almirah equipped with a special three way bolting device with tongue-in groove inter locking mechanism with six lever lock. The handle made from a non-ferrous metal alloy, chrome plated. The complete Almirah duly painted with synthetic enamel paint.

Nos 3

228 Stools Stools 1’ x 1’x 1.5’ Nos 60




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 229 Computer Table Computer table of size 2.5' x 2' made of Engineered wood with a

provision/space for keeping keyboard and Mouse, CPU and UPS. Outer structure made of MS (Mild steel) 38 x 20mm, wall thickness of the round pipe 1.2mm (18 gauge). Structure powder coated (silver color texture). good quality rubber/plastic shoes fixed in structure footing Basic Computer, Round Groummet Holes on the top to manage cables, fitted Spike suppressor of 4 Sockets, Back rest for Monitor fall out protection.

Nos 3

230 Computer Chair Revolving Computer Chair: Seat Size: 20'' W x 19'' D, Back Size: 19'' W x 21'' H, Black powder-coat steel frame. Fabric Material on Seat & Back. Medium Height Back Rest. Mounted on Castor Wheels.The back rest shall have tilt of 3" made up of 18mm commercial MDF board with wood finish

Nos 3

231 Printer Table Printer Table Nos 3

232 Class Room Desk Class Room Desk ( combined with table and chair ) sitting capacity two person in on desk Made of 1" square pipe frame with shelf Back made of perforated sheet with top Seat made of 18 mm thick laminated board.

Nos 30

235 MCCB Rated Insulation Voltage 750V AC or better. Rated impulse voltage 8kV or better. Rating Range 15A - 100A. Number of Poles Three. Breaking Capacity Icu = 10kA, Ics = 50% of Icu. Rated operational voltage 415V AC. Rated frequency atleast 50/60Hz. Conforming to IS / IEC 60947-2 or equivalent.

Nos 6

236 ELCB 4Pole 30 mA, 32 Amp Nos 9

241 MCB Din rail Chanel 1mtr length Nos 15

242 TB 'C' Chanel 1mtr length nos 15

270 3-core flexible copper wire 70 / 76 Leader roll 9

271 3-core Flexible copper wire

40 / 76 Leader roll 15




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 275 M.C.B. 6 Amp SP nos 15

276 M.C.B. 10 Amp SP nos 15

277 M.C.B. 16 Amp SP 16 Amp SP nos 15



280 MCB Single phase with neutral 32 Amp (SPN) nos 15

362 Hacksaw Blade 300mm packets

3

369 Electric Bell 240VAC nos 15

376 Bus bar Chamber 3 Phase 63 Amp, 415 VAC 3

B Electronics Mechanics 1 Connecting Screwdriver The handle is made from high grade C. A. Plastic which is

nonflammable and unaffected by oil petrol, grease, water etc. Made out of High Grade Steel and Transparent green cellulose acetate handle. The blade made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel. The blade is differently hardened and tempered to resist wear, bending and meet high torque requirement. Hardness on tip : 55 to 58 HRC. Tip Size not less than 4.0 x 0.6MM. Total Length atleast 180 MM Conforming to IS 844-1979 or equivalent

nos 20

2 Neon Tester Electrical Line Neon Tester 220V.Transparent Yellow/Green Cellulose Acetate Handle. Handle Is Nonflammable. Hardness On Tip atleast 55-58 HRC or equivalent. Lifetime of Neon Lamp

nos 12




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) atleast 30,000 times ON/OFF or more. Contact AC voltage test from 80V to a maximum of 500V against earth. Blade Length not less than 100MM. Tip Size 3.5 x 0.5 MM or better. Conforming to IS 5579-1985 or equivalent.

3 Screwdriver Set of 7 High Grade Steel Transparent Green Cellulose Acetate Handle (Non Flammable) • Blade - 3.5 x 0.5; • Material : Tempered Steel (Tip Hardness 55 - 58 HRC)

nos 20

4 Insulated Combination Pliers Fully insulated with quality plastic material sleeves ensures safe electrical working. fully polished head or Black phosphated and bright polished head. high grade Steel, forged and differentially heat treated. Length not less than 150MM(6-Inch). Tempered mouth. Overall Size – (150 x 23 x 12)MM or better. Conforming to IS 6149-1984 Grade II/IS:3650-1981. Tested as per IS:2015-1989.

nos 12

5 Insulated Side cutting Pliers Pliers side Cutting Insulated - 150 mm • Material: alloy steel • Tempered mouth • PVC insulation handle • 150 mm x 18.5mm x 10.5mm

nos 16

6 Long Nose Pliers Pliers Long Nose Insulated - 150 mm• Material: alloy steel• Tempered mouth• PVC insulation handle• 150 mm

nos 12

7 Soldering Iron 25 watt 240 Volt

Soldering Iron, 25 Watt, heating Temp up to 380° C, 3 core molded plug, High quality nickel-copper plated bit

nos 20

8 Electrician Pocket Knife Die cast zinc body shaped Multi position blade slide Interlock nose firmly secures blade into knife lock Retractable utility knife 100 mm

nos 12

9 Tweezers Made from Surgical grade Steel, non-corrosive, acid resistant. Overall Length atleast 120MM, Tweezer width 10.0MM or less, Tip Width 0.2MM x Tip Thickness 0.1MM. Maximum Tolerances of Tip measurement 0,05mm or better. Anti-magnetic Tweezers with Straight Tips.

nos 20

10 Digital Multimeters 3-3/4 Digits 4000 Counts Autoranging Digital Multimeters

Digital Multimeter - Auto Ranging Type: Hand held, Portable, Battery poweredRange of Measurement: DCV: 400m to 600V ÀCV: 4 to 600V DCA: 400 micro A to 400 m A ACA: 400 micro A to 400 mA Resistance: 400 to 40 Meg Ohms Accuracy: +-3% to +-5% maximum Continuity Tester: Buzzer sound Diode Test FacilityAccessories: Test lead Hand strap Instruction manualFeatures:Drop shock proof meter Protective body

nos 20




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) cover Capacitance, dB, Li measurement

11 Soldering Iron 15Watt 240V Soldering Iron • 15 Watt, Changeable bit of different tip • 3 core molded plug • High quality nickel-copper plated bit

nos 12

12 De-soldering Pump Electrical Heated 40W

De-soldering Pump Electrical Heated 40W• Type: Manual Hot Solder Sucker De-soldering Pump Tool• Operation: Hand operated• Body: Moulded• Non Static Teflon Nozzle• Nozzle cleaning kit• One Spare Nozzle• Round Shaped non-slipping body for reduced slippage and easy rotation.

nos 20

13 Steel rule 300mm "Easy-Read" Metric/Inch Stainless Steel Etched Ruler with zero at the edge. Top edge is graduated in 1 mm increments with numbers in mm value. Bottom edge is graduated in inches. First two inches are in 1/32" increments, third inch is in 1/64" increments, the rest of the ruler is graduated in 1/16" increments. Rulers have conversion tables on the reverse. Conforming to IS-9193-1988 or equivalent. Length atleast 300MM (12-Inch) x Thickness atleast 1.2MM x Width 19MM or better.

nos 8

14 Precision set of Screw driver Screw Driver set, High Grade Steel , Transparent Green Cellulose Acetate Handle (Non Flammable), T5, T6, T7 Material : TEMPERED STEEL (Tip Hardness 55 - 58 HRC),

4

15 Tweezers - Bend Tip Heavy Duty 6 Inches Stainless Steel All-Purpose Forceps Tweezers Tongs With Curved Tips

nos 4

16 Steel Measuring Tape 5Mtrs Swollen Case on both sides. Compact and Round ABS Case. High quality carbon steel with acrylic resin coating Tape. Length atleast 5-Meter and retractable type. Tape Width: Not less than 13mm Metric/English tape • Tape Material: Tempered Steel. With Belt Clip With Self compensation tip to set Zero. Conforming to IS 1269-2 or latest

nos 8

17 Tools Maker Vice(4-Inch) Manufactured tool steel, solid one piece fully hardened (55-60 HRC) and tempered. All vice surfaces are precision ground. Vice spindle moves in a specially designed gun metal bush. Screwless Type with rapid positioning notches allow the vice to be locked in any position by means on an allen key provided with the vice. Vee grooves in the sliding jaw, both horizontal and vertical,

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) facilitate holding of round jobs. Jaw Width atleast 75MM(3-Inch), Jaw Opening not less than 110MM, Jaw Depth atleast 35MM. Total Weight 3.5KGs or better. Flatness of bearing surface – atleast 5-Micron or better, Sliding jaw face parallel when vice is clamped – 5Microns or better, Squareness of slides & slide faces atleast 8-Microns or better. Parallelism of jaw faces atleast 5-Microns or better.

18 Tools Maker Vice(2-Inch) Manufactured tool steel, solid one piece fully hardened (55-60 HRC) and tempered. All vice surfaces are precision ground. Vice spindle moves in a specially designed gun metal bush. Screwless Type with rapid positioning notches allow the vice to be locked in any position by means on an allen key provided with the vice. Vee grooves in the sliding jaw, both horizontal and vertical, facilitate holding of round jobs. Jaw Width atleast 50MM(2-Inch), Jaw Opening not less than 90MM, Jaw Depth atleast 35MM. Total Weight 1.8KGs or better. Flatness of bearing surface – atleast 5-Micron or better, Sliding jaw face parallel when vice is clamped – 5Microns or better, Squareness of slides & slide faces atleast 8-Microns or better. Parallelism of jaw faces atleast 5-Microns or better.

nos 2

19 Crimping Tool (Plierss) Essential Crimping Pliers for electrical repair. insulated terminals and connectors. Assorted ring terminals, spade terminals, splice connectors, male and female quick-connects. Cuts electrical wires, strips insulation, shears screws and bolts. Includes sized-wire stripper, cutter and 9"/230mm crimping tool with PVC handles

nos 4

20 Magneto Spanner Set Magneto Spanner Set of 8 nos 4

21 File - Flat Bastard File - Flat Bastard - 200mm nos 4

22 File - Flat Second Cut File - Flat Second Cut - 200mm nos 4

23 File - Flat Smooth File - Flat Smooth - 200mm nos 4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 24 Flat Nose Pliers Flat Nose Pliers - 150mm nos 8

25 Round Nose Pliers Round Nose Pliers - 100mm nos 8

26 Scriber straight 150mm Scriber straight 150mm Rust-free stainless steel Serrated handles for better grip Probes length: 15 cm / 6” Spatulas length: 17 cm / 6,7”

nos 4

27 Hammer Ball Pien (500Gram)

Partially Hardened up to 55 - 58 HRC on Striking surfaces. Drop forged from high grade carbon steel. Phosphated and painted. Handle made from high quality axle wood and fixed firmly to hammer head. Conforming to IS 841-1983 equivalent. Weight not less than 500 Grams. Length with Handle atleast 300MM

nos 2

28 Allen key set (set of 9) Allen Keys (mm Sizes) Black Finish. Made from Chrome Vanadium Steel. made from Chrome Vanadium Steel which withstand upto 30% higher torque. Hardened to 52 to 56 HRC. 9 Pcs. Set (1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm, 3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 8mm,10mm). With Box Packing. Conforming to IS 3082-1988 or equivalent.

nos 2

29 Tubular box spanner (set of 6nos)

Up set forged from high grade manganese steel. with bright finish in Nickle Chrome and black phosphate finish. Tubular Spanners Set, 6x7, 8 x 9, 10 x 11, 12 x 13, 14 x 15, 16 x 17, 18 x 19, 20 x 22. With Tommy Bar Dia 12 x 250mm. Conforming to IS 2030-1989 or equivalent.

set 2

30 Magnifying lenses 75mm 75 mm Dia Magnifying lens, Magnifying Glass 7 X- 12 X , High Industrial grade fibre or metal gripping handle

nos 4

31 Continuity Tester Multipurpose Digital Line Tester, Measure 12V to 220V AC and DC Voltage, locate break point of an insulated wire, flow of current in an insulated wire from outside

nos 12

32 Hacksaw Frame adjustable Adjustable 250-300MM Frame Hacksaw Tubular JBS Features Tubular chrome plated frame with large comfortable handle. Conforming to IS 2594-2003 or equvalent. Carbon Steel All Hard (18TPI) and (24TPI)Hacksaw Frame adjustable 300mm

nos 4

33 Cold chisel 10mm x 150mm Flat Type. Differential heat treatment for cutting edge, and striking end. Drop forged from high grade carbon steel. Hardened & tempered & toughness. Hardness : 55 - 57 HRC on cutting edge.

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 35 - 45 HRC on striking portion. Cutting edges are ground accurately to appropriate angle for metal cutting. With Rubber Grip. Conforming to IS 5663-1970 or equivalent. Overall Length not less than 150MM(6-Inch). Cutting edge width not less than 10MM.

34 Scissors 200mm Scissors Heavy duty 200 mm, Carbonized Funner Steel, Forged Brass Handle, strong tapered design with sturdy scissor blades

nos 2

35 Handsaw 450mm Handsaw 450 mm, size adjustable frame, comfortable rubber gripping, multiple angle locking mechanism, Industrial grade frame, with multiple blades for cutting metals, wood, fibre etc

nos 2

36 Hand Drill Machine Electric with Hammer action

Hand Drill Machine Electric with Hammer action 13 mm nos 4

37 Bench Vice Manufactured from high quality grey iron castings. The front jaw beam with machined construction fully encloses the vice spindle protecting the threads. long unbreakable malleable iron nut. Jaws are hardened 45 ± 5 HRC. Vices have an attractive blue/Grey finish with main screw and handle plated. The anvil is ground finish. Swivel base that allows rotation through 360º. Jaw Width 75MM, Jaw Opening atleast 100MM, Throat Depth 50 or better. Weight atleast 5.5KGs.

nos 6

38 Dual DC regulated power supply 30-0-30V, 2 A

DC Power Supply- 0 to 30 V Table Top and Portable Type Input Power Requirement: 230V, 50Hz Output voltage Range: 0 to 30V, (Dual) Output Current: 0 to 2ALoad Regulation: 0.05% (from no load to full load) Line Regulation: 0.1% (For input 230V AC ± 10%) Output Stability 0.1% (after warm up of 20 min) Digital meter: DC Voltage & Current Accuracy For Voltage: 0.5% For Current: 0.5% Protection: Overload & Short circuit.User Manual & Maintenance Manual Technical Specifications: Dual DC Regulated Power Supply (2 x 0-30V - 2A) Specification: • Floating DC Supply Voltages • Dual DC : 2 x 0 - 30V; 0-2 A • Current limit : 100 mA - 2 A continuously adjustable • Resolution : Voltage:100mV , Current:10mA • Stability : 2.5mV at 30V/2A • Temperature coefficient : 0 to 40º Centigrade,80% RH • Automatic Overload (Current Protection) • Constant Voltage & Constant Current Operation • Digital Display for Voltage and Current • Over Range Indication : Glowing ‘ORA’ & ‘ORB’ LED’s

nos 8




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) indicate overload • Excellent Line & Load Regulation

39 DC Regulated Variable Programmable DC Power Supply 0-30V/3A

DC Power Supply- 0 to 30 VTable Top and Portable TypeOutputs:0 to 30V DC , continuously variable + 15 V and -15 V DC constant output+ 5 V DC constant output Power Requirement : 230V ± 10% at 50 Hz Current capacity : 3 AmpsInput Overload ProtectedOutput Short Circuit ProtectedDigital Display of Variable output Voltage and Load currentUser Manual & Maintenance Manual Above specifications are not match with your heading Technical Specifications:• DC Output : 0 - 30 V continuously variable• Current limit : 0-3 A• Setting Resolution : Voltage 100 mV, Current 10 mA• Stability : 2.5 mV at 30 V / 3 A• Recovering Time : ≤50 s• Load Regulation : (0.05 %+10 mV)• Line Regulation : (0.05%+10 mV)• Temperature Coefficient : ± (0.05 % + 5 mV / °C)• Ripple and Noise : 1 mVrms• Current Limit : Adjustable between 100 mA to 3 A• Display : 3 digit seven segment LED display for voltage and current• Accuracy : 1% + 1 digit)• Over Range Indication : By flashing 'OR' LED• Pre-Regulator based design• Floating Output• Selectable display for Voltage & Current• Low Ripple Voltage• Excellent Line and Load Regulation• Built-in overheat, over voltage, overload and short circuit protectionInsulation• Between chassis & output terminals >10 MW at 500 V DC• Between chassis & AC plug > 50 MW at 500 V DCPower Supply : 230 V ±10 %, 50 Hz / 60 HzOperating Temperature : 0-40° C, 80% RHDimension (mm) : W 198 × D 278 × H 90Weight : 4.5 Kg approximatelyLearning Material : CD (Operating procedure, Front panel control, Theory

nos 4

40 LCR Meter Digital LCR Meter DigitalMeasurement accuracy: ±0.5 %Measurement Modes: Auto/ManualTest frequencies standard: 100 Hz to 25 kHzDisplay: Absolute value, Dissipation Factor/Quality FactorUser Manual & Maintenance Manual Measurement Function • Test Parameter : L-Q, C-D, R-Q, |Z|-Q • Basic Accuracy : 0.2% • Equivalents circuit : Series, parallel • Rang mode : Auto, Hold • Trigger mode : Internal • Measurement speed : Fast: 12, Med: 5.1, Slow: 2.5 (meas/sec) • Correction Function :

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Open/Short multi frequency Zeroing • Measurement Terminals : Five Terminals Test Signal • Test Frequency : 100Hz,120Hz,1kHz,10kHz, Accuracy 0.01% • Output impedance : 30W, 100 • Signal level : 0.3Vrms, 1V W rms TMeasurement Display Range• |Z|, R : 0.1mW- 99.99M • C 100Hz/120Hz : 1pF - 99999 F 1KHz : 0.1 F - 9999.9 F 10KHz : 0.01 F - 999.99 F • L 100Hz/120Hz : 1 H - 99999H 1KHz : 0.1 H - 9999.9H 10KHz : 0.01 H - 999.99H • D : 0.0001 - 9.999 • Q : 0.0001 - 9999 • Delta% : -999.99% - 999.99% Display • Display Mode : Direct • Display : Large character LCD with backlight • Display digits : Primary and secondary display:5 digits General Specifications • Operation Temperature : 0°C - 40°C, < 90%RH and Humidity • Power Requirements Voltage : 99V - 121V, 198V - 242V • Frequency : 47.5Hz - 63Hz • Power Consumption : < 20VA

41 Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO 20 MHz)

Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO ) No. of Channels : 2 Bandwidth : 20 MHzHorizontal Sensitivity : 1 mV / Div to 5V /Div Vertical Sensitivity : 0.2 μs/div to 1 s/divCH1, CH2 (Independent Channels), CH1 & CH2 (Alternate / CHOP), CH2 INVT, ADD and SUBTRACTALT Triggering FunctionDual TraceTrigger Mode : AUTO, NORM, TV-V, TV-HPower Requirement : 230V ± 10% at 50 HzUser Manual & Maintenance Manual Specification:• Color LCD Digital Readout • 30 MHz Bandwidth• x10 Magnification• 20ns max sweep speed• Stable Triggering upto 40 MHz• Alternate Triggering• Sharp Trace CRT & Auto focus• Built-in-Component Tester• Operating Mode : Channel I, Channel II, Channel I & II alternate or chopped ,X-Y operation, Add/Sub CH I±CHII, Invert CH II.• Vertical Deflection identical Channels Bandwidth : DC -30MHz• Time Coefficient: Micro controller based 18 calibrated steps, 0.5 μs/div.-0. 2s/div. (1-2-5 sequence). Electronic control. Display on Color LCD• Trigger Bandwidth : 40MHz• Test Voltage : Max 8.6 V , Test Current : Max 8 ma , Test Frequency : 50Hz

nos 4

42 Signal Generator with Digital Display for Frequency Amplitude

Radio Frequency Signal Generator Amplitude Modulation Frequency : 100 kHz to 150 MHz Resolution : 100 HzAccuracy : 0.0001% Output amplitude : -133 to +13 dBm+ 5 V DC Constant output Current capacity : 2 AmpsInput Overload Protected Output Short Circuit Protected Digital Display of Variable output

nos 4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Voltage and Load current Operating Manual Technical Specifications • Frequency Range : 100 KHz to 150 MHz in 7 Steps (Variable in between) A : 100 KHz - 300 KHz B : 300 KHz - 1000 KHz C : 1 MHz - 3 MHz D : 3 MHz - 10 MHz E : 10 MHz - 30 MHz F : 30 MHz - 100 MHz G : 100 MHz - 150 MHz • Freq. accuracy on scale : 5 % • RF Output : Min. 100 mVrms (up to 30 MHz) • Modulation : Amplitude Modulation (AM) 35% approximately • Audio Frequency Range: 150 Hz - 1.5 KHz (typical) • Audio Output : 2 Vrms (typical) • External Audio Input : 50 Hz to 20 KHz at less than 1 Vrms • General Information : • Mains Supply : 230 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz • Power Consumption : 6 VA approximately Operating • Temperature: 0 - 40°C, RH 80 %• Accessories Included : BNC cable : 1 no. Power cord : 1 no

43 Battery Charger 0 - 6 - 9 - 12 - 24 - 48 V, 30 Amp

Battery Charger - for use with Sealed batteries, Lead Acid Batteries and Automotive Batteries Capacity : 12 V DC Output Current: 10A, ± 1 Amps Controlled Control Mode: Constant Voltage and Current Type of Control: Switching Mode Protection against reverse polarity of Batteries Automatic over current Limit Over voltage, under voltage and over current protection Power Requirement : 230V ± 10% at 50 Hz

nos 2

44 Analog Multimeter Analog Multimeter Type: Hand held, Portable, Battery powered Range of Measurement:DCV : 0.1 V to 1000VÀCV : 10 V to 750VDCA : 50 mA to 0.25 A Resistance : 200 to 200 Meg Ohms Accuracy : ±3% to ±5% of full scaleStandard AccessoriesUser Manual & Maintenance Manual Technical Specifications: Operating Temperature: 0 - 40˚C, max 75% RH Display : Analogue Display Meter Movement : Wide 3 Color Scale 80µA Movement Overvoltage Category: II max.300V Pollution degree: 2Battery : 1.5V battery IEC LR6 Fuse : 500mA/250V far Acting TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Specification and Valid for 23˚C, Max 75% reL Humidity Function Range Accuracy DVC 0….2.5/10/50/1000V ±5% ACV 0….10/50/250/1000V ±5%, DCA 0….10/250mA ±5% RESISTANCE 0…20Ω/2MΩ(Rx10/Rx 1K) ±5% BAT TEST 1.5V (250mA) / 9V (10mA) ±10% (Middle of GOOD Line) Resistance of meter : DC 10kΩ/V , AC 4.5kΩ/V

nos 8




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 45 Clamp Meter 0 - 10 Amp Clamp Meter 0 -10A Jaw opening diameter - cable of 40mm 3¾

digit (4000 counts) LCD for accurate reading. Overload protection on all ranges. Data-hold facility Low battery indication Auto power off Accessories : Test leads, carrying case, manual, battery installed

4

46 Function generator ( DDS Technology (Sine, Square, Triangle, Ramp, Pulse, Serial Data, TTL and Modulation.) 1 mHz -10 MHz Function-Pulse – Modulation Generator with Built in 40MHz Frequency Counter

Function GeneratorWaveform Generation : Sine, Square, Triangular , Sawtooth Frequencies : From 0.2 Hz (i.e. 5S) to 1MHz (i.e. 1uS) Outputs to Drive 50/75 ohm Terminations 3 Digit Digital Indication for Frequency & Amplitude 10 Volts Peak to Peak Output User Manual & Maintenance Manual Technical Specifications: • DDS (Direct Digital Synthesis) Technique• Frequency Resolution 1mHz• Waveforms - Sine, Square, Triangle, Ramp, Pulse, TTL, Sinc, Cardiac, Blackman, Stair Up, Stair Down, Exponential Rise, Exponential Fall, Voice, Noise, Sine, Vertical, Alternate Attenuation, Alternate Amplification, Round PM, Absolute Sine• 50 MHz Frequency Counter• Low Distortion• Internal Modulations & TTL• TFT Color LCD Display• Amplitude Readout• Rise/Fall time < 20ns• High Accuracy• 60dB AttenuationOperating Modes: Sine, Square, Triangle, Ramp, Pulse, Cardiac, Sinc, Noise, Exponential Rise,Exponential Fall, Blackman, Voice Negative Ramp, TTL, Sine Vertical, AlternateAttenuation, Alternate Amplification, Round PM, Absolute SineFrequency range (Sine Wave): 1mHz – 10MHzFrequency range (other waveforms): 1mHz – 3MHz (Others)Frequency Resolution : 1mHzFrequency Display Accuracy : ± 0.2%Sine wave Distortion : <0.5%(20Hz-499Hz), <0.3%(500Hz-20KHz)Rise/Fall Time : ≤ 20nsJitter : 5nS (Square) & 10nS (Ramp & Pulse)Triangle Non-Linearity : ≤1% (typical)Pulse Duty Cycle : 5% to 95% Digitally ControlledOutput : 20Vpp O.C., 10Vpp into 50WOutput Impedance : 50WAmplitude Readout : + 5% ± 1 digit Attenuation : 20dB/40dB Fixed & 20dB Variable (60dB Max.) Level Flatness : 0.5dB (3MHz)DC Offset : ±5V adjustment Internal Modulation : FM Modulation (with variable deviation frequency) Frequency Counter : 50MHz (External)Sensitivity : 0.5VrmsInput Impedance : 1MWMax. Input Voltage : 200V (DC + AC Peak) Mains Supply : 230V AC ±10%, 50Hz Power Consumption : 20VA (approximately) Operating Conditions : 0-40 C, 85%RH Included

nos 4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Accessories : BNC to BNC cable & Power cord - 1 no. (each)

47 Dimmer starter Input Voltage: 0 to 415 voltsCurrent Capacity: 3 ampPhase :Three Phase Technical Specifications: Auto transformer: Input-415 volts, Output- 470 volts, single phase, A.C. 4 AmpThe basic Dimmerstat is ment for operation from a nominal input voltage of 415V AC & should give output voltage anywhere between 0 to 415 V or 0 to 470V AC by simple action. Resin molded dimmerstat is basically a variable Auto-Transformer which is partially or fully reinforced Polyster Resin. This has adjustable spindle which allows easy assembling of table type in a single or three phase models. This models are designed upto 120% continuous load.• Simple, Rugged construction.• Coil made from high grade CRGO Silicon steel & 99.9% pure copper.• Output voltage variation is smooth, Continuous, Breakless & linearly proportional to angular rotation.• High efficiency.• Negligible Waveform & Power factor distortion.• Excellent short time over load capacity.• Remote operation possible by motorization.• Wide range of current ratings.• High Quality carbon brush for current collection.• Operating Temperature : 0 – 45 C.• Insulation Resistance : Not less than 5M Ohm at 500V DC.• Dielectric Test : 205V RMS for 1 Minute.• Storage Temp. : -9 C to 70 C.• Humidity : Upto 95% RH. • Conforms to: I.S. 5142.

nos 4

48 Autotransformer 15 Amps Variable Auto TransformerRating: Input 220- 240V AC 50HzThe output voltage: Variable smoothly over 0 to 270 V (at least 10% higher than the supply voltage) Type of Control: Manually Variable Current Rating: 3 Amps (Minimum) Above Current Range not match with your heading Technical Specifications: Auto transformer: Input-230 volts, Output- 270 volts, single phase, A.C. 15 AmpThe basic Dimmerstat is ment for operation from a nominal input voltage of 240V AC & should give output voltage anywhere between 0 to 240 V or 0 to 270V AC by simple action. Resin molded dimmerstat is basically a variable Auto-Transformer which is partially or fully reinforced Polyster Resin. This has adjustable spindle which allows easy assembling of table type in a single or three phase models. This models are designed

4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) upto 120% continuous load.• Simple, Rugged construction.• Coil made from high grade CRGO Silicon steel & 99.9% pure copper.• Output voltage variation is smooth, Continuous, Breakless & linearly proportional to angular rotation.• High efficiency.• Negligible Waveform & Power factor distortion.• Excellent short time over load capacity.• Remote operation possible by motorization.• Wide range of current ratings.• High Quality carbon brush for current collection.• Operating Temperature : 0 – 45 C.• Insulation Resistance : Not less than 5M Ohm at 500V DC.• Dielectric Test : 205V RMS for 1 Minute.• Storage Temp. : -9 C to 70 C.• Humidity : Upto 95% RH. • Conforms to: I.S. 5142.

49 Analog Component Trainer Analog Component Trainer kitDiscrete Component Training Board should cater for the study of Discrete Electronic Components. The Trainer kit should also have the capability of adding more expercises based on requirement. It should consist of suitable voltage and Current rating regulated/stabilized A.C. & D.C. Power Supplies with Overvoltage and short circuit protection. Requirements : Bread Board : Unique solder-less large size, spring loaded Bread Board consisting of atleast two Terminal Strips Regulated DC Power Supply : +5V at 1 Amp, - 5V at 1Amp, +12V 500 mA , -12V 500 mA, 0 to 20 V 500 mA Continuously Variable. AC Supply : 5-0-5 V, 10-0-10 V at 100 mAInbuilt Resistors, Capacitors, Diodes, Zeners, Transistors, Diac, Triac, FETs, UJTs, LEDs, Potentiometers, Relays, DIP switches used in construction of electronic circuits for carrying out experiments. Suitable number of Red & Black patch cords at least half meter long each. Mains ON/OFF switch, fuse and Neon Indicator. Operating Voltage: 230V ±10% at 50HzUser Manual & Maintenance Manual Discreter Component Trainer The Trainer should have following Features:• Self Contained and Easy to Operate• Functional Blocks indicated on board mimic• On board DC and AC Power Supply• On board Function Generator• On board Continuity Tester• On board Toggle Switches and Potentiometers• Solder less Breadboard• Dual Channel Analog Signal Analyzer• On Board Voltage/ Current/Frequency Measurement• PC Interface• Online Simulation, Teaching & Learning Software on Digital Electronics • Should be housed in

nos 8




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) compact and light weight enclosure like laptop The Trainer should have the following Technical Specifications: Regulated DC power supplies : +5V-1A (Fixed), ±12V-500mA (Fixed), ± 12V-500mA (Variable) AC supply : 9V-0V-9V/500Ma Function Generator :Operating modes : Sine, Square, Triangular Frequency range : 1 Hz to 100 Khz Continuity Tester : For testing the continuity. Provided with Beeper Sound.Voltage-Current-Frequency measurement: DC Voltage (V1 & V2) : 12 V to +12VDC Current (I1 & I2) : 10mA to 750mA Frequency Range : 10Hz to 100 Khz Breadboard : Regular Interconnection : 2mm patch cords.Mains Supply : 220V ± 10%, 50Hz Accessories : Mains cord, online learning material, patch Cords Dual Channel Analog Signal Analyzer with following key features: • Acquisition from Two Analog input channels• Bandwidth 10Hz – 3.4KHz • Maximum allowable Input Voltage Range: about 2VAC. • Display Mode • Time Domain : Time base variation from 0.1 sec to 0.1msec per division• Voltage Attenuation : from 10mV to 0.5 V per division• Frequency Domain : Scan width variation from 500Hz to 2 KHz per division• Facilities for automatic & manual measurements Peak to Peak Value, RMS Value, Time period & frequency measurements of signals• X-Y Mode –Signals from channel one and channel two selected to X axis and Y axis and drawn to get X-Y mode. • Facility to storage, loading, printing of Acquisition waveforms from Two analog input channels• Data acquisition software for analyzing signals.• Diode protection The setup should include Online Training, Learning and Simulation software on Analog Electronics with following key features: It should be an interactive learning and simulation software, should be very powerful tool to understand core concept of Analog Electronics. It should support instructor to teach subject in detail and should covers all topics of the subject, should explain virtually through high quality simulation, detailed theoretical content and attractive animated diagrams should give in-depth idea to a student about the subject and topic.• Basic Electrical Concepts• Basic Circuits• Fundamentals of Resistor/ Capacitor/Inductor/ Transformers• Semiconductors & Diodes• Transistor & basic transistor circuits• Operational Amplifiers (OpAmps):




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Characteristics & Specifications• Practical OpAmp circuits• Power Supplies & Rectifiers

50 Milli Ammeter (AC) 0 – 200 mA

Milli Ammeter (AC)Analog Display Large Dial Accuracy: +- 1% of full scale Portable laboratory type ,ebonite/baklite Body, dial scale 150 mm with knife edge, Pointer & Anti parallex mirro Technical Specifications:• Portable Type AC Ammeters: 200mA Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute• Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submit with meter.

4

51 Milli Ammeter (DC) 0-500 mA

DC milli ammeter- 0-500mA , Analog Display Large Dial Accuracy: +- 1% of full scale Portable laboratory type ,ebonite/baklite Body, dial scale 150 mm with knife edge, Pointer & Anti parallex mirro Technical Specifications:• Portable Type AC Ammeters: 200mA Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute• Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submit with meter.

4

52 Op Amp Trainer Kit Opamp Trainer Kit Operational Amplifier Circuits to study the following :-Operational Amplifier in Inverting mode, Operational Amplifier in Non-Inverting mode, Operational Amplifier as Adder (Summing), Operational Amplifier as Subtractor, Operational Amplifier as Differentiator, Operational Amplifier as Integrator, Operational Amplifier as Summing, Operational Amplifier as Scaling, Operational Amplifier as Averaging, Operational

nos 4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Amplifier as Zero Crossing, Operational amplifier as Window Detector. Technical Specifications :Specification:• Study of Operational Amplifier• Fixed DC power supply : +12V Regulated; -12V Regulated; +5V Regulated; -5V Regulated• Variable DC power supply : +1.5V to +10V Regulated using LM317; -1.5V to -10V Regulated using LM337• Function Generator: Sine Wave, Square Wave, Triangular Wave (1KHz to 100KHz; 0-5Vpp)• Op Amp IC: IC uA741 (2 Nos.)- All pins terminated by 2mm Banana Socket.• Resistor Bank: SMD Resistance 1KV 1% 1/4W (5 Nos.), SMD Resistance 10KV 1% 1/4W (5 Nos.), SMD Resistance 100KV 1% 1/4W (5 Nos.)• Diode : Diode 1N 4007• Capacitor Bank : Electrolyte Cap. 1mf/63V, Disc cap. 1nf/63V, Disc cap. 10nf/63V, Disc cap. 100nf/63V• Variable Resistance bank: 1KΩ Single turn Potentiometer (2 Nos.), 10KΩ Single turn Potentiometer (2 Nos.), 100KΩ Single turn Potentiometer (2 Nos.), 1MΩ Single turn Potentiometer (2 Nos.)

53 Digital IC Trainer Breadboard for Circuit design with necessary DC Power Supply, Graphical LCD, Clock Frequency 4 different steps, Data Switches: 8 Nos, LED Display: 8 Nos. (TTL), Seven Segment Display, Teaching Simulation Software

Digital IC Trainer KitThe Digital IC Trainer Model kit must cover following:• Study of basic gates and verification of their truth tables (NOT, OR, AND, NOR, NAND, EX-OR, EX-NOR).• Study and verifications of the laws of Boolean Algebra and De-Morgan’s Theorems.• Study of important TTL terminologies. Verification of important TTL circuit parameters.• Construction and verification of various types of flip - flops using gates & IC’s (RS, JK, D, T, M / SJK).• Construction and verification of various types of combinational circuits such as Half Adder, Full Adder, Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor, Even I Odd Parity Checker, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Binary to Gray & Gray to Binary Converters.• Construction and verification of various types of Up / Down, Synchronous I Asynchronous, Ripple / Reverse, Ring, Binary, BCD & Decade Counters.• Construction and verification of 4 Bit Universal Shift Register (SR / SL operation).• Study of 7 - segment display and decoder / driver.• Many other experiments are possible using the onboard components and special veroboard provided. (for use of external components without soldering).• DC Power Supply 5 V I 500 mA (IC based regulated output). Clock Generators (TTL, 5V). Digital IC Trainer It should have following features:• Graphical LCD to show the menu of

nos 4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) experiment and gate level diagram for selected experiments• Designed on FGPA IC Based • Should be able to perform more than 46 Digital electronics experiments on single board• On Board DC Power Supply, Pulse Generator• Online Simulation, Teaching & Learning Software on Digital Electronics • Should be housed in compact and light weight enclosure like laptop It should have following Technical Specifications: Breadboard: RegularDC Supply : +5 V/1 A +12V/1AClock Frequency: 1 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 KHz, 100 KHz Amplitude : 3.3 V (TTL) Duty cycle : 50 % Graphical LCD : 128 X 64 dots Pulsar Switches : 2 Nos. Data switches : 8 Nos. (Toggle switches for both TTL modes)LED display: 8 Nos. (TTL)Seven Segment Display: 3 Nos.Power Supply: 100V - 240V AC, 50HzThe software should meet following Key Features:The Board should comprise with Online Simulation, Teaching & Learning Software on Digital Electronics. The software should introduce the fundamental concepts of digital systems which should illustrate by various animations and relevant examples for quick understanding of students along with the simplified theory. At the end of each topic relevant quizzes & FAQs should also be given for the students to self estimate their understanding. It should cover following key topics like Digital number system, Boolean Algebra & Logic Circuits, Digital Logic Gates, Simplification of Boolean Functions, Digital Combinational Logic, Combinational Arithmetic Circuits, Sequential Circuits, Digital Logic Families, adder & sub tractor, Multi vibrators, Schmitt trigger, Logic Families, Shift Registers & Counters Semiconductor Memories, Analog to Digital & Digital to Analog converters

54 Digital IC Tester Universal IC TesterDigital ICs up to 40 pins and analog ICs up to 20 pins in DIP package.IC TYPE: Tristate, open collector & bi-directional TTL/CMOS digital ICs and analog ICs .ZIF: Two 40 pin DIP ZIFs for analog and digital ICs.DISPLAY: 16 character x 2 line backlit LCDPower Requirement : 230V ± 10% at 50 Hz Specification:• Test a wide range of Digital IC's such as 74 Series, 40/45 Series of CMOS IC’s• Test Microprocessors 8085, 8086, Z80• Test Peripherals like 8255, 8279, 8253, 8259, 8251, 8155, 6264,62256,8288,8284.• Test 7 segment display of common

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) cathode & common anode type• Auto search facility of IC’s• Test by Truth table/sequence table comparison• 40 pin DIP ZIF sockets provided• 28 Touch Key pad with numerical & functional keys• 9 Digit Seven Segment Display

55 Digital and Analog Bread Board Trainer DC/AC Power Supply, Sine/ Square/ TTL Generator Data Switches, LED indication, LED Display: 8 in Nos Simulation/Teaching Content through software

To study following: Zener Diode as a Voltage Regulator Transistor series Voltage Regulator Transistor shunt Voltage Regulator Low Pass Filter High Pass Filter Band Pass Filter CE configuration of NPN transistor CB configuration of NPN transistor CC configuration of NPN transistor Gain Characteristics of a Noninverting Amplifier Voltage Follower Configuration Op Amp in Inverting Configuration Operations of Wheat stone Bridge CE amplifier circuit Universal Gate Logic Gate Binary Adder 2 Bit Binary Subtracter Binary to Gray code conversion Gray code to Binary code conversionBinary to Excess-3 code conversion Characteristics of various types of Flip-Flops Crystal Oscillator 4 Bit Binary Up-Down Counter Johnson Counter 4 Bit serial in parallel out Shift Register Digital & Analog Breadboard Trainer Specification:• On Platform Breadboard to circuit design-2Nos.• On board DC Power Supply: +5V/1A (fixed); ±15V/1A (fixed); ±15V/200mA (Variable)• On Board AC Supply: 5V-0V-5V; 10V-0V-10V (Provision to use as 5V, 10V, 15V, 20V AC & also as center tap)• Sine/ Square/ TTL Generator: 10Hz to 1MHz in 4 Steps (Variable in between the steps)• Amplitude: Sine (0 to 15Vpp); Square Wave (0 to 10Vpp); TTL-5V (fixed)• Fixed TTL (Clock): 0.1Hz• Data Switch: 1 No.• LED Display: 8 Nos.• Logic Probe: Logic level identifier H/L for TTL level (7 segment display)• Potentiometer: 6mos (100Ω to 47KΩ)• Speaker: 8Ω/2W for audio use• Power Supply: 110-220V±10%, 50/60HzSimulation software on Analog Electronics with following key features: It should be an interactive learning and simulation software, should be very powerful tool to understand core concept of Analog Electronics. It should support instructor to teach subject in detail and should covers all topics of the subject, should explain virtually through high quality simulation, detailed theoretical content and attractive animated diagrams should give in-depth idea to a student about the subject and topic.• Basic Electrical Concepts• Basic Circuits• Fundamentals of

nos 12




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Resistor/Capacitor/Inductor/ Transformers• Semiconductors & Diodes• Transistor & basic transistor circuits• Operational Amplifiers (OpAmps): Characteristics & Specifications• Practical OpAmp circuits• Power Supplies & Rectifiers

56 Rheostats various values and ratings

Power Ratings : 120 Watts to 2500 Watts in single tube.Ohmic Value : 1Ω -10KΩCurrent Range : 0.3A to 40ATolerance : ±10%. Technical Specifications:• 2A, 300Ω• FORMER - Vitrified Ceramic tube• SLIDER - Pressure Die Casted Metal Slider.• END BRACKET - Pressure die casted Metal Stand or Steel Fabricated Stands.• WIRE - Cupro-Nickel Alloy / Nickel-Chromium Alloy having a negligible temperature co-efficient.SLIDER KNOB Made of Bakelite having good finger grip.

nos 4

57 POWER ELECTRONICS TRAINER with at least 6 no’s of application boardMOSFET CharacteristicsSCR CharacteristicsSCR Lamp FlasherSCR Alarm CircuitSeries InverterSingle Phase PWM Inverter

To study Char. & applications of Diac, Triac, UJT & SCR Characteistics of DiacCharacteistics of Triac Characteistics of UJT Characteistics of SCR Characteistics of Diode Study of UJT as Relaxation Oscillator Light Intensity control using SCR Light Intensity control using TRIACStudy of SCR Triggering Circuits. POWER ELECTRONICS TRAINER with at least 6 no’s of onboard applications Specification:• On Platform Breadboard to circuit design-2Nos.• On board DC Power Supply: ±5V/500mA; ±12V/500mA; +15V/250mA; ±35V/250mA• On board AC power Supply: 18V-0V-18V; 0V-15V• On board firing circuit• Frequency range: 30Hz to 900Hz variable• Amplitude: 12V• PWM control of G1, G2, G3 & G4• Duty cycle control of Gate signal is 0 to 100%• SCR Assembly: 4 SCRs 2P4M, 400V/2A• Power Devices: IGBT-G4BC20S, MOSFET-IRFZ44N, UJT-2N2646, DIAC-DB3, TRIAC-BT136, PUT-2N6027• Circuit Components on Board: Electrolytic Capacitor-10µF,63V, 1µF,63V; Met. Capacitor 0.33uF, 63V; Resistances-1K/1W, 1K/10W, 10K/10W, 120E/5W, 2K2/2W; Diode 1N4007, Inductor 220uH, 4.7uH, 10mH.• Pulse transformer on board :2 nos. PT4502 1:1 and one is PT4503 1:1:1• AC power Supply: 220V/110V, 50/60HzOn Board Application:-1. UJT Characteristics: Should have to perform experiment like1) Study of the characteristic of Uni junction Transistor (UJT) and to calculate interface resistance and intrinsic standoff ratio2. MOSFET Characteristics: Should have to perform experiment like-To study the characteristics of n channel

nos 8




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) MOSFET3. SCR Characteristics: Should have to perform experiment like:-Study of Characteristics of SCR and Plotting V-I Characteristics4. TRIAC Characteristics: Should have to perform experiment like:- Study of the V-I Characteristics of Triac5. DIAC Characteristics: Should have to perform experiment like:- 1) Study of the characteristics of IGBT, 2) Study of the characteristics of DIAC and plot its V-I characteristics.6. IGBT Characteristics: Should have to perform experiment like:- Study of the characteristics of IGBTSimulation software on Analog Electronics with following key features: It should be an interactive learning and simulation software, should be very powerful tool to understand core concept of Analog Electronics. It should support instructor to teach subject in detail and should covers all topics of the subject, should explain virtually through high quality simulation, detailed theoretical content and attractive animated diagrams should give in-depth idea to a student about the subject and topic.• Basic Electrical Concepts• Basic Circuits• Fundamentals of Resistor/Capacitor/Inductor/ Transformers• Semiconductors & Diodes• Transistor & basic transistor circuits• Operational Amplifiers (OpAmps): Characteristics & Specifications• Practical OpAmp circuits• Power Supplies & Rectifiers

58 Computers in the assembled form

Computers in the assembled form (including cabinet,motherboards, HDD, DVD, SMPS, Monitor, KB, Mouse, LAN card, Blu-Ray drive and player), MS Office education version.

nos 8

59 Electronic circuit simulation software with 6 user licenses

Circuit Design and Simulation Software with PCB Design with Gerber and G Code Generation, 3D View of PCB, Breadboard View, Fault Creation and Simulation. TINA Design Suit-6User Licenses It should have Following Features:• Analog, Digital, RF, VHDL, Symbolic and Mixed Mode Circuit Analysis• Spice, S-Parameter, VHDL, MCU Components• Real-time Measurements , LabVIEW interface Upload to FPGAs• Live Presentation ,Multimedia parts ,Advanced Diagrams Virtuals Instruments• Integrated PCB Layout design with 3D View• Test and Debug Microprocessor & Microcontroller applications• Analog Digital, Symbolic, RF, VHDL, MCU and mixed mode circuit simulation & PCB Design• Easy to use schematic entry• Powerful Analysis Tools including• Circuit

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) can be edited during operation• Develop, Run, Debug and Test VHDL & MCU applications• Unknown circuit parameters can be determine automatically so that network can produce a predesigned target valuesVIRTUAL MEASUREMENT• Digital Millimeter• Storage Oscilloscope• Digital Signal Generator• Signal and Network Analyzer• Logic analyzer• Tina Lab Multifunction PC instrument• Real-Time signal Analyzer• Real-Time Logic Analyzer• Arbitrary Function Generator• Real-Time Storage Oscilloscope• Plug-in Experimenter Modules Components: Passive: Resistor, potentiometer, thermistor, capacitor, charged capacitor, inductor, energy-storing inductor, coupled inductors, nonlinear coil, transformer, relay, diodes, lamp, motor, transmission line, fuse etc..Active: Bipolar transistor (NPN and PNP), Darlington resistor, MOS transistor (including BSIM3 models), JFET (N and P channels), thyristor, triac, diac, ideal or non-linear operational amplifier. Other Components : time controlled switch, voltage controlled switch, AD and DA converter, 74000 logic family, 4000 logic family, FPGA and CPLD libraries, timer, comparators, CMOS Logic ICs, analog control blocks, pull-up resistor, seven-segment display, keypad, opt coupler, voltage regulator, vacuum tube, passive and active RF components, two ports (S,Z,Y,H) Sources: Current source, voltage source, current generator, voltage generator, standard and arbitrary user-defined pulse source, digital clock.VCCS, CCVS, VCVS), digital pulse source, digital clock.Gates: buffer, tri-state buffer, inverter, Schmidt inverter, AND, OR, NAND, NOR, and XOR gates with 2,3, and 4 inputs. Flip-flop: D latch, D flip-flop, SR Flip-flop, JK flip-flop.Measuring instruments: Voltage meter, voltage pin, test point, ampere meter, current arrow, power meter impedance meter.PCB Design: Create Multilayer PCB layouts of your Circuits by a Single mouse click with automatically placed and routed components. all components in Tina are “PCB-ready” and have associated footprints which you can review and change on a component spreadsheet. you can also use Tina's unique 3D capability to view the physical parts already on the schematic diagram.




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 60 Wires Single strand wire 1/18 SWG (Red & Black) nos 2000

61 Wires Breadboard Jumper wire (set of 100 wires) Colour: Red, green, yellow, blue, black Type: male to male, female to female

nos 10

62 Wires Flexible PVC wire gauge 5/20 , 14/26 SWG Color - red , black, 100m

nos 2

63 Cables PVC cable 3 core Copper wire 40/76, 100m nos 2

64 Cables PVC cable 2 core copper 14/76, 100m nos 2

65 Plug sockets Three pin electrical mains plug 240V , 5A nos 30

66 Plug sockets BNC Male Plug to Dual Banana Jack (4mm) nos 10

67 Plug sockets Banana Plugs (4mm) ,Red colour, Black colour nos 150

68 Plug sockets Two pin electrical mains plug 240V , 5A nos 30

69 Switches DPST 10A/250V AC , 7A/24V DC nos 40

70 Switches Toggle Switch SPST 1A/230V AC SPST 3A/230V AC SPST 6A/250V AC , 2.5A/24V DC SPST 16A/230V AC SPDT 15A/250V AC , 2.5A/ 24V DC

nos 30

71 Switches Relay DPDT With Socket Base 10A/250V AC, 7A/24V DC nos 30

72 Switches Piano switch 6A/230V AC nos 30

73 Switches Tumbler switch 1 pole , 20A/270V DC nos 30




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 74 Switches Push button switch 0.5A/24V AC/DC , 4 pin Tactile / Micro

Switches ( 5mm ) nos 600

75 Resistors Resistors(Through Hole )1/4 Watt Carbon - 2 ohm , 10 ohm ,27 ohm, 33 ohm ,47 ohm , 120 ohm , 150 ohm , 180 ohm, 560 ohm , 680 ohm , 820 ohm , 390 ohm , 470 ohm, 1k ,1.2k , 1.5K , 2.2 k, 2.7k,3.3k, 3.9K, 4.7k , 5.6K,6.8K ,10k, 12K , 18K,27K , 33K , 47k1/4 Watt Metal film - 10k, 12K , 18K,27K , 33K , 47k , 82 K , 100k , 150K ,182K , 330 K, 470 K , 2.2 M, 10 M 1/2 Watt Carbon - 56 ohm , 470 ohm, 1.5K , 4.7K,1W Carbon - 0.5 ohm , 220ohm,2W Carbon - 100 ohm3W Carbon - 22K5W Wire Wound - 2.5 ohm , 220 ohm

nos 100

76 Capacitors Capacitors (Through Hole) Ceramic disk - 330 pF , 680 pF , 270 nF 0.001 uf , 0.002 uF , 0.01 uF , 0.02 uF , 0.047uF , 0.1uF, 0.47uF 1 uF, 3.3 uF ,4.7 uF , 470 uF, 4700uF

nos 100

77 Capacitors Electrolytic Capacitors - 10 V - 1uf , 10 uf , 47 uf , 100 mF 16 V - 1uf , 100uf , 1000 uf 25 V - 10uF, 25 uf, 50 uF , 100 uF, 1000 uF , 4700 uF 40 V - 10 uF , 100 uF , 220 uf , 1000 uf

nos 800

78 Capacitors Electrolytic Capacitors - 50 V - 10 uf ,25 uF , 100uF ,2200 uF 63 V - 2.2 uF 100 V - 0.1 uF 400V - 1000uF , 2000uF

nos 700

79 Inductors 30 mH nos 800

80 Diodes IN4001, 1N4002 , IN4007 , 1N5408,OA79 nos 80

81 Zener Diodes Zener Diodes :5V (1/4 W)6.1V (1/4 W)9V ,1N93612 V , 1Z12 ,(400mW)120V(1W)

nos 60

82 Power Transistor Power Transistor : 2N6005 ,2N3055 High Frequency Transistors: SL 100, SK100 (beta < 101) and (beta > 200)

nos 100

83 Transistor Transistor : BC 147 , BC 157 , BC 149B , BC 148B ,BC 328 , BC 547 , BC 557 , AC 187 , AC 188 , BF 195 , BF 495 , 2N3702

nos 40

84 LED 4mm red , green, blue, yellow nos 20




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 85 IC's Linear LM 324 , LM 301 , 741 (Op-amp) , LA3161 , LM 317 uA7812 ,

7805 , ADC 0801 , ADC 0804 , ADC 0808 nos 40

86 IC Digital LM 555, 74 XX (7400, 7402 , 7404 , 7408 , 7432 , 7483, 7486, 7410 , 7476 , 7495) ,uPC 1230

nos 40

87 Digital Storage Oscilloscope 4 Channel , 50MHz Real Time Sampling 1G Samples/Sec, 12 Mpts Memory with PC Interface USB, LAN and math function includes +, -, FFT, differential, integral, abs, log etc.

Digital Storage Oscilloscope Table Top and Portable type No. of Channels : 4 Analog Digital Converter Resolution : 8 bits simultaneously sampling on both channels Analog Bandwidth : 100 MHz Waveform Math: Add, Subtract, Multiply, and Divide DC Measurement Accuracy : ±(5% reading + 0.05 div) Sensitivity : 5mV/div to 5V/div at the input BNCSampling mode : Normal/Peak Detect/Average Trigger Mode : AUTO, NORM, TV-V, TV-H Input coupling : AC, DC, GND Power Requirement : 230V ± 10% at 50 Hz A.C. MainsUser Manual & Maintenance ManualStandard Accessories

nos 2

88 Soldering & De soldering Station

• Temperature control accuracy ± 1° C• Temperature setting resolution ± 10° C• Burn proof cable • Input voltage : 230V• Temperature range : 180 to 480 °C• Temp stability : ± 10°C• Temp setting resolution : ± 10°C• Temp accuracy : ± 1°C• Tip to ground potential : under 2 mv• Tip to ground resistance : under 2 Ohms Soldering & De soldering StationSpecification:• Accurate and advanced temperature Control with micro controller technology• Set / Read of temperature• Increase and Decrease of keys to set temperature once set the read• Temperature control accuracy ±1ºC• Last Set value of temperature is stored in memory• Password protection feature to stop tampering with set temperature by the operators for (Bulk Users)• Burn proof silicon cable with thermal resistance up to 600ºC• Soldering Operation:Power Consumption: 60WInput Voltage: 170-270V Temperature Range:180-270ºC Temperature accuracy: ±1ºC• De Soldering Operation: Power Consumption: 70WInput Voltage: 170-270V Temperature Range: 180-480ºC Pump: Diaphragm Type.Vacuum: 600mm/Hg

nos 2

89 SMD Soldering & De soldering Station with necessary accessories

Hot Air Soldering & Desoldering Station.S.M.D. Rework Station.Micro Soldering Station.1.2V DC - 18V DC Digital Regulated Power Station SMD Soldering & De soldering Station Specification:• SMD Soldering & Desoldering Station• Highly

nos 4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Precise, Accuracy, Digitally Calibrated• Temperature Control SMD Soldering & Desoldering Digital Network Station• Burn proof silicon cable with Thermal Resistivity upto 600º centigrade• Microcontrol Technology Based Soldering – Desoldering Station• Power Consumption : 60 Ohm• I/P Voltage : 170 to 270 V• Desold : 70 Watt• Temperature Range : 180 to 480º Centigrade• Power Consumption : 270 Ohm• Hot Air Temperature : 200 to 550º Centigrade

90 DOL starter DOL Starter 1.6-2.5 Amp For 1 HP Motor nos 2

91 AC Motor Trainer Kit AC Motor Trainer Kit ¼ HP motor Single Phase Contactors, Relays, MCB, DOL Starter

nos 2

92 Frequency modulator and Demodulator trainer kit FM Modulator Type : Reactance Modulator, Varactor Modulator, VCO Based ModulatorFM Demodulator type All 5 demodulation techniquesDetailed teaching and learning contents through software.

Study of :• Frequency Modulation using Reactance Modulator Frequency Modulation using Varactor Modulator Operation of Quadrature Detector Operation of Detuned Resonance Detector Operation of Foster - Seeley DetectorOperation of Ratio DetectorOperation of Phase-Locked Loop Detector (IC4046 based)Frequency Modulation using VCO based Frequency Modulator (IC XR2206 based)Phase-Locked Loop detector (IC LM565 based) as a Frequency Demodulator Frequency deviation and modulation index using VCO based Frequency Modulator(IC XR2206 based) Frequency Modulation/ Demodulation Specification:• On-board audio oscillator, 2 types of FM modulators• 5 different types of demodulator amplitude limiter & filter,• Effect of noise in FM on same board,• More than 35 nos. Test Points for wave form observation & analysis• LED indication for signal flow & Selection.• Effect of Noise on The Detection of FM Signal can be Investigated.• Modulating signal range : 300Hz to 3.4KHz• Carrier frequency Range : 455 KHz• FM Modulator Type : Reactance Modulator, Varactor Modulator, VCO Based Modulator• FM Demodulator type : Detuned Resonant Detector, Quadrature Detector, Foster-Seeley Detector,Ratio Detector, PLL Detector,• Low Pass Filter : 3.4 Khz cut off frequency amplifier (with adjustable Gain) The setup should include Online Training, Learning and Simulation software on Communication Electronics with following key features: It should be an interactive learning

nos 4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) and simulation software, should be very powerful tool to understand core concept of communication. It should support instructor to teach subject in detail and should covers all topics of the subject, should explain virtually through high quality simulation, detailed theoretical content and attractive animated diagrams should give in-depth idea to a student about the subject and topic.• Analog & Digital Communications

93 PAM, PPM,PWM trainer kit PAM-PPM-PWM Modulation & Demodulation Analog Sample, Sample & Hold and Flat-top outputs Selectable different sampling pulse frequencies on boardVoice communication using dynamic microphone & speaker On-board filter and AC amplifier On-board Sampling: 8 KHz, 16 KHz, Frequencies (Pulse): 32 KHz, 64 KHz Sinewave Generator: 1 KHz & 2 KHz (Gain adjustable) Squarewave Generator: 1KHz & 2 KHzthAC Amplifier: With adjustable Gain Control DC Output: 0-4 V (variable) Mains Supply: 110V - 260V AC, 50Hz User Manual PAM-PPM-PWM Modulation & Demodulation Specification:• PAM-PPM-PWM modulation & demodulation techniques,• Natural & flat-top sampling,• On-board filter and ac amplifier,• Selectable 4 different sampling pulse frequencies on board,• Voice communication using dynamic microphone & speaker,• Sample, Sample & hold & Flat-Top O/P in PAM• On Board Sampling : 8KHz to 16KHz• Frequencies (Pulse) : 32KHz,64KHz• Low Pass Filter : 4th order BW filter• AC amplifier : With adjustable Gain Control• DC O/P : 0-4 V (Variable)• Test Point : 29 nos.The setup should include Online Training, Learning and Simulation software on Communication Electronics with following key features: It should be an interactive learning and simulation software, should be very powerful tool to understand core concept of communication. It should support instructor to teach subject in detail and should covers all topics of the subject, should explain virtually through high quality simulation, detailed theoretical content and attractive animated diagrams should give in-depth idea to a student about the subject and topic.• Analog & Digital Communications

nos 4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 94 AM/FM Commercial radio

receivers AM/FM Commercial radio receivers Power On and Off Volume Control Tuning Control Tuner: SW, MW, FM

nos 4

95 Microcontroller kits (8051) along with programming software (Assembly level Programming)Core 8051, ready to run programmer for AT89C51/52 & 55, programming modes Key Pad and PC circuits.Detailed learning content through simulation Software.

8051/89C51 CPU operating @10/12MHz. On board 8K RAM. Battery backup for RAM area. 8/16K bytes of EPROM with powerful monitor program. Total memory expandable upto 128K Bytes. Two External interrupts INT0 & INT1. Hexadecimal Keyboard and Six Seven Segment displays. USB interface to connect kit to computer Auxiliary RS-232C using serial pins of 80C31. All data, address and control signals (TTL compatible) available at FRC connector. Uploading /Downloading facility from PC in Intel Hex format. In-built Power Supply. User’s Manual, Cables & Connectors. 8051 Universal Development PlatformSpecification:• Core 8051 MCU clocked at 11.0592 MHz.,• User can enter op code using on board 20 keys,• Hex keypad,• For large program user can use on board PC based USB Programmer,• On board LCD for both programming mode and run mode,• Every pin is marked in order to make work easier• PC Programmer mode also supports other devices like AT89C51/52/55, AT89S51/52/53 , AT89S8252.• Crystal Frequency : 11.0592 MHz• Interconnection for modules : 2 mm patch cords and FRC • DC Power Supplies : +12V, -12V, +5V & - 5VThe setup should include Online Training, Learning and Simulation software on Microprocessor & Microcontroller with following key features: It should be an interactive learning and simulation software, should be very powerful tool to understand core concept of processor & contorller. It should support instructor to teach subject in detail and should covers all topics of the subject, should explain virtually through high quality simulation, detailed theoretical content and attractive animated diagrams should give in-depth idea to a student about the subject and topic.• Microprocessor & Microcontroller

nos 8

96 Application kits for Microcontrollers 6 different applications1. Input Interface : 4x4 Matrix Keypad, ASCII Key PAD, Four

8051/89C51 CPU operating @10/12MHz. On board 8K RAM. Battery backup for RAM area. 8/16K bytes of EPROM with powerful monitor program. Total memory expandable upto 128K Bytes. Two External interrupts INT0 & INT1. Hexadecimal Keyboard and Six Seven Segment displays. USB interface to

set 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Input Switch2. Display Module 16X2 LCD, Seven Segment, LED Bar Graph3. ADC/DAC Module with most popular DC/DAC08084. PC Interface: RS232 & USB5. Motor Drive: DC, Servo, Stepper6. DAQ: Data Acquisition to sense different sensors signals

connect kit to computer Auxiliary RS-232C using serial pins of 80C31. All data, address and control signals (TTL compatible) available at FRC connector. Uploading/ Downloading facility from PC in Intel Hex format. In-built Power Supply. User’s Manual, Cables & Connectors. 6 Modules for Microcontroller:1. Color LCD Display Type: 128(W) ×RGB×128(H) LCD Type: Negative Transmissive Viewing direction: 6 O’clock Screen Size: 1.51” Interface : 8 bit parallel 2.Motor Motor Type : DC, Stepper, Servo Motor Control : Direction, PWM, Angle, Position RPM : 2400 (DC Motor) Stepper motor Step Angle : 1.8 degree Servo angle: 100 to 270 degree Switches : 5 nos. switches for control direction angle and position3.ElevatorNo. of Floor : 3 floors Control switches & : 9 Switches & 6 LED’s Floor Indication 4.Real Time ClockRTC : DS1307 Protocol : Serial I2CRTC Display : 16x2 LCD Battery : 3 VDC CMOS battery Alarm control: 1 Buzzer & 4 Switches5.I2C ADC/DACI2C serial interface : 100 kHz I2C Standard mode 400 kHz I2C Fast modeADC Input and Reference : Single channel ADC input, 0 - 5 V DC (Variable) voltage range No. of ADC devices : Up to 8 devices on single 2-wire bus Resolution : 10bit ADC : 10bit DAC 6.PWM based voltage regulator PWM Channel: 1Amplifier Gain : 1 to 2

97 Sensor Trainer Kit Containing following Sensors 1. Thermocouple 2. RTD 3. Load Cell/ Strain Gauge 4. LVDT 5. Smoke Detector Sensors 6. Speed Sensor 7. Limit Switch8. Photo sensors 9. Optocoupler 10. Proximity SensorGraphical touch LCD with inbuilt processor for viewing the output waveforms, In built DAQ, and standard processing circuits like Inverting , Non – Inverting , Power, Current , InstrumentationDifferential

To study of LVDT as displacement transducerTo study of Strain Gauge transducer :Strain measure up to 500 micro strain (approx) in amplifier outputTo study of Load Cell transducer: Built. in DC (+12V) excitation source for internal bridge balance, Load Measure up to 1. 5KgTo Study of RTD as temperature measuring transducer: RTD (PT -100) probe with protection cover, Bridge circuit for transducer, Differential amplifier with feedback Temperature measurement upto -10OC to 100OCTo study of Thermocouple transducer: Temperature Measurement upto-10OC to 100OCTo Study of measurement of magnetic pickup transducer: RPM meter for measurement of speed, potentiometer for varying speed, magnetic sensor and DC motor with shaftTo Study of smoke detector, smoke sensor, fire alarm220V, 50 HzInstruction manual Sensor Trainer KitSpecification:• 7 inch Graphical touch LCD with inbuilt processor for viewing the output waveforms, reading the

nos 4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Amplifier, F/V,V/F,V/I,I/V Converter,Sensors :RTD,NTCThermistor,LM35Thermocouple, Gas(Smoke) Sensor, Load cell, LVDT Sensor, Speed Sensor

operating manual, tutorial videos etc.• Inbuilt DAQ• Stand alone • Inverting Amplifier• Non – Inverting Amplifier• Power Amplifier • Current Amplifier• Instrumentation Amplifier• Differential Amplifier• Frequency to Voltage Converter• Voltage to Frequency Converter• Current to Voltage Converter• Voltage to Current Converter• High Pass Filter• Low Pass Filter• Buffer• LED• Buzzer• LED Bar Graph• On Board Touch SwitchThe instrument should have following Technical Specifications:Square Wave Generator : up to 50KHz Low Pass Filter : up to 30KHz High Pass Filter: after 40KHzInverting Amplifier: Gain 2Non Inverting Amplifier : Gain 3 Differential Amplifier : Gain 2Instrumentation Amplifier : Gain 3F/V converter: 1KHz –1V 10 KHz –10VV/F Converter : 1V – 1KHz 10V – 10 KHzA/D Converter: 4 ChannelD/A Converter: 2 Channel Input/Output Ports : 4-IP / 4-0P Sensors• RTD• NTC Thermistor• LM35• Thermocouple• Gas (Smoke) Sensor• Load cell• LVDT Sensor• Speed Sensor

98 Fiber optic communication trainer Full Duplex Analog & Digital Trans-receiver with 660nm & 950nm, Noise Generator with variable gain, Four Seven Segment Display BER Counter, Eye Pattern.

Fiber optic trainer kit should cover following:Setting up Fiber Optic Analog & Digital linkAM system using Analog & Digital input signalsFrequency Modulation system and Pulse Width Modulation systemStudy of Propagation Loss, Bending Loss & measurement of Numerical Aperture Characteristics of Fiber Optic communication link Setting of Fiber Optic voice link using Amplitude, Frequency & PWM Modulation Study of Switched Faults in AM, FM & PWM systemFull Duplex Computer Communication using RS232 ports and softwareV-I characteristics of LED ( E - O converter) Characteristics of Photo Detector Experiments with Eye pattern and BER measurement module Measurement of Bit Error RateStudy of Eye pattern Fiber Optic Communication Trainer Specification:• Simplex Analog & Digital Trans-receiver• On board Function Generator• Crystal controlled Clock• Functional blocks indicated on-board• Data Generator with selectable clock (64/ 128/ 256 KHz)• Noise Generator with variable gain• Four digits Bit Error CounterIt should have following Technical Specifications: Transmitter: 1 nos.,Fiber Optic LED having peak wave length of emission 660 nm Receiver : 1 nos., Fiber Optic Photo detector Modulation

nos 4




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Techniques : AM, FM, PWM.Drivers: 1 no. with Analog & Digital modes AC Amplifier : 1 nos.Clock : Crystal controlled Clock 4.096 MHz PLL detector : 1 no.Comparator : 1 nos.Filters : 1nos. 4th order Butterworth, 3.4 KHz cut-off frequency Analog Band Width : 350 KHz Digital Band Width : 2.5 MHz Function Generator : 1 KHz Sine wave (Amplitude adjustable)1 KHz Square wave (TTL)Voice Link: Fiber Optic voice link using microphone & speaker (built in) Switched Faults : 4 in Transmitter & 4 in Receiver Fiber Optic Cable : Connector type standard SMA Cable Type: Step indexed multimode PMMA plastic Core Refractive Index : 1.492Clad Refractive Index : 1.406Numerical Aperture : Better than 0.5 Acceptance Angle : Better than 60 deg.Fiber Diameter : 1000 microns Outer Diameter: 2.2 mm Fiber Length : 0.5m & 1mTest Points : 50 nos. Inter connections : 2 mm sockets Power Supply : 110 -220 V, 50 Hz Experiments that can be performed Setting up Fiber Optic Analog & Digital link• AM system using Analog & Digital input signals• Frequency Modulation system and Pulse Width Modulation system• Study of Propagation Loss, Bending Loss & measurement of Numerical Aperture• Characteristics of Fiber Optic communication link• Setting of Fiber Optic voice link using Amplitude, Frequency & PWM Modulation• Study of Switched Faults in AM, FM & PWM system• Characteristics of Photo Detector• Experiments with Eye pattern and BER measurement module• Measurement of Bit Error Rate• Study of Eye pattern

99 Seven segment DPM trainer Range-Voltage-DC : 200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V, 1000v Display : 3 and 1/2 digit, 0.5" height. Input impedance : 10M ohms. Over range indication. Built in IC regulated power supply. Power supply requirement : 230V AC Sampling time : 0. 4 sec. Connecting Probes Instruction manual

nos 12

100 LCD based DPM Trainer Range-Voltage-DC : 200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V, 1000V Display : 3 and 1/2 digits LCD Display Input impedance : 10M ohms.Built in IC regulated power supply.Power supply requirement : 230V AC Connecting Probes Instruction manual

nos 12

101 SMPS of different make SMPS: Dedicated single +12V rail Active Power Factor Correction (PFC) with PF value of 0.99 AC input from 200~240V AC Over-voltage, under-voltage, over-current, and short circuit protection

nos 8




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) High-quality capacitors Safety Approvals: cTUVus, CE, CB, FCC Class B, TÜV, CCC, C-tick SMPS Trainer The instrument should have following features : In depth elucidation of Switching Transformer, which is one of the most important component of SMPS Facility to connected Variac with the kit. Fault identification feature enabled. Designed with considering all safety standards The instrument should have following Technical Specifications: Input : 80 to 230 V AC ±10%, 50 / 60 Hz, Outputs : +12 V DC regulated : -12 V DC regulated : +5 V DC regulated Switching Transformer Input: 320 V DC switching at 132 KHz. Output : 30 V AC (approx), Fuse: 500 mA (Slow blow, spare fuse is given with mains socket), Experiments that can be performed: Study of Primary Rectifier & Filters, Study of Switching Transformer, Study of PWM switching device, Study of Optocoupler, Study of Regulation, Study of SMPS with Variac input, • Study of various faults and their removal in SMPS circuit

102 UPS trainer UPS Trainer kit should include:Study of PWM Technology Overall functioning of UPS TrainerStudy of AVR transformer section of UPS circuit in load conditionIdentify different faults and to study the systematic procedure of their troubleshooting in UPS circuitUser Manual UPS Trainer The instrument should have following features :§ In depth explanation of PWM switching technology, which is one of the most important feature of UPS§ Various test points should provided so that user can easily measures the voltages of different sections§ Designed considering all safety standards§ The instrument should have following Technical Specifications: Input: 190 to 260 V, 50 HzOutput: 230V Transformer specifications Input : 12 - 0 - 12 VOutputs : 0, 190, 220, 240, 260V 18 - 0 for battery chargingExperiments that can be performed :§ Study of PWM Technology§ To understand the overall functioning of UPS Trainer§ Study of AVR transformer section of UPS§ To study the UPS circuit in load condition§ To identify different faults and to study the systematic procedure of their trouble shooting in UPS circuit

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 103 UPS 3 KVA with backup time

minimum 30 minutes Rated Capacity: 3 KVA / 2700 Watts Phase: Single Phase In, Single Phase Out High Frequency and Double Conversion Online Technology. IGBT Based. Micro Controller Based. Short Circuit and Overload Protection Over Temperature Protection. EMI / RFI Noise Filter Protection from DC Fan failure. In-built Over Voltage Cut-Off Device.

nos 2

104 Mobile phone Trainer 2G /3G/4G Dual SIM GSM Handset. Frequency measurement and band verification. Real time Mobile Operation

Mobile Phone Trainer kit should provide Full understanding of mobile phone working Frequency measurement and band verification Study of all sections in mobile phoneTX/RX Frequency measurements 2G technology & GMSK signals GSM data rateDetail study of User Interface Control signals Detail study of SIM Operation Battery identification and charging circuitSwitch Faults Specifications:Cellular System: EGSM/GSM 900Rx Frequency Band: EGSM 925, 960MHz, GSM 900, 935, 960MHzTx Frequency Band: EGSM 880, 890MHz, GSM 900, 890, 915MHzOutput Power: +5V, +33dBm/32mW, 2W Display: 84 x 48 pixels On Board sections: Antenna, Keypad, SIM, Charging Circuit, Clock,User interface such as Buzzer, Vibrator, LEDs It should have following features:• Real time mobile operation• Operates on Quad band frequency network• Colour TFT display with capacitive touch screen• Full understanding of 4G Dual SIM VoLTE mobile phone working• Provides study of all sections in 4G Dual SIM VoLTE mobile phone• Tx/ Rx frequency measurement and band verification• 4G technology GMSK signal• Detail study of User Interface Control signals• Detail study of 4G Dual SIM VoLTE mobile operation• Battery identification and charging study• Switched faults• OTG CompatibleIt should have following Technical Specification:Cellular system : GSM - Band (2 / 3 / 5 / 8); WCDMA - Band (1 / 2 / 5 /8); 4G LTE (TDD) - Band (38 / 40 / 41), LTE (FDD) - Band (1 / 3 / 5 / 7 / 8 / 20)Rx Frequency band : EGSM 900 – 925 to 935 MHz GSM 900 – 935 to 960 MHz DCS 1800 – 1805 to 880 MHzTx Frequency band : EGSM 900 – 880 to 890 MHz GSM 900 – 890 to 915 Hz DCS 1800 – 1710 to 1785 MHzOutput power: +5... +33dBm/3.2mW... 2 WOS & Processor Features Operating system: Android Marshmallow 6.0.1 Processor type : Qualcomm Snapdragon 430 Processor core: Octa Core Processor clock speed: 1.4 GHz

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Channel spacing: 200 KHz Display Features Display size: 5 inch Resolution: 1920 x 1080 Resolution type: Full HD GPU: Adreno 505 at 450 MHz Other display features: IPS display, 5 point multi-touch Memory & Storage Features Internal storage: 32 GB RAM: 3 GB Expandable storage : 128 GB Supported memory card type :micro SD Memory card slot type: Hybrid Slot Call log memory: Yes Connectivity Features Network type: 4G VOLTE, 3G, 2GSupported networks : 4G VOLTE, 3G, 2G Internet connectivity: 4G, 3G, Wi-Fi, EDGE, GPRS, 3G: Yes3G speed: HSPA+GPRS: Yes Pre-installed browser : Android Micro USB Port : Yes Bluetooth support : Yes Bluetooth version : 4.2Wi-Fi: Yes Wi-Fi version : 802.11 b/g/nWi-Fi hotspot : Yes EDGE: Yes Audio jack : 3.5 mmMap support: Google Maps GPS support : Yes Camera Features Primary camera available : Yes Primary camera: 13 megapixel Primary camera features: PDAF with FHD Video Recording Secondary camera available : Yes Secondary camera: 8 megapixel Secondary camera features : Fixed Focus HD recording: Yes Full HD recording : YesVideo recording: Yes Video recording resolution: 1920 x 1080 General Information Sensors: Gravity, Proximity, Light, Vibrator, Gyro, Fingerprint SIM support: Smart Dual SIM, Dual stand by Battery type: Li-Polymer 4000mAH Sound: Speaker and Earphone Jack (3.5mm)On board sections : Dual SIM, Charging Circuit,User interface: Buzzer, Vibrator, Mic, Speaker, Hands free port and display LEDsTest points: 10 nos. Switched fault : 10 nos.OTG compatible: Yes Features that can be set: Screen saver, Ring tones, Logos, SMS etc.Power consumption: 3.6VA (approximately) Power Supply: 100 - 260V AC, 50 HzProduct tutorial : Online Operating condition : 0-40° C, 85% RH Included Accessories Tech Book Power Supply : 1 no. Patch cord 16” : 2 nos.Hands free kit : 1 no. Mains cord : 1 no.OTG cable : 1 no.Optional Accessories Switchable Probe 60MHz for low signal location area- 2 nos. Scope of Learning:Study and observe:• Transmitted/ Received RF signals• Tx IQ/ Rx IQ signals• Signal constellation of GMSK signal (Rx I/Q)• Signal constellation of GMSK signal (Tx I/Q)• Signals of Touch Screen display section Study of :• Switch faults in battery section• SIM card detection




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) with and without inserting SIM card• Switch faults in SIM interface section• Switch faults in user interface section Study and:• Measurement voltages of power management unit• Measure Battery voltages the Battery charging phenomena• Analyze the buzzer section• Analyze the vibrator section• Analyze MIC & speaker section• Analyze the Hands Free section (MIC/Speaker)• Analyze Microprocessor control unit• Analyze that a mobile is powered On at the alarm set time• Analyze the active mode of a mobile phone• Analyze the acting dead mode of a mobile phone• Analyze the sleep mode of a mobile phone• Measure frequency band• Observe the system CLK.• Measure signal of UI circuit such as Vibrator, & Buzzer• Analyze the 'Partially ON' mode of phone while charging• Android based Application development• IoT Related Application development

105 Smart phones of different make (android/ Windows)

Dual Sim, Mini-SIM, GSM + GSM0.3 Megapixels Camera with Flash Proprietary OS2.0 Inch Display,176 x 220 pixelsGPRS Supported FM Radio· Dual Sim, Micro-SIM, GSM + GSM13.0 Megapixels Camera with FlashAndroid 5.1 - Lollipop5.0 Inch Display,720 x 1280 pixels8 GB Internal Memory1.5 GB RAM·Single Sim, Micro-SIM, GSM5 Megapixels Camera with Flash Windows Phone 84 Inch Display,480 x 800 pixels 8 GB Internal Memory1 GB RAM

nos 8

106 Cell phone power source with charger chords for different cellphones

10 in 1 Universal USB Mobile Phone Charging Cable with charger Easy to use and carry kit with wall charger Lead length 8.5 Inches (minimum) USB connector should be used with any USB charger or in USB port in computer

nos 8

107 LCD TV (Trainer kit ) 21-inch HD LCD Color Television Trainer should cover following:Manual and Remote control operation PAL/ NTSC video formats Composite video input/ VGA input Complete block diagram of a LCD TV system on-board Easy identification of different parts and components of the system at a glanceEasy measurement of voltages and observation of waveforms on test points Soldering free fault creation and trouble shooting User Manual Study the specifications of HD LCD Television Study the block diagram and operating principle of LCD TVStudy the functions of front panel controls/ keys of LCD TVStudy the functions of controls on RemoteStudy of circuit description and functions of different sections Study and observation of

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) waveforms/signals of different sectionsStudy and measurement of voltages of different sections Study of switch faults and trouble shooting in different sections Technical Specification: Display Type: LCD, HDScreen Size: 21 Inch (53cm) Display Resolution: 1280 (H) X 1024 (V) pixels resolution USB: 1 X USB 2.0 (MPEG, JPEG, MP3) HDMI: Yes (1 X HDMI) Other Connectivity: RF In, AV In, VGA In, VGA Audio In, AV Out Composite A/V, Component Video, Analog AudioTest PointsMains Supply: 230V AC, 50Hz LCD TV Trainer (21”) It should have following features:• Superior quality 22-inch full HD LCD Color Television/ PC Monitor• Manual and Remote control operation• PAL/ NTSC video formats• Composite video input/ VGA input• Complete block diagram of a LCD TV system on-board• The different circuit sections of LCD TV are exposed on a PCB• Easy identification of different parts and components of the system at a glance• Easy measurement of voltages and observation of waveforms on test points• Soldering free fault creation and troubleshooting• Online Product Tutorial It should have following Technical Specifications: Display Display Type: LCD, HD Screen Size: 22 Inch (55cm) Display Resolution : 1920 X 1080 pixels Contrast Ratio: Super Contrast Ratio Display Color : 16.7 Million Display Colors Viewing Angle : 170(H) X 170(V) Refresh Rate: 60 Hz Video Interface : Video Input/ VGA input Audio Interface: RCA L & R Audio Output Power : 10W X 2 Receiving System: PAL BG/I/DK and NTSC Channel Coverage : VHF-2-12; UHF21-69; CATV (X~Z+2, S11S41) Antenna Impedance : 75Ω Unbalanced Application: Color Television/ PC Monitor Connectivity USB: 1 X USB 2.0 (MPEG, JPEG, MP3) HDMI : Yes (1 X HDMI) Other Connectivity : RF In, AV In. Ypbpr In, VGA In, VGA Audio In, AV Out Composite A/V : Yes Component Video : Yes Analog Audio : Yes Test Points : 55 nos Switched Faults : 50 nos Remote Battery : UM-4, “AAA” 1.5V (2 nos) Mains Supply : 110-260V AC ± 10%, 50Hz Power Consumption: 65W Included Accessories: Remote, Mains cord , 34 Pin FRC cable, 15 Pin D type cable, 4 Pin High voltage cable each 1 no.Experiments that can be performed:• Study the specifications of full HD LCD Television• Study the block diagram and operating principle of LCD TV•




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Study the functions of front panel controls/ keys of LCD TV• Study the functions of controls on Remote• Study of circuit description and functions of different sections• Study and observation of wave forms/signals of different sections• Study and measurement of voltages of different sections• Study of switch faults and trouble shooting in different sections

108 LED TV (Trainer kit ) 21-inch HD LED Color Television Trainer should cover following:Superior quality 20-inch full HD LED Color Television/ PC Monitor Manual and Remote control operation PAL/ NTSC video formats Composite video input/ VGA input Complete block diagram of a LED TV system on-board Easy identification of different parts and components of the system at a glance Easy measurement of voltages and observation of wave forms on test points Soldering free fault creation and trouble shooting User Manual Technical SpecificationDisplay Type: LED, HD Screen Size: 21 Inch (53cm) Display Resolution: 1280 (H) X 1024 (V) pixels resolution USB: 1 X USB 2.0 (MPEG, JPEG, MP3) HDMI: Yes (1 X HDMI). Other Connectivity: RF In, AV In, VGA In, VGA Audio In, AV Out Composite A/V, Component Video, Analog AudioTest Points Mains Supply: 230V AC, 50Hz LED TV (Trainer kit ) It should have following features: • Superior quality 19-inch full HD LED Color Television/ PC Monitor• Manual and Remote control operation• PAL/ NTSC video formats• Composite video input/ VGA input• Complete block diagram of a LED TV system on-board• The different circuit boards of LED TV are exposed on a PCB• Easy identification of different parts and components of the system at a glance• Easy measurement of voltages and observation of waveforms on Test points • Exhaustive Product Tutorials explaining theory, circuit, experiments, procedure, typical waveforms, and voltages• Fault creation by switches and troubleshooting • No soldering/de-soldering is required to simulate faults It should have following Technical Specifications :DisplayDisplay Type: LED, HD Screen Size: 19 Inch (48cm), Display Resolution: 1366 X 768 pixels Contrast Ratio: Mega Contrast Ration Display Color: 16.7 Million Display Colors Viewing Angle : 170(H) X 160(V) Refresh Rate: 50 HzVideo Interface: Video Input/ VGA input Audio Interface : RCA L &

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) RAudio Output Power (RMS ): 5W X 2 Receiving System: PAL BG/I/DK and NTSC Channel Coverage : VHF-2-12; UHF21-69; CATV (X~Z+2, S11S41) Antenna Input Impedance: 75Ω unbalanced Application: Color Television/ PC Monotor Connectivity USB : 1 X USB 2.0 (MPEG, JPEG, MP3) HDMI : Yes (1 X HDMI) Other Connectivity : RF In, AV In. Ypbpr,In, VGA In, VGA Audio In Composite: Yes Component Video: Yes Analog Audio : Yes Test Points : More than 60 Switched Faults : More than 50 Remote Battery: UM-4, “AAA” 1.5V (2 no.) Power Supply: AC 110~230V, 50Hz It should have following Scope of Learning:• Study of specification of full HD LED Television• Study of block diagram operating principal of LED TV• Study of functions of front panel control/ keys of LED TV• Study of functions of controls on Remote• Study of circuit description and function all the sections of LED TV• Study and observation of waveforms/signals at test points of different sections • Study and measurement of voltages at test points of different sections• Study of switch faults and troubleshooting in different sections

109 Home theatre system Home theatre system Sound System : Dolby Digital 5.1 Centre speaker output power : 166 W (minimum) Satellite speaker output power : 2 x 166W (minimum) Tallboy speaker output power : 2 x 166 W (minimum) Subwoofer output power : 166W (minimum) Total Power RMS @ 10% THD : 1000 W(minimum)

nos 2

110 Solar Training Kit/ Simulator With built in meters for DCV, DCA, AC multifunction Meter (for ACI, ACV, Power, Frequency), Protection Circuits, BS-10 terminals for making the connection,Single/ Dual axis tracking system Charge Controller : PWM based MPPT, Charging Stage : Bulk, Absorptions and Float

Solar Panel : Consists of 6 Solar cells Maximum Voltage of each Solar cell : 1.5V Maximum Current of each Solar cell : 150mA Voltmeter : 0-10V Ammeter : 0-500mA Potentiometer : 5KAA Rechargeable NiCd Battery : 1.2VBulb : 1.2V, 270mAFan : 1.5V, 400mA Solar Power Inverter Technical Specification:• Training system control panel should have rating of 500 VA and it should be used as solar training system and also power generation as well.• Training system control panel should have built in DC voltmeters, DC ammeters, AC multifunction meter (for AC current, voltage, power, frequency)• Training should have control panel built in protection circuit for battery & solar panel• Training system control panel have built in BS-10 terminals for making the connection§ Training System includes 250Wp solar panel: 2 Nos., Battery 100Ah : 4 Nos., Charge Controller : 1 No.,

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Inverter: 1kVA Control panel for experiments equipped with meters, connecting terminals and switches• Solar Panel : 02 nos Pm: 250Wp,Voc : 43V,Isc : 7.75A,Vmp : 35V, Imp: 7.14A• Control Panel with Inverter Capacity: 500VA, Input Voltage : 190~260V AC, Output Voltage on Mains mode : same as input, Output Voltage on UPS mode : 210~245V, Output Frequency on UPS mode : 50Hz ±0.1Hz, Output waveform on Mains mode : same as input, Output waveform on UPS mode : Modified Sine wave, Battery Charging Current : 12A, Efficiency at full load: > 80%, UPS Overload / UPS Short circuit: Yes, Technology: Microcontroller Based Design, MCB : C Type 16A• Battery : 02 nos Solar Battery of Capacity: 100Ah, Type: C10• Charge Controller Solar PV Module: 24–50V, Current: 40A, Battery voltage : 24V,Technology : PWM based MPPT, Charging Stage : Bulk, Absorptions and Float

111 LED lighting system Measurement of Power, Voltage, Current, Power Factor and Light output performance of different lighting products like LED, CFL at variable input voltages 0 to 245V variable AC

LED lighting systemVariac 0 to 245V AC Multi Function Meter: Current, Voltage, Power Factor, Wattage measurements LUX Meter : 0-50,000 LUX Input Voltage : 220V AC, 50Hz Dimensions (mm): 445 x 325 x 140 LED lighting system Features• Lighting Testing System should be for measurement of Power, Voltage, Current, Power Factor and Light output performance of different lighting products like LED, CFL at variable input voltages.• 0 to 245V variable AC voltage• Inbuilt Multi function Meter to measure Current, Voltage, Power and Power Factor• Measuring Electricity consumption of different loads• Equipped with Automatic dusk to dawn Switch• External Load can be connected for testing• Testing system should come with LED tube light (20W). Technical Specification:• Wattage: 20W, • No. of LED : 1 (Power LED)• Size (mm): 290 X 180 X 150• High Efficacy LED COBs• Circular COBs for Uniform Light spreading• CC & CV LED Driver with Flyback Topology, • Made with Weather Resistant gasket • Input Voltage Span : 90 to 275 V AC• Luminance: 1800 lm ±10%• Input Voltage: 85 to 265 V AC• Frequency: 50 Hz

sets 4

112 Instructor’s table Instructor table (steel) Made of 1" square pipe with one drawer on right side with lock and top made of ply board with sunmica size of 4'x 2'

nos 2




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 113 Instructor’s chair Instructor chair (steel) Armed cushioned seat and made by

square pipe good quality nos 4

114 Metal Rack 100cm x 150cm x 45cm

100cm x 150cm x 45cm ( 5 rack minimum) 12 gauge steel parts. 20 gauge galvanized steel shelves.

nos 8

115 Lockers with 16 drawers standard size

36" x 72" x 20" deep steel cabinet, powder coating finish, 18gauge thickness Knock down package. with separate locker keys

nos 4

116 Almirah 2.5 m x 1.20 m x 0.5 m

Steel almirah made of GI sheet of 20 gauge 2.5x1.20x.50 METER with three doors , two doors will cover three feet wide compartment and one door will cover one feet compartment .Total height should include the pedestal of six inch height

nos 4

117 Fire Extinguisher Fire Extinguisher 5 KG - Suitable for fire caused due to electric short circuits ISO Certified

nos 2

118 Fire buckets Made of GI Buckets ,10 Liter capacity, Painted with Red colour Standard

nos 4

119 Gang capacitor(radio tuning capacitor /FM double film variable capacitor)

CBM-223F, 2J nos 40

120 IC LA1185 , TBA120S , 4049 , 74LS190 , 74LS151 , 74LS138 , ADC0809 , DAC0808

nos 30

121 IC base 8, 14 , 16 , 20, 28 , 40 pin DIP nos 60

122 UJT 2N2646 , 2N2160 or equivalent nos 40

123 Triac BT136 , 2N6071 or equivalent nos 30

124 Diac DB3 or equivalent nos 60

125 Potentiometer 1 k, 10 k , 4.7 k - Rotary type, Box type , log type nos 40

132 DC Motor DC Motor 12 volt 150RPM nos 20




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 133 DC Servo Motor DC Servo Motor Size 38 x 11.5 x 24mm (Include tabs) 28 x 12.7 x

27mm (Not include tabs) Speed 0.14sec/60degrees (4.8V) 0.12Sec/60 degrees (6.0V) Torque 2.5kgf-cm (4.8V) 3.0kgf-cm (6.0V) Voltage 4.8V-6.0V Connector type JR type

nos 20

134 Stepper Motor Stepper Motor 12/24 volt, 0.8 degree nos 20

146 Desolder wick Desolder wick nos 100

147 Heat sink TO-220 (40mm, 50mm)

Heat sink for UPC 1230 , 2N3055 , 7805 nos 40

148 Crystal Oscillator 6 MHz nos 20

149 Wire sleeve Black, Heat shrink insulating tube Diameter - 5mm, Length - 2 meter

nos 200

150 Light Dependent Resistor LDR 5mm nos 30

151 Voltage Dependent Resistor MOV-275/20 (Metal Oxide Varistor) [20D/431K] nos 60

152 Rubber Mat 1.0 Mtr. Wide x 2.0 Mtr. Long, Black without Metallic Derivatives nos 10

153 Rubber Gloves Electrical Hand Safety Gloves, High tear resistance Strong grip Comfortable

nos 42

157 NTC Thermistor 100K Ohm NTC Thermistor nos 30

158 PTC Thermistor 265 V PTC Thermistors nos 30

159 VDR 10D470 Varistor Voltage Dependent Resistor nos 30

160 Heater Air Blower 500 W nos 10




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 170 AM transmitter tag board AM transmitter tag board nos 20

C Lot-3: Wireman Trade 1 Steel Rule Easy-Read Metric/Inch Stainless Steel Etched Ruler with zero at

the edge. Top edge is graduated in 1 mm increments with numbers in mm value. Bottom edge is graduated in inches. First two inches are in 1/32" increments, third inch is in 1/64" increments, the rest of the ruler is graduated in 1/16" increments. Rulers have conversion tables on the reverse. Conforming to IS 9193-1988. Length atleast 300MM(12-Inch), High Quality Stainless Steel Rulers (no cork backing) with Acid etched graduations filled with black ink

Nos 119

2 Screw Driver Should be Insulated. Blade is made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel. Accurately hardened & Tempered to 56-60 HRC. Length not less than 150MM(6-Inch), Tip size atleast 5 x 0.8MM. Conforming to IS 12168 Part II 1987

Nos 119

3 Screw Driver Should be Insulated. Blade is made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel. Accurately hardened & Tempered to 56-60 HRC. Length not less than 100MM(4-Inch), Tip size atleast 3.6 x 0.8MM. Conforming to IS 12168 Part II 1987

Nos 119

4 Terminal Screw Driver Should be Insulated. Blade is made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel. Accurately hardened & Tempered to 56-60 HRC. Length not less than 135MM(4-Inch), Tip size atleast 0.6 x 1.4MM. Blade Length atleast 75MM. Conforming to IS 844-1979

Nos 119

5 Knife Electrician Knife Electrician's double blade knife 50 mm, Nickel plated. Nos 119

6 Hammer Ball peen. Generally Conforming to IS 841-1983 or equivalent. Partially Hardened up to 55 - 58 HRC on Striking surfaces needed as functional requirements for all types of hammers. Drop forged from high grade carbon steel. Phosphated and painted to provide anti rusting properties. Handle made from high quality axle wood and fixed firmly to hammer head. Ball Peen type. Length atleast 250Grams. Overall Length with Handle atleast 250MM.

Nos 119




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 7 Plumb Bob Made out of Cast Iron. Conical/Cylindrical shape. With Steel Guide

and Rope. Powder Coated / Zinc Plated Finish. Plumb Bob 115 grams with Threads

Nos 119

8 Combination Pliers Insulated Fully insulated with quality plastic material sleeves ensures safe electrical working. fully polished head or Black phosphated and bright polished head. high grade Steel, forged and differentially heat treated. Conforming to IS 6149-1984 Grade II/IS:3650-1981. Tested as per IS:2015-1989. . Length not less than 150MM(6-Inch)

Nos 119

9 Neon Tester Pencil Bit Type Electrical Line Neon Tester 220V.Transparent Yellow/Green Cellulose Acetate Handle. Handle Is Nonflammable. Hardness On Tip atleast 55-58 HRC or equivalent. Conforming to IS 5579-1985 or equivalent. Lifetime of Neon Lamp atleast 30,000 times ON/OFF or more. Contact AC voltage test from80V to a maximum of 500V against earth. Length not less than 190MM. Tip Size 3.5 x 0.5 MM or beetter.

Nos 119

10 Try Square Internal & External Squareness as per BS 939 Grade B . Material: stainless steel with Hardened and Precision Ground Edges, Lapped Beams and Blades. Blade Length atleast 150MM and Stock atleast 100MM.

Nos 119

11 Small Crimping Tools (assorted)

Crimping Tools Crimping Capacity: 10 -100 mm 2 cable made of Alloy steel hard and tempered with non slip plastic handle cover.

Nos 119

12 Spanner Set Double Ended Drop forged from suitable grade steel. Heat treated with hardness 42 - 48 HRC to give maximum strength and wear resistance. Head at each end are of different sizes and set at an angle of 15Deg. Good accessibility in confined spaces due to slim. Set of 6-Pieces Sizes 6x7, 8x9, 10x11, 12x13, 14x15, 16x17 MM. Conforming to IS 2028-2004 or equivalent.

Set 119

13 Screw Driver Set (set of 5) The blade is made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel. The blade is differently hardened and tempered to resist wear, bending and meet high torque requirement. Hardness on tip : 55 to 58 HRC. Higher the hardness higher is wear resistance.The blade tip is magnetised to lift small screw etc.from confined spaces or to hold the the screw in position. Set of 5 Pieces Tip Sizes are 6.0 x 0.8, 3.5 x 0.5, PHILIPS 0,Square Poker, PHILIPS 1. Length 100MM, 150MM, 175MM, 225MM and 280MM.

Set 119




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Conforming to IS 844-1979 or equivalent.

14 File Half Round 2nd Cut File Half Round 2nd Cut - 250 mm made of high carbon steel, hard and tempered with Plastic handle.

Nos 119

15 File Round 2nd Cut File Round 2nd Cut,150 mm made of high carbon steel, hard and tempered with plastic handle

Nos 119

16 Soldering Iron Soldering Iron - 65 Watt, • Type: Non-temperature controlled. • Wattage: 65W, • Cord length: atleast 5 feet, • Peg hook for hanging the Soldering Iron. • With Stand for placing the soldering iron during use with built in Sponge for Tip Cleaning. • Moulded, soft-grip handle to reduce slippage. • Round shaped handle for easy rotation. • Stainless steel heater. • Cord Strain relief arrangement.

Nos 119

17 Neon Tester To Measure 12V to 220V AC and DC Voltage. To locate break point of an insulated wire. To check flow of current in an insulated wire from outside. Tip Size 20MM x 3.0MM x 0.5MM with Neon Bulb. Length atleast 120MM. Digital Line Tester. Conforming to IS 5579-1985 or equivalent.

Nos 119

18 Forge with Hand Blower Forge with Hand Blower Size -300 mm dia, Hand Operated blower with 1:32 gear ratio, Iron gears, Durability, Stamped sheet metal and welded construction.

Set 7

19 Conduit pipe cutting and threading machines adjustable

Conduit pipe cutting and threading machines adjustable Ratchet Pipe Threaded Set suitable for 15 mm to 32 mm diameters of Pipe.

Set 7

20 Conduit pipe bending machine, suitable

Open side type which slips over tube at any point, Makes smooth tight radius bender up to 180°, No scoring or flattening of tubing, Calibrated to show angle of bend. Wide hook grips tubing securely, Conforms to Specifications. Tube O.D.: 15MM to 32MM., Radius to center of tube: 3", Manually operated.

Set 7

21 Bar Magnet Bar Magnet Material : Ferrite, Dimensions: 100 mm x 11mm x 7 mm Bar Magnet, Permanent Magnet Type

Nos 7

22 Drill Bit Fast Spiral Rotary Masonry Drill bit suitable for drilling in masonry, block and brick with a rotary drill, providing fast drilling and long life. Double-flute design. Carbide head – delivers long life. High bend resistance and unique U-shaped flute anti-

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) clogging feature. With eliminate bit walking during drilling. High-speed mode Masonry applications – engineered for masonry, block and brick. Size Dia 6MM, 8MM, and 10MM. Length atleast 150MM. Conforming to IS:5366-1978 or equivalent.

23 Horse Shoe Magnet Horse Shoe Magnet, C shaped, 100 mm length Nos 7

24 Crimping Tool Crimping tool Multi function non ratcheting Crimper Tool with soft comfort grips made from hardened steel, crimping insulated terminal 1.5/2.5/6.0mm square, Non insulated terminals 1.5 to 4.6 mm square, ISI Marked

Set 7

25 Crimping Tool for Telephone/LAN Cable

Crimping Tool for Telephone/LAN Cable 1) Crimp RJ11/ RJ45 2. Sophisticated technology, 3. Excellent quality, 4. Handle Material: Plastic, 5. Durable, ISI Marked

Set 7

26 Rubber Matting Rubber Matting Size - 2 meter x 1 meter x 9 mm for 600 VAC, ISI marked

Nos 14

27 Wiring Board on Stand Wiring Board on Stand Size 3 meter x 1 meter with 0.5 Nos 42

28 Fire Extinguishers Fire Extinguisher: CO2 Based Fire Extinguisher of 2 KG, 10 deg. to 55 deg. Conforming to IS: 15683:2006 and ISI marked or equivalent. Fire Rating 8B or better. Operating temperature. Clear Instruction Label. Wall mounting Kit. Operating principal, Installation and maintenance As per IS 15683:2006. Cylinder construction Seamless Steel As per IS 7285. Design and construction of valve As per IS15683:2006. Diameter 105 mm ± 5% , Height 350 mm ±5% and Thickness as per AS per IS 15683:2006 or equivalent.

Set 14

29 Rawal Tool Holder & Bit Rawal Tool Holder & Bit No. 8, 10, 14, & 16 Set 14

30 Set of Wall Jumper Octagonal Set of Wall Jumper Octagonal, hardened chrome vanadium steel size – 37 mm X 450 mm and 37 X 600 mm with tempered head.

Set 28

31 Center Punch Made out of high grade Chrome steel accurately machined and heat treated. Deep knurling on the body ensures firm grip. Black phosphate finish. Conforming to IS 7177-1999 or equivalent. Length atleast 150MM x Dia 10MM.

Nos 14




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 32 Combination pliers insulated Fully insulated with quality plastic material sleeves ensures safe

electrical working. fully polished head or Black Phosphated and bright polished head. high grade Steel, forged and differentially heat treated. Conforming to IS 6149-1984 Grade II/IS:3650-1981. Tested as per IS:2015-1989. . Length not less than 200MM(8-Inch).

Nos 112

33 Rule Four Fold Wood Rule Four Fold Wood 600 mm, ISI Marked Nos 42

34 Spanner Set (Ring Spanner) Drop forged from suitable grade Chrome - Vanadium steel. Heat treated with hardness 42 - 48 HRC to give maximum strength and wear resistance. Head at each end are of different sizes and set at an angle of 15Deg. Good accessibility in confined spaces due to slim. Set of 6-Pieces Sizes 6x7, 8x9, 10x11, 12x13, 14x15, 16x17 MM. Conforming to IS 2029-1998 or equivalent.

Set 42

35 Bradawl Bradawl 150 mm X 6 mm square pointed with PVC Handle Nos 112

36 Set of Rawal Punch Rawal Punch bit with Holder and Size 100 mm long, for bit size 8 mm and 10 mm

Set 112

37 Wooden Mallet Wooden Mallet 1Kg. (75 mm x 15 mm) with Wooden Handle Nos 112

38 Pliers Side Cutting Insulated Pliers Side Cutting insulated 205 mm with PVC insulated sleeve, ISI Marked

Nos 35

39 Pliers Flat Nose Insulated Pliers Flat Nose Insulated 165 mm with PVC insulated sleeve Nos 35

40 Pliers Round Nose Insulated Pliers Round Nose Insulated 165 mm with PVC insulated sleeve Nos 35

41 Pliers Long Nose Insulated Pliers Long Nose Insulated 205 mm with PVC insulated grip, ISI Marked

Nos 35

42 Screw Driver Heavy Duty The handle is made from high grade C. A. Plastic which is non flammable and unaffected by oil petrol, grease, water etc. Made out of High Grade Steel and Transparent green cellulose acetate handle. The blade made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel. The blade is differently hardened and tempered to resist

Nos 14




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) wear, bending and meet high torque requirement. Hardness on tip : 55 to 58 HRC. Tip Size not less than 6.0 x 0.8MM. Blase Length atleast 150MM and Overall Length atleast 235MM. Conforming to IS 844-1979 or equivalent

43 Screw Driver Heavy Duty The handle is made from high grade C. A. Plastic which is non flammable and unaffected by oil petrol, grease, water etc. Made out of High Grade Steel and Transparent green cellulose acetate handle. The blade made from high grade Silicon - Manganese steel. The blade is differently hardened and tempered to resist wear, bending and meet high torque requirement. Hardness on tip : 55 to 58 HRC. Tip Size not less than 10.0 x 1.5MM. Blase Length atleast 150MM and Overall Length atleast 300MM. Conforming to IS 844-1979 or equivalent.

Nos 35

44 Firmer Chisel Firmer Chisel 200 mm length, Cutting Edge 25 mm Standard Quality

Nos 70

45 Firmer Chisel Firmer Chisel 150 mm Length, Cutting Edge 16 mm Standard Quality

Nos 70

46 Hammer Ball Peen Partially Hardened up to 55 - 58 HRC on Striking surfaces. Drop forged from high grade carbon steel. Phosphated and painted. Handle made from high quality axle wood and fixed firmly to hammer head. Conforming to IS 841-1983. Weight not less than 500 Grams. Length with Handle atleast 300MM

Nos 35

47 Wire Stripper Wire Stripper 154 mm long, 6'', Wire stripper with Insulated handle

Nos 35

48 Hammer Ball Peen Partially Hardened up to 55 - 58 HRC on Striking surfaces. Drop forged from high grade carbon steel. Phosphated and painted. Handle made from high quality axle wood and fixed firmly to hammer head. Conforming to IS 841-1983. Weight not less than 1000 Grams. Length with Handle atleast 300MM

Nos 35

49 Hammer Cross Peen Partially Hardened up to 55 - 58 HRC on Striking surfaces. Drop forged from high grade carbon steel. Phosphated and painted. Handle made from high quality axle wood and fixed firmly to hammer head. Hammer cross pane 750 gms. With handle. Conforming to IS 841-1983 and IS 4953-1989 for Wooden Handle. Weight not less than or equal to 750 Grams.

Nos 35




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 50 Scriber Scriber 150 mm, Double Ended 1 x straight & 1 x 90°, hardened

steel tips Nos 14

51 File Flat File Flat 300 mm single cut teeth 60 degree with PVC handle Nos 35

52 File Flat Round File Flat Round 150 mm 2nd cut with PVC handle Nos 35

53 File Round File Round 300 mm 2nd cut with PVC handle Nos 35

54 File Triangular File Triangular 150 mm 2nd cut teeth 60 degree with PVC handle Nos 35

55 Spanner set of 6 Drop forged from suitable grade steel. Heat treated with hardness 42 - 48 HRC to give maximum strength and wear resistance. Head at each end are of different sizes and set at an angle of 15Deg. Good accessibility in confined spaces due to slim. Conforming to IS 2028-2004 or equivalent. Set of Six Pieces. Size - 16x17, 18x19, 20x22,21x23, 24x27, 25x28, 30x32 MM.

Set 14

56 Adjustable Spanner Forged with high grade steel, and heat treated. Left hand thumb screw movement. Precision marked scale indicate correct jaw opening. Bright polished Nicel Chrome finish and Black Phosphate finish. With soft grip to provide comfortable gripping. Conforming to IS 6149-1984 Grade II. Length not less than 255MM(10-Inch). Range of Openning atleast 26MM

Nos 7

57 Foot Print Grip Foot Print Grip length 250 mm Nos 14

58 Allen Keys Allen Keys Sets 1.5 to 10 mm made from Chrome Vanadium Steel, ISI Marked

Set 7

59 Spirit Level Spirit Level Accuracy 0.5 mm, 300 mm length with Magnetic Base, ISI Marked

Nos 7

60 Electric Soldering Iron Soldering Iron 125 watts 230-250 V • Type: Non-temperature controlled • Wattage: 125W • Cord length: 5 feet • Peg hook for hanging the Soldering Iron • Moulded, soft-grip handle or PVC / Rubber grip handle .• Round shaped handle. • Stainless steel heater

Nos 14




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 61 Blow Lamp Blow Lamp 1 litre capacity made from brass sheet Nos 14

62 Bench Vice Bench Vice 150 mm jaw length with mounting Accessories, ISI Marked

Nos 35

63 Hand Vice Hand Vice 50 mm jaw length, ISI Marked Nos 35

64 Rubber Gloves Rubber Gloves 5000 Volts, ISI Marked Pair 14

65 Safety Belt with provision for Keeping Tools

Safety belt with provision for Keeping Tools As per IS and standard

Nos 70

66 Tower Ladder on Type Wheels

TOWER LADDER Aluminium Tower Ladder Working up to 10 mtr Ladder Specifications - 1. Steps - Aluminium fluted pipe of 26 mm at a distance of 300 mm (12 inch), 2. Manual pulling arrangement, 3. Platform Size – 2ft x 2ft at the top covered with side made on MS Angle 32 mm and covered with Rubber sheet Platform placed 3ft below from, 4. Wheels - 6” with Lockable arrangement 5. Tool Tray Size - 12 inch X 24 inch 6. two Parking Jack will be attached to the trolley 7. Slip- resistant steps

Nos 14

67 Portable Extension Ladder Portable Extension Ladder Minimum 6 to 9 Meters portable extension Ladder Specifications-1. Heavy duty Aluminium C section 2. Steps- Aluminium fluted pipe of 26 mm at a distance of 12 inch 3. One Platform 4. Small Tool Tray 5. Rallying with extra safety 6. Two Wheels 7. Non Slippery rubber plug at the bottom.

Nos 7

68 Trowel Trowel 150 mm with PVC handle Nos 14

69 All types C.F.L. Lamp Sets C.F.L. lamp Rating :- 5 Watt, 15 Watt, 25 Watt, 230 VAC. Set 21

70 Multimeter Digital Multimeter - Auto/Manual Ranging Selection. Type: Hand held, 3½ Digit LCD display Portable, Battery powered, Range of Measurement:, DCV: 200mV to 1000V, ÀCV: 200mV to 750V, DCA: 200 micro A to 10 A. ACA: 200 micro A to 10 mA. Resistance: 400 to 40 Mega Ohms. Accuracy: ±0.5% to ±5% maximum. Continuity Tester: Buzzer sound. Diode Test

Nos 28




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) and Temperature measurement Facility. Accessories: Test lead. Hand strap. Instruction manual. Anti shock proof meter. Protective body cover with ABS and all necessary protection.

71 Hot wire Ammeter Hot wire Ammeter 0-15 Amps Large Dial. Accuracy class: 1.5. Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror

Nos 7

72 Wheatstone Bridge Wheatstone Bridge The bridge should be fully portable with in sensitive galvanometer & dry battery, Measuring Range 1.000Ω to 10.00MΩ with range multiplier , Carrying Case and connecting leads .One galvanometer should be fitted inside the box with option of external orinternal galvanometer with terminal . Two press keys must be provided with mark initial & final.Two toggle switches must be provided for internal or external batteryand other for direct or shunted sensitivity of galvanometer. Technical Specifications:Portable Wheatstone Bridge should be very precise and portable instrument. This Wheatstone Bridge should designed to afford maximum convenience for a wide range of resistance measurement without the need of external accessories. The resistance coils in ratio & series arms are made from non-inductively wound and aged best quality manganin wires having negligible effect of ambient temperature variation, for long term stability. Switches used in this instrument are of self cleaning type having very low contact resistance & long life. Taut band suspended galvanometer is provided for null detection. Built-in dry cell batteries can be easily replaced. Battery ON/OFF & test keys must be provided on the instrument panel.• Measures resistance from 1 milliohm to 11.11 megaohms• Use of series arm as Decade Resistance Box• Lead resistance compensation provision for measuring low value resistances• Higher sensitivity by using external galvanometer• Use of additional power supply possible• Detection of cable fault by Varley Loop Test method• Batteries easily replaceable• Separate use of built-in Galvanometer Measurement Capability: 1milliohm---11.11 megaohmsMeasurement Ranges: 1 milliohm---11.11 ohms10 milliohms---111.1 ohms100 milliohms---1.111 k ohms1 ohm---11.11 k ohms10 ohms---111.1 k ohms100 ohms---1.111 megaohms1 k ohms---11.11 megaohms Measurement Accuracy:

Nos 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) ± 0.075 %Series Arm: 10 (1000 +100+10+1) ohmsAccuracy of Series Arm: ± 0.05 %Null Detector Galvanometer: Ri 20 ohms,1mm/ µA sensitivityBattery: 3 cells of 1.5 V, R 14 sizeSize: 370 x 260 x 155 mm approx.Weight: 6.4 kgs (approx)

73 Electrical power drilling machine

Electric Drill machine Suitable for 12 mm Dia hole , Supply:- 250 volts universal type

Set 7

74 Megger (Insulation tester ) Megger• Type: Insulation Tester / Megger, Analog• Type of Operation: Rotating Handle• 0 – 1000 (Infinity) Mega Ohms• Testing Voltage: 500V DC• Accuracy: ± 5% of Indicated value• Accessories• Test Leads with one set of spare• Carrying Case• Operation ManualFeatures• Table top type. Technical Specifications:• Range: 500V / 1000MΩ• Insulation Testers should be for direct reading of insulation resistance of electrical rotating machines, power distribution lines, communication cables, insulators, control and switching equipment etc. It should robust instruments, incorporating a built-in-hand driven generator and a solid-state circuit for a stabilized D.C. output.• Insulation Testers meet the requirements of Indian Standard Specifications IS.2992-1987 for Insulation resistance measuring instruments.• It must be an injection moulded ABS plastic case, where the unique geometry of the cabinet makes it practically unbreakable due to accidental falls and bumps.• The tester has two sections and is dust free. The rotary magnet type generator runs smooth with minimum noise because of the excellent dynamic balance of rotating parts.• Rotational Speed of Handle: 160 rpm. and above• Response time: Less than 3 seconds when a resistance, the value of which corresponds to the central scale mark, is suddenly inserted between measuring terminals.• Limits of error: The insulation resistance measurement is accurate to within ± 5% of the indicated value at the Scale mark of the rated resistance, in conformity with IS: 2992-1987 stipulations.• Tolerance on Voltage: Within ± 10 of the rated voltage for scale mark of infinity & more than 90% of the rated voltage for the central scale marks.• Accuracy of Voltage: The testers are provided mainly to determine whether the equipment under test is live or not, and not for any accurate measurement work.

Nos 14




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) However the accuracy is within ± 10% F.S.D.• Tilt influence: Less than 0.5mm deflection from the infinity scale mark, due to an inclination of 5 degrees from the horizontal.• Ambient temp. influence: The deviation in indication is less that ± 5% near the central scale mark for an ambient temperature change of 20 degrees from 27 Degree C.• Influence of humidity: Within the rated accuracy, at relative humidity of up to 90%.• Insulation resistance: 1) More than 25 Mohm between the electric circuits and case for rated voltage upto and including 250V.2) More than 50 Mohm between the electric circuits and case for rated voltage above 250V.• Dielectric strength: Withstands application of 2000 volts AC(rms) for 1 minute between the electric circuits & the case.• Accessories: Test leads and instruction manual.External dimensions: Size : 160 x 110 x 72 mm. Weight : 1.0 Kg. ABS Body

75 Voltmeter M.C. Voltmeter M.C. O-300 volts Analog type , Large Dial Accuracy class: 1.5 Housed in a ABS Plastic case , Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror . Technical Specifications:• Portable Type AC Voltmeters: 0-300V DC Accuracy Class: 1% as per ISS1248/83• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute• Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submitted with meter.

Nos 7

76 Voltmeter M.C/ Multi range Voltmeter M.C. Multi Range 0.70, 150,300 & 600 V Large Dial Accuracy: ± 0.5% of full scale Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror .Technical Specifications: Portable Type AC Voltmeters: 0-75/150/300/600V DC Accuracy Class: 1% as per ISS1248/83• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute• Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax

Nos 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submitted with meter.

77 Voltmeter M.C. Multi range Voltmeter M.C. Multi Range 0-15,30,50 & 75 V Large Dial Accuracy: ± 0.5% of full scale Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror . Technical Specifications: Portable Type AC Voltmeters: 0-15/30/50/75V DC Accuracy Class: 1% as per ISS1248/83• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute• Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submitted with meter.

Nos 7

78 Voltmeter centre zero Voltmeter centre zero 15-0-15 volts Large Dial Accuracy class: 1.5 Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror Technical Specifications:• Portable Type Voltmeters : 15-0-15V Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute• Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megaohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Scale, Shock resistant pivot movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimized Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submitted with meter.

Nos 7

79 Voltmeter M.I. multi-range Voltmeter M.I. multi-Range 0-150, 300, 600 V Large Dial Accuracy class: 1.5 Should be housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror . Technical Specifications:• Portable Type AC Voltmeters: 0-150/300/600 V AC Accuracy Class: 1% as per ISS1248/83• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC

Nos 14




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute• Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submitted with meter.

80 Voltmeter M.I. multi-range Voltmeter M.I. multi-Range 0-50, 75, 150 V Analog type , Large Dial Accuracy: ± 0.5% of full scale Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror . Technical Specifications:• Portable Type AC Voltmeters: 0-50/75/150 V AC Accuracy Class: 1% as per ISS1248/83• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute• Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submitted with meter.

Nos 7

81 Ammeter M.I.(5Amp) Ammeter M.I. 0-5Amp. Panel mounting board type Analog type , 96mm X 96 mm Size Accuracy: 1.5.

Nos 14

82 Ammeter M.I(10Amp) Ammeter M.I. 0 - 10 Amp. panel mounting type Analog type , 96 mm X 96 mm Size Accuracy class: 1.5

Nos 7

83 Ammeter M.C. Centre zero Ammeter M.C. Centre zero 5-0-5AmpAnalog type , Large Dial Accuracy: 1.5 Housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror. Technical Specifications:• Portable Type DC Ammeters : 5-0-5 Amp. • Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute• Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Scale, Shock resistant pivot movement,

Nos 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimized Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submit with meter

84 Ammeter MC Ammeter MC 0-1 AMP Analog type , Large Dial Accuracy class: 1.5 Should be housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror. Technical Specifications:• Portable Type DC Ammeters : 1 Amp. DC• Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83• Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx.• Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute• Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Scale, Shock resistant pivot movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimized Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submit with meter

Nos 7

85 Field regulator Field regulator 0 – 1000 ohmic, 2 Amps Technical Specifications: • FORMER - Vitrified Ceramic tube • SLIDER - Pressure Die Casted Metal Slider. • END BRACKET - Pressure die casted Metal Stand or Steel Fabricated Stands. • WIRE - Cupro-Nickel Alloy / Nickel-Chromium Alloy having a negligible temperature co-efficient. SLIDER KNOB Made of Bakelite having good finger grip.

Nos 7

86 Single phase K.W.h meter Digital

Single phase K.W.h meter Digital Electronic energy meter single phase 5 Amp , 230 VAC , 50 Hz, Accuracy class-1. wall mounted

Nos 28

87 Single phase K.W.h meter analog

Single phase K.W.h meter analog 5-30 Amp 230 VAC Single phase K.W.H meter Analog Type wall mounted

Nos 28

88 3 Phase KWH meter 3 Phase K.W.h meter Digital KWH meter Three Phase , Three wire , 440 VAC , 15Amp KW meter wall mounted

Nos 7

89 Watt meter Dynamo meter type

Watt meter Dynamo meter type 5 Amps. and 250 v, 1.25 kw , Accuracy :-1, Should be housed in a ABS Plastic case, Portable laboratory type ,knife edge , Pointer & Anti parallax mirror . Technical Specifications: • Portable Type Wattmeter : 5Amp./250V (1250W) • Accuracy : Class : 1% as per ISS1248/83 • Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx. • Test Voltage:

Nos 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute • Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Scale, Shock resistant pivot movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimized Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. • Test Report must be submit with meter

90 Personal computer system with printer

Desktop Computer Intel® Core™ i5-6500T Processor, Windows 10 Pro 64-bit National Academic License, 8GB DDR4 RAM, 500GB HDD (7200 RPM), Intel® HD Graphics 530, (22 Inch) LED Display Monitor, 3 MB Cache or better, Integrated Gigabit Ethernet (10/100/1000), USB Mouse, USB Keyboard , Standard Ports and connectors. DVD Writer, Speakers & Mic. Licensed Windows Operating System / OEM Pack (Preloaded), Antivirus / Total Security Monochrome Laser Printer A4 Size Hi-Speed USB connectivity, 28PPM speed, 256 MB internal memory, Auto duplexing, recommended Page volume 250-2500, 250 Sheet input tray, 1200x1200 dpi, Energy star certified.

Set 7

91 LCD projector Multimedia ProjectorShort Throw Multimedia Projector with 3000+ Lumens, WXGA (1280x800), Aspect Ratio 16:10, Contrast Ratio 20000:1, Light source LED or hybrid, Light life - 20000 hrs. 100 inch screen distance - 1.3 ft. Power consumption between 195 Watt to 225 watt.Anti-Glare (Matte finish) ScreenAntiglare Matte finish projection cum white board. Projectionable Magnetic Porcelain Steel Dry Erasable Whiteboard with Anodized Aluminium Frame and Tray Approx Size - 60" x 96" (5' x 8')

Set 7

92 Clamp on Ammeter Clamp on ammeter Digital ,0-200AClamp on meter 3 ¾ Digit LCD Display AC/DC TRMS + Multimeter • Type: Digital. • Display: LCD. • Range: 0 - 200 A Auto Ranging. • Voltage: 0-300-600 AC/DC. • Accuracy: 5%. • Data Holding switch. • case superior grade Bakelite • Anti-slippage body type with set of Leads

Set 14

93 Three phase KWh meter analog

Three phase KWh meter analog Three phase four wire 415 VAC ,25 AMP K.W.H meter Analog Type

Set 28

94 Three phase KWh meter digital

Three phase KWh meter digital Three phase four wire 415 VAC ,25 AMP K.W.H meter Digital Type ,

Set 28




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 95 UPS 500VA with battery UPS 500VA with battery Input :- 230 VAC , 500VA with 15

Minutes power Backup Nos 7

96 D.C. compound motor D.C. compound motor Motor :-3 H.P 250 V copper wound ,1500rpm, self cooled copper wound with 4 point starter and field regulator continuous rating S.P.D.P. type class of insulation 'F' type, Horizontal foot mounted, Conforming to I.S. 4722-1992, Coupled with Loading Arrangements or complete breaker test Arrangements with Spring Balance ,fixed on motor base plate, Both of above mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and coupled to each other mechanically using flexible coupler. All the terminals should be brought out to the terminal box with marking for interfacing with control desk, .Mounting frame should be powder Coated . Control Desk:- Powder Coated wired Control desk made of not less than 2mm metal sheet , incorporated with 4 point suitable size of starter and speed regulator with all protections, Control switches and Metering Devices of suitable size and rating. With Operating Manual for the set-up, Circuit schematic for the panel wiring, Component layout diagram of the panel board, One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and probes for interconnections to the panel board, One set of spare fuses, One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and Break Test loading arrangement DC COMPOUND MOTOR with Starter suitable Control Panel and Coupled with Mechanical loading arrangement and other as given below:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position .• One copper wound DC Compound Motor (2.23 KW, 220V)1500 rpm with mounted on a Vibration r.• Facility should be available for connecting Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the MG set. • All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. features:• Machine with Class “B” Insulation• Brake-Drum/Pulley with heat suppression facility• Machine with mechanical loading arrangement• Provided with Digital Tachometer• Heavy Duty Base/Channel• Terminals provided to use the optional externally• Designed by considering all the safety standards• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connectionsIt should have following Technical Specifications: Machines Specifications DC Machine Type: Compound Rating : 3HP Voltage Rating : 200V ±10% Speed: 1500 RPM ±5% Insulation: Class ‘B’Loading Arrangement: Mechanical Brake Drum/Pulley: Aluminum CastedAnalog Meters usedDC Voltmeter : 300V (2 Nos.) DC Ammeter: 2 Nos.Experiments that can be performed:• Study & verify the Load Characteristics of Short Shunt DC Compound Motor• Study & verify the Load Characteristics of Long Shunt DC Compound MotorAccessories require to conduct experiments:- DC Power Supply)• Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

97 D.C. shunt motor D.C. shunt motor Motor :-D.C. Shunt motor copper wound 3 H.P., 220 volts,1500 R.P.M., continuous rating, S.P.D.P.type class of insulation 'B' Type, Horizontal foot mounted, coupled with Loading Arrangements or complete breaker test Arrangements

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) with Spring Balance ,fixed on motor base plate, Both of above mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof powdered Coated railing and coupled to each other mechanically using flexible coupler. All the terminals are brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control desk Control Desk:- Powder Coated wired Control desk made of not less than 2mm metal Sheet, Control Desk incorporated with 3 point suitable size of starter and speed regulator with all protections and Metering Devices of suitable size and rating. With Operating Manual for the set-up, Circuit schematic for the panel wiring, Component layout diagram of the panel board, One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and probes for interconnections required on the panel board, One set of spare fuses, One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and Break Test loading arrangement , Supply of DC SHUNT MOTOR With Starter and Suitable Control Panel and Coupled with Mechanical loading arrangement and other as given below:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-E.• One Copper wound DC Shunt Motor (2.23 KW, 220V) mounted on a Vibration should be available for connecting Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the Machine • All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. features :• Mechanical Loading arrangement• Designed by considering all the safety precautions• Diagrammatic representation • HIGH Quality Meters & High Quality Variac..• Metallic Panels in place of bakeliteThe instrument should have following Technical Specifications :DC MachineType: DC ShuntRating : 3HPRPM : 1500 ±5%Meters usedVoltmeter : 300 VAmmeter : 1 No.Ammeter: 1 No.The trainer should performed following




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) experiments :• Speed Control of DC Shunt Motor by Field and Armature current variation.• Load Characteristics of DC Shunt Motor.• N-I Characteristics of DC Shunt Motor.• N-V Characteristics of DC Shunt Motor.• Study of self excited DC Shunt Motor.Accessories require to conduct experiments:- DC Power Supply 2.8A, 220 Ohm rheostat5A, 110 Ohm rheostat• Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

98 D. C. series motor with 2 point starter

D. C. series motor with 2 point starter Motor:-Copper wound2 HP,220 volts,1500 RPM coupled with mechanical on load F' class insulation, continuous rating S.P.D.P. type, horizontal foot mounted. coupled with Loading Arrangements or complete breaker test Arrangements with Spring Balance ,fixed on motor base plate, Both of above mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof powdered Coated railing and coupled to each other mechanically using flexible coupler. All the terminals are brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control desk Control Desk:-Powder Coated wired Control desk not less than 2mm metal Sheet incorporated with 2 point suitable size of starter and speed regulator with all protections and Metering Devices of suitable size and rating. With Operating Manual for the set-up, Circuit schematic for the panel wiring, Component layout diagram of the panel board, One spare set of suitable current

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) capacity cables and probes for interconnections required on the panel board, One set of spare fuses, One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and Break Test loading arrangement , Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the operator, Installation and commissioning of the complete set. MOTOR & CONTROL PANEL SPECIFICATIONS: 3 HP / 220 V / 1500 RPM / DC Series Motor with Mechanical Loading arrangement having Round dial scales and Friction Belt for Torque Measurement. Set must be having minimum 75% Efficiency. Rotating machines should be Horizontal Foot Mounted / Ins. Cl. ‘B’ / Self fan cooled / screen protected drip Proof (SPDP)/ Continuously rated at rated RPM / protection IP22 / Single shaft extended / conforming to IS 4722 and IS325. All armature should be mechanically balanced to minimized vibration. All Machines should be provided with educational type binding posts. Coupled set must be mounted on a fabricated common ‘C’ channel heavy base &must be coupled with each other by Love joy type flexible couplings. Sheet metal coupling guard should be provide for safety. Foundation Drawing also required. OEM Testing report with all ratings mention above should be required with company seal & sign. at the time of delivery. RPM sensor must be mounted on machine- generator set. CONTROL PANELFOR DC SERIES MOTOR WITH MECHANICAL LOADINGPanel should be made of 16 SWG MS Sheet with printed Poly Vinyl facia & insulated lamination in front for better look & protection. Panel should highly laminate with Siemens gray powder coated with proper gasket fitted door & locking system at back side of panel. External connections are made according to the circuit diagram with the help of patch cords/shrouded 4 mm banana male connector. Cooling Fan (4 inch) in top of the panel to remove heat from it. Supply and control cables from machine to panel shall be housed in flexible hose pipe.CONTROL PANEL MUST BE CONSISTING • 2 Point Starter 1 No. • Digital 20Amp. DC Ammeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 300V DC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC.




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Field Rheostat Diverter 16Ω / 6Amp. (Inbuilt Potentiometer type) 1 No. • Non Contact Tachometer with Proximity Sensor (Speed meter) rpm meter is fitted on the panel and connections are directly given to the rpm sensor which is mounted machine base.• BTI 30 Terminals for easy connection & safety. • Thyristor control, close loop DC power supply 0-220 V / 25Amp. min. for Motor supply• Panel should operate on 3phase neutral only.• Rotary switch 32 Amp. for Mains DC ON-OFF. • All other Indicators, Fuses, Wires, Patch cords, Switches, etc. required of standard reputed make.• Operating manual provide in softcopy & hardcopy with detail experiment procedure, circuit diagram, observation table, Fault finding chart for panel & Machine, Sectional drawing of machine with part list of material used.LIST OF EXPERIMENT:Brake Test (Load Test) on DC Series• Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

99 DC Power supply DC Power supply Input 230VAVC Output DC 250VDC , 25 Amp with all necessary protection

Set 7

100 Capacitor motor Capacitor motor MOTOR : Supply of AC Single Phase Capacitor Motor with starter and others as per given below Specifications :• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-K.• One AC Single Phase Capacitor Motor 1 HP 240 volt 50 cycles mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing.• Facility for Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control panel. • Heavy Duty Base/Channel• Machine with Class “B” Insulation• Machine with Mechanical Loading Arrangement• Should be provided with Digital Tachometer• Brake Drum/Pulley with heat suppression facility• Equipped with supply indication lamps• Should designed by considering all the safety standards• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connectionsThe experiment setup should have following Technical Specifications :Mains Supply: Single Phase, 230V ±10%, 50HzSingle Phase Induction Motor Type: Capacitor startRating : 1HP Voltage rating : 230V ±10%Speed: 1440 RPM Insulation: Class ‘B’Loading Arrangement: Mechanical Brake drum/Pulley: Aluminum Casted Analog Meters Used Voltmeter: 0 - 300VAmmeter: 0 - 10AWattmeter: 1500WMCB (SP): 10ATachometer: 20,000 RPMThe experiment setup should performed following experiments :• Study of Single Phase Induction Motor• Study of Running and Reversing of Single Phase Induction Motor• Study of the No-Load Test in a Single Phase Induction Motor• Study of the Blocked Rotor Test in a Single Phase Induction Motor• Study of Load Test of a Single Phase Induction MotorAccessories require to conduct experiments:-• single phase variac, 10ATrainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

101 Split phase motor Split phase motor Supply of 0.5 Hp 230/240 VAC,50 Hz single Phase induction Motor Copper wound AC single phase , Copper wound A.C. Single Phase Capacitor Start Induction Motor 1/2 HP, 230 volts AC, 50 Hz, 1440 RPM, TEFC, class 'B' insulation, horizontal foot mounted. Coupled with Loading Arrangements or complete breaker test Arrangements with Spring Balance ,fixed on motor base plate, Both of above mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof powdered Coated railing and coupled to each other mechanically using flexible coupler. banana terminals provided on terminal box for interfacing with control desk and motor. Starting winding, running winding and capacitor terminals brought out on terminal box with marking Mounting frame should be powdered Coated . Control Desk:-Powder Coated wired Control desk made of not less than 2 mm metal Sheet, Control desk incorporated with suitable size of starter with all protections Control switches and Metering Devices of suitable size and rating. With Operating Manual for the set-up, Circuit schematic for the panel wiring, Component layout diagram of the panel board, One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and probes for interconnections to the panel board, One set of spare fuses, One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and Break Test loading arrangement , 0.5 HP / 230 V / 1440 RPM / 50 Hz. / Split Phase /SPDP / Single Phase / Sq. cage Induction Motor with inbuilt Splitresistor, with Mechanical Loading arrangement having linearscales and Friction Belt for Torque Measurement. With all leadsbrought out for connection understanding and provision toobserve operation of Centrifugal switch. Rotating machines should be Horizontal Foot Mounted / Ins. Cl. ‘B’ / Self fan cooled / screen protected drip Proof (SPDP)/ Continuously rated at rated RPM / protection IP22 / Single shaft extended / conforming to IS 4722 and IS325. All armature should be mechanically balanced to minimized vibration. All Machines

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) should be provided with educational type binding posts. Coupled set must be mounted on a fabricated common ‘C’ channel heavy base &must be coupled with each other by Love joy type flexible couplings. Sheet metal coupling guard should be provide for safety. Foundation Drawing also required. OEM Testing report with all ratings mention above should be required with company seal & sign. at the time of delivery. RPM sensor must be mounted on machine- generator set. Control panel for 3ph induction motor with mechanical loading. Panel should be made of 16 SWG MS Sheet with printed Poly Vinyl facia & insulated lamination in front for better look & protection. Panel should highly laminate with Siemens gray powder coated with proper gasket fitted door & locking system at back side of panel. External connections are made according to the circuit diagram with the help of patch cords/shrouded 4 mm banana male connector. Cooling Fan (4 inch) in top of the panel to remove heat from it. Supply and control cables from machine to panel shall be housed in flexible hose pipe. Control panel must be consisting • Digital 300V AC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 20 AC Ammeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 300V / 10Amp. 1phaseUPF Wattmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • BTI 30 Terminals for easy connection & safety. • 2pole MCB for Mains AC ON-OFF • All other Indicators, Fuses, Wires, Patch cords, Switches, etc. required of standard reputed make.• Operating manual provide in softcopy & hardcopy with detail experiment procedure, circuit diagram, observation table, Fault finding chart for panel & Machine, Sectional drawing of machine with part list of material used.Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic




Pass/Fail (By


102 Universal motor Universal motor Supply of Universal Motor 240 V ,50 HZ ,0.5 hp 3000 rpm,Copper wound ISO & CE certified motor & control panel SPECIFICATION 0.5 HP / 160 V DC - 220 V AC / 1500 – 2000 RPM / 50 Hz. / Universal Motor with Mechanical Loading arrangement having linear scales and Friction Belt for Torque Measurement. Rotating machines should be Horizontal Foot Mounted / Ins. Cl. ‘B’ / Self fan cooled / screen protected drip Proof (SPDP)/ Continuously rated at rated RPM / protection IP22 / Single shaft extended / conforming to IS 4722 and IS325. All armature should be mechanically balanced to minimized vibration. All Machines should be provided with educational type binding posts. Coupled set must be mounted on a fabricated common ‘C’ channel heavy base &must be coupled with each other by Love joy type flexible couplings. Sheet metal coupling guard should be provide for safety. Foundation Drawing also required. OEM Testing report with all ratings mention above should be required with company seal & sign. at the time of delivery. RPM sensor must be mounted on machine- generator set. Control panelfor 3ph induction motor with mechanical loading. Panel should be made of 16 SWG MS Sheet with printed Poly Vinyl facia & insulated lamination in front for better look & protection. Panel should highly laminate with Siemens gray powder coated with proper gasket fitted door & locking system at back side of panel. External connections are made according to the circuit diagram with the help of patch cords/shrouded 4 mm banana male connector. Cooling Fan (4 inch) in top of the panel to remove heat from it. Supply and control cables from machine to

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) panel shall be housed in flexible hose pipe. Control panel must be consisting • Digital 300V AC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 20 AC Ammeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 300V / 10Amp. 1phase UPF Wattmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 300V DC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 20 DC Ammeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No.Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Inbuilt DC supply 0-160V DC• BTI 30 Terminals for easy connection & safety. • 2pole MCB for Mains AC ON-OFF • All other Indicators, Fuses, Wires, Patch cords, Switches, etc. required of standard reputed make.• Operating manual provide in softcopy & hardcopy with detail experiment procedure, circuit diagram, observation table, Fault finding chart for panel & Machine, Sectional drawing of machine with part list of material used.Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 103 M.G. Set consisting of

squirrel cage induction motor 5 H.P. 400 V cycle with directly coupled compound generator 3K.W. 250 V with built in panel board consisting of :

Supply of DC to AC motor generator Set Consisting of:• Electric Panel Board made of steel sheet enclosure and thickness not less than 2 mm, powder coating corrosion resistive paint mounted on a suitable study and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-A.1• One squirrel cage induction motor 5 H.P. 380-440 VAC Copper wound CE certified. • One DC Generator compound generator (3K.W. 250 VDC ) Copper wound CE certified. • Both of above mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and coupled to each other mechanically using flexible coupler. Facility for moving the Motor and Generator over the railing and fixing the position using suitable sized nut & bolt.• Facility for loading the DC output to a Lamp Load.• Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and probes for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare fuses.• One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and generator.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the operator.•Installation and commissioning of the complete set. Supply of Copper wound DC compound generator With Suitable Control Panel and other as given below:• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable study and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position • Facility for connecting the Generator Output to Resistive Load load for Load Testing.• One DC Compound Generator (2.23 KW, 220V) Coupled with Three Phase Induction Motor rating 5HP 440 VAC wired with Star Delta starter mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof railing and additional space on the railing to fix a suitable capacity Motor and facility for coupling the Motor and Generator using flexible coupler. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare fuses.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the MG set. • The components fitted on the Panel should be labeled with the name of the component.•All the

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. • Installation and commissioning of the complete set. Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Require Smart Digital contain to understand the electrical technology with simulations based.The setup should include Online Training, Learning and Simulation software on Analog Electronics with following key features: It should be an interactive learning and simulation software, should be very powerful tool to understand core concept of Analog Electronics. It should support instructor to teach subject in detail and should covers all topics of the subject, should explain virtually through high quality simulation, detailed theoretical content and attractive animated diagrams should give in-depth idea to a student about the subject and topic.• Basic Electrical Concepts

104 Squirrel cage induction motor 3 H.P. 400 V with D.O.L. starter

Supply of One squirrel cage induction motor 3 H.P. 380-440 VAC Copper wound Motor . Mounted on standing Trainer board panel sheet steel enclosure of thickness not less than 2 mm, powder coating corrosion resistive paint with suitable size of DOL starter with incoming circuit breaker , fuse and over Load protection and indicating lamp ,ISI marked and Reputed Make with necessaries accessories , attachments for Motor loading and Connector and cables .With Operating Manual for the set-up, Circuit schematic for the panel wiring, Component layout diagram of the panel board, One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and probes for interconnections required to panel board, One set of spare fuses, One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and Break Test loading arrangement , Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the operator, Installation and commissioning of the complete set. Refer Supply of AC squirrel cage motor with DOL

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Starter and others as given below Specifications :• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-H.• One AC Squirrel Cage Motor (3 HP, 415V, 50Hz) mounted on a Vibration.• Supply of Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt. Fuse and Flexible Coupling .• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working.. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. features :• Should designed by consider all the safety precautions• High quality meters• HIGH Quality Meters & High Quality Variac..• Metallic Panels in place of bakeliteThe trainer should have following Technical Specifications : Mains Supply: Three Phase415 V ±10 %, 50 Hz Motor's Specifications Type: Squirrel Cage Rating: 3HP, RPM: 1410 ±5 % Meters used Wattmeters: 1000 W (2 Nos.) Voltmeter: 500 VAmmeter :20 A MCB: 1 no. The trainer should performed following experiments :• Study of Running and Reversing of Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of No Load Test performed in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of Block Rotor Test performed in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Measurement of Slip in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of Speed-Torque characteristics in a Three Phase Induction MotorAccessories require to conduct experiments:-• Threee phase variac, 10A Star delta strater • Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

105 Squirrel cage induction motor 5 H.P. 400 V with star delta starter

Supply of One squirrel cage induction motor 5 H.P. 380-440 VAC Copper wound CE certified Motor . Mounted on standing Trainer board, panel steel sheet of thickness not less than 2 mm, powder coated corrosion resistive paint with suitable size of Star/Delta starter with incoming circuit breaker , fuse and over Load protection and indicating lamp , Reputed Make with necessaries accessories and attachments for motor loading Arrangement and connector and cable . With Operating Manual for the set-up, Circuit schematic for the panel wiring, Component layout diagram of the panel board, One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and probes for interconnections to panel board, One set of spare fuses, One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and Break Test loading arrangement , Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the operator, Installation and commissioning of the complete set. For panel Board Supply of AC SQUIRREL CAGE MOTOR with Star-Delta Starter and others as given below Specifications :• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate in standing position and consisting of items as given in Appendix-H.• One AC Squirrel Cage Motor (5 HP, 415V, 50Hz) mounted on a Vibration.• Supply of Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt. Fuse and Flexible Coupling .• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working.. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) be brought out to the terminal box with marking to interfacing with control panel. features :• Should designed by consider all the safety precautions• High quality meters• HIGH Quality Meters & High Quality Variac..• Metallic Panels in place of bakeliteThe trainer should have following Technical Specifications :Mains Supply: Three Phase415 V ±10 %, 50 HzMotor's SpecificationsType: Squirrel CageRating: 5HPRPM: 1410 ±5 %Meters usedWattmeters : 1000 W (2 Nos.)Voltmeter : 500 VAmmeter :20 A MCB : 1 noThe trainer should performed following experiments :• Study of Running and Reversing of Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of No Load Test performed in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of Block Rotor Test performed in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Measurement of Slip in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of Speed-Torque characteristics in a Three Phase Induction MotorAccessories require to conduct experiments:-• Threee phase variac, 10AStar delta strater • Good quality digital panel meters• Specially designed patch cords for safety purpose• Flexible Shaft Coupling • Electrical Loading Arrangement• Rust free powder coated control panel FRP panel• Provided with Digital Tachometer for RPM measurement• Heavy duty base/channels• Machines with class “B” insulation• Designed by considering all the safety measures• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connections. Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

106 Manual star Delta starter Manual star Delta starter for 5 HP ,3 Phase 440 VAC Motor ISI marked Reputed Make

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 107 Semi-automatic star Delta

starter Semi Automatic Star Delta starter for 5 HP ,3 Phase 440VAC Motor ISI marked Reputed Make

Set 7

108 Automatic star Delta starter Automatic Star/ Delta Starter with Timer 2-60seconds For 5 HP ,3 Phase 440VAC Motor ISI marked Reputed Make

Set 7

109 Automatic Reverse Forward starter

Supply of Automatic Reverse Forward starter For 5 HP ,3 Phase 440VAC Motor ISI marked Reputed Make

Set 7

110 Single phasing preventer Single phasing preventer 440 V , 3Phase ISI marked Reputed Make

Set 21

111 D.O.L starter D.O.L starter For 5 HP ,3 Phase 440VAC Motor ISI marked Reputed Make

Set 7

112 Two point starter for DC series motor

Two point starter for DC series motor for 5HP DC Motor with with no volt and overload protection

Set 7

113 Soft starter 1ph Soft starter , 8 Amp , 230 VAC , 50 Hz, with programmable Digital I/O s and Analog I/Os with Settable start timing and ramp timing with local and Remote control operation mounted on steel sheet enclosure thickness not less than 2MM, powder coating corrosion resistive paint ,Panel equipped with all necessary protection. •Operating Manual for the set-up. • Circuit schematic for the panel wiring. • Component layout diagram of the panel board • One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and probes for interconnections required on the panel board. • One set of spare fuses.

Set 7

114 Tachometer digital type Tachometer digital type Hand held digital Non Contact Type Tachometer Five digit LCD display , Measuring range 2.5 Rpm to 99999 Rpm, Accuracy ±0.05%+1d, Distance 50mm~500mm, with Data Logging Auto Power off at non operating condition with Data Holding Feature

Nos 7

115 Flux meter Flux meter• Type: Digital Flux Meter• Measuring range: 0.1-10 KiloGauss with protection.• Indication: 3 1/2 digit panel meter• laboratory type .• Accuracy: ± 0.5 % of full scale.• Output Voltage: 1 Kilo Maxwell turns range.• Power Source: 240 V, 50 Hz• Power Cord: 5 meter• Table top type with Sturdy body. Technical Specification:• Switch between the display of micro-Tesla and mini-Gauss should be available• Data hold (HOLD)

Nos 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) maximum (MAX) Hold function• Range display (20, 200, 2000A)• Low battery detector • Over load display “OL”• Display: 3-1/2 digits LCD, maximum reading 1999• Range: 200/2000 mG,20/200µT • Resolution: 0.1/1 mG or 0.01/0.1 µT • Frequency response: 30Hz to 300Hz • Sensor: Single Axis • Accuracy: ± (2.5%±6dgt) at 50Hz/60Hz. • Over load: LCD display “OL” • Sample rate: 2.5 times per second • Battery: 9V NEDA 1604, IEC 6F22 or JIS 006P • Battery life: Approximate 100 hours • Operating temperature & humidity: 5ºCto 40ºC,below 80% RH • Storage temperature & humidity: -10ºC to 60ºC, below 70% • Weight: About 170g • Dimensions: 130(L) x 56(W) x 38(H)mm Accessories: User’s manual, 9V battery, Carrying case

116 2KVA Alternator with 3 phase induction motor

Supply of Motor , Alternator with control desk Machines:- Alternator 3 Phase ,2KVA , 415 VAC, 50 Hz, coupled to 3 phase 3 HP Induction Motor 415 VAC , 50 Hz , 1500 RPM , Both of above mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof , Powder Coated railing and coupled to each other mechanically using flexible coupler. banana terminals provided on terminal box for interfacing with control desk and motor. Motor terminals brought out on terminal box with marking for loading the AC output to a Lamp Load. Control Desk :- Powder Coated wired Control desk of thickness not less than 2 mm, with necessary meters Switches and and protection .With Operating Manual for the set-up, Circuit schematic for the panel wiring, Component layout diagram of the panel board, One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and probes for interconnections to the panel board, One set of spare fuses, One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and Alternator , Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the operator, Installation and commissioning of the complete set 3 phase induction motor coupled with three Phase alternatorMotor and alternator specification3 HP / 220 V / 1500 RPM / Shunt Wound DC Motor coupled to 2 KVA / 415 V / 3 Phase / 1500 RPM / 50 Hz. / Four Pole / Rotor Wound / Stator Excited / Separately excited / Manually Regulated Salient Pole Alternator with base and couplings.Both rotating machines should be Horizontal Foot Mounted / Ins. Cl. ‘B’ / Self fan cooled / screen protected drip Proof (SPDP)/ Continuously rated at rated

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) RPM / protection IP22 / Single shaft extended / conforming to IS 4722 and IS325. All armature should be mechanically balanced to minimized vibration. All Machines should be provided with educational type binding posts. Coupled set must be mounted on a fabricated common ‘C’ channel heavy base &must be coupled with each other by Love joy type flexible couplings. Sheet metal coupling guard should be provide for safety. Foundation Drawing also required. OEM Testing report with all ratings mention above should be required with company seal & sign. at the time of delivery. RPM sensor must be mounted on machine- generator set. Control panel for dc shunt motor coupled with three phase alternatorPanel should be made of 16 SWG MS Sheet with printed Poly Vinyl facia & insulated lamination in front for better look & protection. Panel should highly laminate with Siemens gray powder coated with proper gasket fitted door & locking system at back side of panel. External connections are made according to the circuit diagram with the help of patch cords/shrouded 4 mm banana male connector. Cooling Fan (4 inch) in top of the panel to remove heat from it. Supply and control cables from machine to panel shall be housed in flexible hose pipe. Control panel must be consisting • DOL Starter 1 No. • Digital 10 Amp. AC Ammeter Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm - 2 Nos. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors. • Digital 600V AC Voltmeter, Accuracy Class 1, Size 96X96 mm - 2 Nos. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Digital 440V / 10Amp. 3phase/2Element UPF Wattmeter, Accuracy Class 0.5, Size 96X96 mm. – 1No. Aux. supply 230V AC. Connections are brought out with BTI 30 Connectors.• Non Contact Tachometer with Proximity Sensor (Speed meter) rpm meter is fitted on the panel and connections are directly given to the rpm sensor which is mounted machine base.• Inbuilt DC Excitation 0-220V/2Amp. for Shunt Gen. Field with ON-OFF Rotary Switch & Fuse protection. • BTI 30 Terminals for easy connection & safety. • Panel should operate on 3phase neutral with the help of MCB only.• All other Indicators, Fuses, Wires, Patch cords, Switches, etc. required of standard reputed make.Operating manual provide in softcopy & hardcopy




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) with detail experiment procedure, circuit diagram, observation table, Fault finding chart for panel & Machine, Sectional drawing of machine with part list of material used.Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations

117 5 HP Slip ring induction motor with rotor resistance starter

Supply of5 HP Slip ring induction motor with rotor resistance starter as per given specifications:- Copper wound A.C. 3 Phase 5 HP 415 volts, 50 Hz, slip ring Induction Motor 1440 RPM, TEFC, class 'B' insulation, horizontal foot mounted coupled with Loading Arrangements or complete breaker test Arrangements with Spring Balance ,fixed on motor base plate, Both of above mounted on a Vibration & Shock proof powdered Coated railing and coupled to each other mechanically using flexible coupler. All the terminals are brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control desk. Control Desk:-Powder Coated wired Control Desk made of not less than 2 mm metal Sheet, Control desk incorporated with suitable size of starter with all protections Control switches and Metering Devices of suitable size and rating. With Operating Manual for the set-up, Circuit schematic for the panel wiring, Component layout diagram of the panel board, One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and probes for interconnections to the panel board, One set of spare fuses, One spare flexible coupler for coupling the motor and Break Test loading arrangement , Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working of the operator, Installation and commissioning of the complete set . Supply of AC 3 Phase-Wound Slip Ring Motor with Starter and others as per given below specification :• Electric Panel Board mounted on a suitable sturdy and safe Frame easily to operate.• One AC 3 phase-wound slip ring Motor (5HP, 440V, 50Hz, 3 Phase) mounted on Mech•

Set 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Supply of Brake loading arrangement for loading the motor 0-6N. • Operating Manual for the set-up• Circuit schematic for the panel wiring.• Component layout diagram of the panel board.• One spare set of suitable current capacity cables and prods for interconnections required on the panel board.• One set of spare belt.• Suitable sized insulation rubber mat for the operator for safe working.. • Complete installation and commissioning •All the terminals of motor must be brought out to the terminal box with marking. to interfacing with control panel.features:• Provided with Digital Tachometer• Machine with Class “B” Insulation• Heavy Duty Base/Channel• Brake-Drum/Pulley with heat suppression facility• Equipped with supply indication lamps• Terminals provided to use the optional externally• Designed by considering all the safety standards• Diagrammatic representation for the ease of connectionsIt should have following Technical Specifications:Mains Supply : Three Phase, 415V ±10%, 50HzThree Phase MachineType : Slip-Ring Rating : 5HP Voltage Rating: 415VRPM: 1440 ±10 % Insulation: Class ‘B’Loading Arrangement: Mechanical Brakedrum/Pulley: Aluminum Casted Meters Used Ammeter: 10A Voltmeter : 500V Wattmeter: 2500W (2 nos.) MCB (TPN): 10A Experiments that can be performed:• Study of Running and Reversing of Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of No Load Test in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of Block Rotor Test in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study and Measurement of Slip in a Three Phase Induction Motor• Study of Speed-Torque Characteristics of Three Phase Induction Motor Accessories require to conduct experiments:-• Rotor resistance starter Trainer should have Digital contain with Interactive Technology Learning Platform” to strengthen student’s technical knowledge and develop a deep understanding of technology. View it’s dimensional and three dimensional (2D and 3D) graphical approaches will help learner to grasp subjects in a very short period of time with great clarity. FAQ's and Assignments will encourage them to strengthen their problem solving skills. Digital contain should have user friendly and easy navigation, detailed theory, explanation of complex topics with animations and user interactive simulations




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 118 Lux meter Digital Readout Lux Meter with following specifications and

Features• Range :-0 to 200000lux• Display: LCD Display • Over-range Display• Power Supply: DC n x 1.5v / 9V battery.• Auto Range• LOW BATTERY indicator.• Data Hold function Digital Lux Meter • Measures up to 200,000 Lux / Ft Candle with Peak Hold and Data Hold• Easy to use, Pocket Size, Light weight • Over range Indication• Data hold facility• Low Battery Indication• Measuring both in Lux and Foot Candles• Long life Silicon Photo Diode sensor• Measurement Rate: 2.5 times / Sec• Display: 1999 Count, Large LCD display• Range 1: 0 – 200/2000/20,000/200,000 Lux• Range 2: 0 –20/ 200/2000/20,000 FC• Accuracy: ± 3%

Nos 7

119 Lead Acid battery 75Ah Lead Acid Battery 12V , 75 Ah Reputed Make Nos 7

120 Battery Charger Battery Charger - for dry and sealed batteries , Lead Acid Batteries and Automotive BatteriesCapacity : 12 V DCO utput Current: 10A, ±1 Amps Controlled Control Mode: Constant Voltage and Current Type of Control: Switching ModeProtection against reverse polarity of BatteriesAutomatic over current LimitOver voltage, under Voltage and over current protection with necessary metering for charging current and Voltage .

Nos 7

121 Solar street light lamp set Solar street Light Lamp 12 VDC 24 Watt with solar module and batteries for 8 hours backup complete set with all necessaries accessories and attachments .

Set 28

122 Hydraulic crimping tool for UG cable crimping with bits

Hydraulic crimping tool for UG cable crimping with Die suitable for 20 Sqmm To 250 Sqmm Cable .

Nos 7

123 Transformer single phase Transformer single phase Single Phase Cooling :- Air Natural , Step down Transformer Rating :- 1KVA , 250/ 110V AC , 50 Hz SPECIFICATION : Transformer Single Phase air cooled capacity 1 KVA, Primary 230 VoltsAC , 50 Hz, Secondary 0-110-115-120 Volts. The unit must be fitted in MS Box 20 SWG with side ventilation. Top of the box will be of 6mm. Bakelite sheet and the terminals of primary & secondary should be brought out with Bakelite banana type terminals with proper marking.

Set 14




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 124 Transformer Three phase

(oil cooled) Transformer Three phase (oil cooled) Transformer three phase 5 KVA Transformer Three Phase 5 KVA 440/230 Volts, oil Cooled With Transformer. Technical specifications: 1) Capacity 3 phase, 5 KVA, 440 / 230 Volts, 50 Hz. 2) Delta - star connection. 3) Shell type - Oil cooled. 4) Totally enclosed, maximum ambient temp 45° C. 5) Insulation Class 'B'. 6) Tapping on Secondary Side 50% and 86.6%7) Educational type Bakelite insulated banana terminals .With colour code provided on the top of the transformer and on 6mm Bakelite sheet. 8) The tank will be provided oil filling Hole with cap, oil level indicator, drain plug and earthing terminal9) Plain unidirectional M.S. Roller will be fitted to the tank for movement. 10) Conservator Tank connected with suitable size of Breather. 11) The transformer provided with transformer oil.

Set 14

125 Transformer oil testing kit Transformer oil testing kit: Analog Type , operation Manual/ Motorized Type , Supply :-230V, 50Hz ±10%, Output Voltage :-60KV/ 80KV/ 100KV, Tripping Time <10ms, Protection:-Safety Door & Zero start interlock & Overload protection, Display :- Analog Type with all Accessories and attachments 1. Test cell with electrodes2. Go-No-Go Gauge 3. User manual 4. Calibration Certificate as per IS • Fully motorized high voltage control• Break down voltage protection• Over current protection• Mains & H.T. “ON” & “OFF” Switches• Incorporates automatic tripping mechanism• Mains and H.T. “ON” indications• Test cup with adjustable gap electrode arrangement• Equipped with Kilo Voltmeter• Designed by considering all the safety standardsIt should have following Technical Specifications: Mains Supply: 230V , 50Hz Single Phase Variac : 230V/ 0-270VHigh Voltage Source: 80kV, 20mAHV Control Motor Type : Servo RPM : 500 (No Load) Voltmeter: 0 to 100kV Experiments that can be performed:• Study & measurement of Breakdown Voltage (Dielectric Strength) of transformer oil

Set 7

126 Autotransformer Auto transformer Single phase Technical Specifications: Variable Auto Transformer 0-270VAC Input Single Phase 230V Output Voltage 0-270VAC Output Current 15Amps Technical Specifications: Auto transformer: Input-230 volts, Output- 270 volts, single phase, A.C. 5 AmpThe basic Dimmerstat is ment for

Set 14




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) operation from a nominal input voltage of 240V AC & should give output voltage anywhere between 0 to 240 V or 0 to 270V AC by simple action. Resin molded dimmerstat is basically a variable Auto-Transformer which is partially or fully reinforced Polyster Resin. This has adjustable spindle which allows easy assembling of table type in a single or three phase models. This models are designed upto 120% continuous load.• Simple, Rugged construction.• Coil made from high grade CRGO Silicon steel & 99.9% pure copper.• Output voltage variation is smooth, Continuous, Breakless & linearly proportional to angular rotation.• High efficiency.• Negligible Waveform & Power factor distortion.• Excellent short time over load capacity.• Remote operation possible by motorization.• Wide range of current ratings.• High Quality carbon brush for current collection.• Operating Temperature : 0 – 45 C.• Insulation Resistance : Not less than 5M Ohm at 500V DC.• Dielectric Test : 205V RMS for 1 Minute.• Storage Temp. : -9 C to 70 C.• Humidity : Upto 95% RH. • Conforms to: I.S. 5142.

127 Autotransformer Auto transformer Three Phase Transformer 1KVA/440VAC. Technical Specifications:Three Phase Variable Auto Transformer (Variac) is housed ina steel cabinet (Air cooled close type) with knob.Input and output connection provided on rear side of cabinet with connection diagram printed on plate.Fitted on wheel for easy movement.Input : 3 Phase 440VOutput voltage : 0-470V AC, 50Hz, 3Phase Maximum current : 10Amps in each phase Continuous current: 9Amps Maximum wattage: 8.1KW Approx.Operating temp. : 0 - 45 Deg Power requirement :400~440V AC , 50Hz, 3 Phase. Technical Specifications: Auto transformer: Input-440 volts, Output- 470 volts, single phase, A.C. 5 AmpThe basic Dimmerstat is ment for operation from a nominal input voltage of 440V AC & should give output voltage anywhere between 0 to 440 V or 0 to 470V AC by simple action. Resin molded dimmerstat is basically a variable Auto-Transformer which is partially or fully reinforced Polyster Resin. This has adjustable spindle which allows easy assembling of table type in a single or three phase models. This models are designed upto 120% continuous load.• Simple, Rugged construction.• Coil

Set 14




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) made from high grade CRGO Silicon steel & 99.9% pure copper.• Output voltage variation is smooth, Continuous, Breakless & linearly proportional to angular rotation.• High efficiency.• Negligible Waveform & Power factor distortion.• Excellent short time over load capacity.• Remote operation possible by motorization.• Wide range of current ratings.• High Quality carbon brush for current collection.• Operating Temperature : 0 – 45 C.• Insulation Resistance : Not less than 5M Ohm at 500V DC.• Dielectric Test : 205V RMS for 1 Minute.• Storage Temp. : -9 C to 70 C.• Humidity : Upto 95% RH. • Conforms to: I.S. 5142.

128 Current transformer Current Transformer :- 10/1 Amp , 20/1, 30 /1, 50/5, 100/5 and 300/5 Amp. 5VA , Accuracy Class:- 1.5 . BTI terminal brought out for easy connection

Set 7

129 Potential transformer Potential Transformer 220/110, 300/110 , 440/110, 660/110 VAC 5 Amp BTI terminal brought out for easy connection

Nos 7

130 Miniature circuit breaker(MCB)

Miniature circuit breaker(MCB) 220 VAC , SP, 6AMP, B type Nos 14

131 Earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB)

Earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) 220 VAC, 32 AMP , 30 mA single Phase Reputed Make

Nos 14

132 Metal clad circuit breaker (MCCB)

Metal clad circuit breaker (MCCB) 415 VAC , 100 AMP, 4Pole , Reputed Make

Nos 14

133 Earth Tester Digital Earth Tester Range:- 0 -100 ohm , Hand Operated ,Metal Body Generation of 500VDC at 160 RPM Digital Earth Resistance Tester ERT 1501• 0 - 10 / 100 / 1000 Ohms, 4 Terminal with Testing Kit and Cables in hard carrying case• Data Hold facility• Displays test result and battery voltage on the same screen• LOCK Button for continuous HANDS FREE measurement• Both Earth Resistance and Earth Resistivity can be measured• Can be used in 4 Terminal and 3 Terminal configurations• Display : 4 Digits EXTRA LARGE Backlit Dual LCD Display• Earth Resistance Range : 0 - 10/100/1000 Ohms• Accuracy : ±2%• Low Resistance Range : 0 - 200 k.Ohms• Accuracy : ±2%• DC Voltage : 0 - 1000V• Accuracy : ±0.8%• AC Voltage : 0 - 750V• Accuracy : ±1.2%• Complies with CE, CAT-III 1000V• Complete with Testing Kit

Nos 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 134 Electrical Motor Checker

EMC meter Electrical Motor Checker EMC meter :- Type- Digital Insulation Resistance Range :0-20MOhm, Resistance :- 0-60ohm selectable multiple range, Inductance :- 0-300mH in selectable 6 ranges ,Battery Operated , Motor Checker• Digital Motor Checker with insulation resistance test of 1000V• Micro Controller based diagnostic tool for Electrical Engineers• Indentifies Open and Short Circuits / Loose Connections In a winding coil• Detect Rotor Bar problems without dismounting the motor• Display: LCD 3½ Digit• Insulation Resistance: 0 - 20M.Ohms at 500V DC• Resolution: 0.1M.Ohms• Resistance Test: 0 - 200 / 20 / 6 / 2 / 600m / 200m.Ohms• Operating Temperature Range: 55°C• Inductance Test: 0 - 1000m / 300m / 100m / 30m / 10m / 3mH• Low Battery indication

Nos 7

135 Electrical switchgear mounting stand

Electrical switchgear mounting stand Fabricated stand able Trainer board made up with CI metal Sheet 2mm Size and front sheet should be CI mesh 2 mm thick sheet Size12 inch (L)X 16 inch (W) inches with base 12 inch (L) x 4 inch (W) .It should be power Coated with Lifting hook .We should be able to mount contactor , fuse base ,push buttons etc on it with screws.

Nos 7

136 Mobile Panel Wiring Trainer kit without wiring for Star/Delta Starter

Mobile Panel Wiring Trainer kit without wiring for Star/Delta Starter Power coated Cubicle made from 2mm CI Sheet size :- 1200 mmX 800mmX 600mm with removable gland plate , Lockable door ,Front Door panel Mobile Panel Wiring trainer kit without wiring for Star/Delta Starter equipped with:- 1)Start , Stop Bush Button ,2)indicating Lamp-03 nos,3) Ammeter-0-30 with ASS -01set, 4) Voltmeter0-500VAC with VSS-01 set , 5) Inner mooting detachable working plate size 1100x 700 mm plate accommodated 06) Din Rail Mounted Contactor rating 16 Amp -03 Nos. 07) Timer 230 VAC 60 Minutes timing-01 No. 08) PLA relay 230 VAC 11 Pin:- 03 Nos, 09)PVC channel mounted on suitable distance to perform wiring 10) din rail mounted Terminal Block for Incoming and outgoing Cable 2.5 Sqmm Size :- 06nos.

Set 7

137 Drawing Board Drawing Board:- Wooden Drawing Board , Size :- 2' X 3' Feet ,Thickness-

Nos 119




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 142 Phase Sequence Meter Phase Sequence Meter Rotating disc type 3 Phase , 415 VAC Size

:-96X96mm ,It must have Connecting cable with Crocodile connector Technical Specifications:PSI is a portable and sturdy instrument having a rotating disc to indicate the sequence of the phases of 3 phase power supply. Clockwise rotation of the rotating disk of the PSI indicatesproper sequence. Anticlock wise Rotation, indicates improper sequence.PSI is useful for checking the sequence of phases when the same are to be connected in proper sequence watt meters , power factor meters, motor and similar applications.Voltage Range: 50 to 500 Volts ACFrequency Range: 25 to 60 HertzConnection Leads: 1-meter long Red, Yellow and Blue test leads.Size: 96 x 96 x 60mm. Portable Pine wood finished wooden case (Laboratory type)Weight : - (approximately 800gm.)

Nos 42

143 Fire Extinguisher Fire Extinguisher: CO2 Based Fire Extinguisher of 2 KG, 10 deg. to 55 deg. Conforming to IS: 15683:2006 and ISI marked or equivalent. Fire Rating 8B or better. Operating temperature. Clear Instruction Label. Wall mounting Kit. Operating principal, Installation and maintenance As per IS 15683:2006. Cylinder construction Seamless Steel As per IS 7285. Design and construction of valve As per IS15683:2006. Diameter 105 mm ± 5% , Height 350 mm ±5% and Thickness as per AS per IS 15683:2006 or equivalent

Nos 14

144 Fire buckets Fire Buckets: Standard Size for Sand/Water. Size of the Fire Bucket shall be minimum nine ( 9 ) litres. The material of construction shall be Galvanised Iron with anti corrosive treatment. Outside of the Fire Bucket shall be painted with primer and Fire Red Colour. the word "FIRE" shall be written outside the bucket in bold black letters. The inside of the Fire Bucket shall be painted with primer and white. Conforming IS 15683:2006 or equivalent standard.

Nos 14

147 kettle 500 watt, 230VAC Kettle 500 watt, 230VAC Nos 7

148 Electric Iron 750 Watt 230 VAC Automatic

Electric Iron 750 Watts, 230 VAC Automatic Nos 7




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) 149 Room Heaters 1000 Watts

230 VAC with fan Room Heaters 1000 Watts ,230 VAC with Blower fan Nos 7

150 Automatic toaster with Pop up

Automatic Toaster with Pop up 230VAC , 50 Hz Nos 7

151 Hair Dryer Hair Dryer 230 VAC , 50Hz, Nos 7

152 Mixer Mixer 230 VAC , 50 Hz Nos 7

153 Ceiling Fan Ceiling Fan size:- 48 '' 230 VAC , 50 Hz, with Three Blade Nos 7

154 Standard wire Gauge SWG 0-36 SWG

Standard wire Gauge SWG 0-36 SWG Nos 42

155 Out side micrometer0-25mm Outside Micrometer. Measuring range: Up to 25mm. • Graduations: 0.01mm. • Accuracy: ± 2 micron. • Equipped with Rachet Stop for Constant measuring force • Baked enamel finishing frame. • Carbide measuring faces

Nos 42

156 Digital Ammeter Digital Ammeter 3 ½ Digit ,Aux Power:-240 VAC , 50 Hz. Input -5Amp,Display:-50 Amp

Nos 7

157 Digital Voltmeter 3 1/2 Digit ,Aux. Power:-240 VAC , 50 Hz. 415 VAC

Digital Voltmeter 3 1/2 Digit ,Aux. Power:-240 VAC , 50 Hz. Input:-415 VAC

Nos 7

158 Capacitor Bank Capacitor Bank Three phase 415VAC, 50 Hz, 1KVAr Technical Specifications: • Load Trolley with caster wheel for easy movement. • Appropriate 3pole MCB for Mains ON-OFF for protection • BTI – 30 terminal for easy connection • Total Six terminal brought out for Star – Delta Load connection • Current ranges must require each phase 1KV • Provide Rotary switches for control • Analog Voltmeter and Ammeter must be provide for each phase • Perforated sheet metal enclosure should be provided. • Control switches must be mounted on top of the trolley on Bakelite sheet with clear marking of current rating.

Nos 7

160 Frequency Meter Frequency Meter Panel Mounting , Analog Type, 230VAC , 1Phase, Range :- 45-55 Hz Technical Specifications: • Portable Type

Nos 0




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) Frequency meter: 45-50-55 Hz • Accuracy: ± 0.5 Hz as per ISS 1248-84, BSS 89 • Rated Voltage: 440V Single Phase. • Quick response due to unique damping, Confirming to BS 89, IEC 51, & ISS 1248. • Scale Length: 140mm approx. • Test Voltage: 2000 VAC (RMS) for 1Minute. • Insulation Resistance: Over 20 Megohms at 500 V DC • Sensitivity: 1000 Ohms/Volt for DC Range, Knife edge Pointer & Anti-parallax mirror Sacle, Shock resistant piovt movement, Tough Bakelite Case, Dust Proof, Minimised Heating of Voltage OR loss internal heating due to lo VA-loss. • Quick Response for unique damping. Test Report must be submit with meter.

161 Steel locker standard size with 8 Drawers in each

Steel locker standard size with 8 Drawers •Steel cabinet, powder coating finish,• 18gauge thickness• with separate locker keys

Nos 14

162 White Board with easel 3’x6’ White Board Size-6 feet X 4feet Magnetic matt finish porcelain on steel, Aluminium frame, wall mountable. Magnetic Board with Aluminium Frame.

Nos 7

163 Almirah , 1.8 x 1.2 x 0.45meters

Steel Almirah Size atleast manufactured from 20 gauge Mild Steel (MS) sheet for body and doors. The Almirah should have four shelves making five compartments of standard size. The Almirah should have height adjustable shelves. The doors of Almirah provided with stiffeners made of MS sheet spot welded to the doors. The Almirah equipped with a special three way bolting device with tongue-in groove inter locking mechanism with six lever lock. The handle made from a non-ferrous metal alloy, chrome plated. The complete Almirah duly painted with synthetic enamel paint. MS sheet spot welded to the doors. The Almirah equipped with a special three way bolting device with tongue-in groove inter locking mechanism with six lever lock. The handle made from a non-ferrous metal alloy, chrome plated. The complete Almirah duly painted with synthetic enamel paint

Nos 14

164 Demonstration Table 2.5 x 1.25 x 0.75 meter

Demonstration table 2.5 x 1.25 x 0.75 meter Made from wood 2.5 m x 1.2 m x 0.75 m Standard

Nos 14

165 Stools SS 304 bright finished stool, Size 350 mm and height 450 mm. Top: Size of the Top: 350 mm round, thickness: 1.6 mm, with deep drawn finished by chrome plating. Frame of the Stool:

Nos 112




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) atleast 4-Number of legs, Size of the leg: 1 inch pipe, heavy duty. Bottom of the legs shall be provided with the rubber or good quality plastic shoe. Size of the Cross leg member: ½ inch pipe, heavy duty. • All the welds shall be smooth and finished. • Whole stool shall be bright finished. • The stools shall with stand a load of atleast 100 Kgs. • Tolerance of ±5% in dimensions is permitted subjected to overall sitting comfort. • All sharp edges shall be removed.

166 Instructor’s Table Table of size 3' (L) x 2' (W) x 2.5' (H). Top Frame made from 1’’ SQ M.S. PIPE 18 SWG and legs made from 2(Inch) x 1(Inch) M.S. PIPE 18SWG with powder coated. Top should be made of 18MM commercial MDF board/Engineered Wood or equivalent with wood finish with scratchproof, easy wipe, prelaminated surfaces and corner finish. The table should be provided with Three drawer (2.5' x 1.5') with lock and key cabinet on the right side of the table.

Nos 7

167 Instructor’s chair Chair of size 18Inch x 18Inch. The Chair should have arm rest. The seat should be of 18" X 18" made up of 18mm commercial MDF board/Engineered Wood or equivalent with wood finish. The back rest shall have tilt of 3" made up of 18mm commercial MDF board/Engineered Wood or equivalent with wood finish. Fabric Material on Seat & Back. Medium Height Back Rest. Base is made up of 16 gauge pipe. With heavy duty Wheel

Nos 14

168 Metal Rack 100cm x 150cm x 45cm

Metal Rack 100cm x 150cm x 45cm ( 5 rack minimum) 12 gauge steel parts. 20 gauge galvanized steel shelves.

Nos 28

169 Lockers with 16 drawers standard size

Lockers with 16 drawers standard •size36" x 72" x 20" deep •steel cabinet, powder coating finish, •18gauge thickness • with separate locker keys

Nos 7

170 Steel Almirah Steel Almirah Size atleast 2.5(96-Inch) x 1.2(48-Inch) x 0.5(18-Inch) manufactured from 20 gauge Mild Steel (MS) sheet for body and doors. The Almirah should have four shelves making five compartments of standard size. The Almirah should have height adjustable shelves. The doors of Almirah provided with stiffeners made of MS sheet spot welded to the doors. The Almirah equipped with a special three way bolting device with tongue-in groove inter locking mechanism with six lever lock. The handle

Nos 14




Pass/Fail (By

Purchaser) made from a non-ferrous metal alloy, chrome plated. The complete Almirah duly painted with synthetic enamel paint. MS sheet spot welded to the doors. The Almirah equipped with a special three way bolting device with tongue-in groove inter locking mechanism with six lever lock. The handle made from a non-ferrous metal alloy, chrome plated. The complete Almirah duly painted with synthetic enamel paint

171 White board White Board Size-8 feet X 4feet Magnetic matt finish porcelain on steel, Aluminium frame, wall mountable. magnetic Board with Aluminum Frame.

Nos 7

172 Computer Table of standard size

Computer table of size 2.5' x 2' made of Engineered wood with a provision/space for keeping keyboard and Mouse, CPU and UPS. Outer structure made of MS (Mild steel) 38 x 20mm, wall thickness of the round pipe 1.2mm (18 gauge). Structure powder coated (silver color texture). good quality rubber/plastic shoes fixed in structure footing Basic Computer, Round Groummet Holes on the top to manage cables, fitted Spike suppressor of 4 Sockets, Back rest for Monitor fall out protection.

Nos 7

173 Computer Chair Revolving Computer Chair: Seat Size: 20'' W x 19'' D, Back Size: 19'' W x 21'' H, Black powder-coat steel frame. Fabric Material on Seat & Back. Medium Height Back Rest. Mounted on Castor Wheels. The back rest shall have tilt of 3" made up of 18mm commercial MDF board with wood finish

Nos 7

174 Printer Table Printer Table : 36"(L) x 24" (W) x 30 (H), Tray for Keeping Paper Rims etc

Nos 7



6.1.1. Testing and Inspection:

a) A Team of Experts (ToE) authorized by Purchaser shall carry out third party test

and inspections for all Good to be supplied under the Contract. It shall include

but not limited to the Physical inspections of Goods, Conformation/Compliance

of approved Technical Specifications and Prescribed Standards, Codes, and

software licenses. In case of fabricated items/furnitures all dimensions as per

approved drawings and data sheets shall be checked by inspecting authority.

b) The Supplier or his representative(s), and ToE as appointed by Purchaser shall

jointly conduct inspections and testing of the Goods in the ITI where the goods

will be installed and commissioned by the Supplier. All costs involved in

arranging and performing of such inspections except the expenses of ToE shall

be borne by the Supplier.

6.2 Delivery and Completion Schedule Milestones for supply will be mutually decided between the Purchaser and the successful Supplier. The Supplier(s) will be provided with the exact details of Locations/final destinations (ITIs) from the Purchaser. The delivery period shall start as of the date of signing the contract agreement. Delivery shall take place in compliance with the dates, duration and locations indicated in Table below.

The bidder may conduct site visit before the submission of bid at its own cost in order to ascertain the site condition, internet connectivity, etc.

Package No Trade/Area Lot

No

Location/Destination (ITIs) wise Delivery Schedule/Time-line

Shillo

ng(G

)

Shillo

ng(W

)

Sohr

a

Jow

ai

Non

gsto

in

Non

gpoh

Res

ubel

para

Tura

Willi

amna

gar

Bagh

mar

a

PKG1

Electrician Lot-1 T+90 - - T+90 - - - T+90 - -

Wireman Lot-2 T+90 - T+90 - T+90 T+90 T+90 T+90 T+90

Mechanic Electronic Lot-3 T+90 - - - - - - T+90 - -

“T” is the date of issuing of final Purchase Order. “T+90” means 90-Days from “T” (starting date/issuing PO) Bid document for procurement(Phase-I) of equipment for ITIs, Meghalaya Procurement of Goods Single-stage: two-envelope


A. Indicative list of District/Block-wise spread of ITIs in Meghalaya for the supply of goods and services

# Name and address of the Govt. ITI

(Location/Destination where items are to be delivered as per delivery Schedule)

District

1 Industrial Training Institute(General), Rynjah, Shillong, East-Khasi Hills, Meghalaya, India PIN-793006

EAST KHASI HILLS

2 Industrial Training Institute(Women) Shillong Pohkseh, Shillong, Meghalaya India PIN-793014

EAST KHASI HILLS

3 Industrial Training Institute, Tura West Garo Hills, P.O.- Araimile, Tura, District Meghalaya, India PIN - 794101

WEST GARO HILLS

4 Industrial Training Institute, Nongpoh Ri-Bhoi District, Nongpoh Meghalaya, India PIN - 793102

RI BHOI

5 Industrial Training Institute, Nongstoin NH 44E, Nongstoin, West-Khasi Hills, Meghalaya, India PIN - 793119

WEST KHASI HILLS

6 Industrial Training Institute, Sohra Pynshadkhurai, Sohra(Cherrapunjee) East-Khasi Hills, Meghalaya, India PIN - 793108

EAST KHASI HILLS

7 Industrial Training Institute, Resubelpara North-Garo Hills, Resubelpara, Meghalaya, India PIN – 794108

NORTH GARO HILLS

8 Industrial Training Institute, Williamnagar East Garo Hills Williamnagar, Meghalaya, India PIN - 794111

EAST GARO HILLS

9 Industrial Training Institute, Jowai Khlieh Tyrshi, Jaintia Hills, Jowai, Meghalaya, India PIN - 793150

WEST JAINTIA HILLS

10 Industrial Training Institute, Baghmara South Garo Hills, Baghmara Meghalaya, India PIN- 794102

SOUTH GARO HILLS


http://talkduo.com/pincode.php?pincode=794101


6.3 Technical Specifications As mentioned in the table in sub-section 6.1 above

6.4 Drawings and Lay-outs of Labs/Workshops The lay-outs of lab/workshops (Lot-wise/Trade-wise) where the goods/equipments

will be installed, commissioned shall be provided by the purchaser to the

successful Bidder(s) along-with contract agreement. However, the Bidders are

also required to provide drawings, printed catalogues either with its Bid or for

approval during Contract execution.


Section 7 General Condition of Contracts 7-1

Section 7- General Conditions of Contract Table of Clauses

1. Definitions .......................................................................................... 7-2 2. Contract Documents ..................................................................... 7-3 3. Fraud and Corruption ................................................................... 7-3 4. Interpretation.............................................................................................. 7-4 5. Language ............................................................................................... 7-5 6. Joint Venture............................................................................................. 7-5 7. Eligibility ...................................................................................................... 7-5 8. Notices ......................................................................................................... 7-6 9. Governing Law ................................................................................. 7-6 10. Settlement of Disputes .................................................................. 7-6 11. Scope of Supply ............................................................... 7-6 12. Delivery ..................................................................................................... 7-6 13. Supplier’s Responsibilities ............................................................... 7-6 14. Purchaser’s Responsibilities.............................................................. 7-6 15. Contract Price .................................................................................. 7-7 16. Terms of Payment ........................................................................... 7-7 17. Taxes and Duties ............................................................................. 7-7 18. Performance Security ..................................................................... 7-7 19. Copyright .......................................................................................... 7-8 20. Confidential Information .................................................................. 7-8 21. Subcontracting ................................................................................ 7-9 22. Specifications and Standards ....................................................... 7-9 23. Packing and Documents .................................................................... 7-9 24. Insurance .................................................................................... 7-10 25. Transportation............................................................................... 7-10 26. Inspections and Tests .................................................................... 7-10 27. Liquidated Damages ........................................................ 7-11 28. Warranty ............................................................................... 7-11 29. Patent Indemnity ................................................................ 7-12 30. Limitation of Liability ........................................................................ 7-13 31. Change in Laws and Regulations ................................................ 7-13 32. Force Majeure.............................................................................. 7-13 33. Change Orders and Contract Amendments ................................. 7-13 34. Extensions of Time .................................................................. 7-14 35. Termination .................................................................................. 7-14 36. Assignment ............................................................................ 7-15



1 Definitions 1.1 The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them: (a) “Contract” means the Agreement entered into between the

Purchaser and the Supplier, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein, including all attachments, appendixes, and all documents incorporated by reference therein.

(b) “Contract Documents” means the documents listed in the Agreement, including any amendments thereto.

(c) “Contract Price” means the price payable to the Supplier as specified in the Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract.

(d) “Day” means calendar day. (e) “Delivery” means the transfer of the Goods from the

Supplier to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract.

(f) “Completion” means the fulfillment of the Related Services by the Supplier in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract.

(g) “Eligible Countries” means the countries and territories eligible as listed in Section 5.

(h) “GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract. (i) “Goods” means all of the commodities, raw material,

machinery and equipment, and/or other materials that the Supplier is required to supply to the Purchaser under the Contract.

(j) “Purchaser’s Country” is the country specified in the Special Conditions of Contract (SCC).

(k) “Purchaser” means the entity purchasing the Goods and Related Services, as specified in the SCC.

(l) “Related Services” means the services incidental to the supply of the goods, such as insurance, installation, training and initial maintenance and other similar obligations of the Supplier under the Contract.

(m) “SCC” means the Special Conditions of Contract. (n) “Subcontractor” means any natural person, private or

government entity, or a combination of the above, including its legal successors or permitted assigns, to whom any part of the Goods to be supplied or execution of any part of the Related Services is subcontracted by the Supplier.

(o) “Supplier” means the natural person, private or government entity, or a combination of the above, whose bid to perform the Contract has been accepted by the Purchaser and is named as such in the Agreement, and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Supplier.

(p) “ADB” is the Asian Development Bank. (q) “The Site,” where applicable, means the place named in the



SCC.

2. Contract Documents

2.1 Subject to the order of precedence set forth in the Agreement, all documents forming the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be correlative, complementary, and mutually explanatory.

Fraud and Corruption

3.1 ADB’s Anticorruption Policy requires Borrowers (including beneficiaries of ADB-financed activity), as well as Bidders, Suppliers, and Contractors under ADB-financed contracts, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, ADB (a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set

forth below as follows: i. “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving,

or soliciting, directly or indirectly, anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;

ii. “fraudulent practice” means any act or omission, including a misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;

iii. “coercive practice” means impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party;

iv. “collusive practice” means an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including influencing improperly the actions of another party;

v. “obstructive practice” means (a) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to an ADB investigation; (b) making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede an ADB investigation; (c) failing to comply with requests to provide information, documents or records in connection with an Office of Anticorruption and Integrity (OAI) investigation; (d) threatening, harassing, or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or (e) materially impeding ADBʼs contractual rights of audit or access to information; and

vi. “integrity violation" is any act which violates ADB’s Anticorruption Policy, including (i) to (v) above and the following: abuse, conflict of interest, violations of ADB sanctions, retaliation against whistleblowers or



witnesses, and other violations of ADB's Anticorruption Policy, including failure to adhere to the highest ethical standard.

(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Bidder recommended for award has, directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices or other integrity violations in competing for the Contract;

(c) will cancel the portion of the financing allocated to a contract if it determines at any time that representatives of the borrower or of a beneficiary of ADB-financing engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices or other integrity violations during the procurement or the execution of that contract, without the borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to ADB to remedy the situation; and

(d) will impose remedial actions on a firm or an individual, at any time, in accordance with ADB’s Anticorruption Policy and Integrity Principles and Guidelines (both as amended from time to time), including declaring ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to participate1 in ADB-financed, administered, or supported activities or to benefit from an ADB financed, administered, or supported contract, financially or otherwise, if it at any time determines that the firm or individual has, directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices or other integrity violations

3.2 The Supplier shall permit ADB to inspect the Supplier’s accounts and records relating to the performance of the Supplier and to have them audited by auditors appointed by ADB, if so required by ADB

4. Interpretation 4.1 If the context so requires it, singular means plural and vice versa.

4.2 Incoterms (a) The meaning of any trade term and the rights and

obligations of parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by Incoterms.

(b) EXW, CIF, CIP, and other similar terms, shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the current edition of Incoterms, published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the date of the Invitation for Bids or as specified in the SCC.

1 Whether as a Contractor, Subcontractor, Consultant, Manufacturer or Supplier, or Service Provider; or in any other capacity (different names are used depending on the particular Bidding Document).



4.3 Entire Agreement The Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Purchaser and the Supplier and supersedes all communications, negotiations, and agreements (whether written or oral) of parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract.

4.4 Amendment No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be valid unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is signed by a duly authorized representative of each party thereto

4.5 Non-waiver (a) Subject to GCC Sub-clause 4.5(b) below, no relaxation,

forbearance, delay, or indulgence by either party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either party to the other shall prejudice, affect, or restrict the rights of that party under the Contract, neither shall any waiver by either party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.

(b) Any waiver of a party’s rights, powers, or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, dated, and signed by an authorized representative of the party granting such waiver, and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived.

4.6 Severability If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract

5. Language 5.1 The Contract as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Contract exchanged by the Supplier and the Purchaser, shall be written in the language specified in the SCC. Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the Contract may be in another language provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages in the language specified in the SCC, in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Contract, this translation shall govern.

5.2 The Supplier shall bear all costs of translation to the governing language and all risks of the accuracy of such translation

6. Joint Venture 6.1 If the Supplier is a Joint Venture all of the parties shall be jointly and severally liable to the Purchaser for the fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract and shall designate one party to act as a leader with authority to bind the Joint Venture. The composition or the constitution of the Joint Venture shall not be



altered without the prior consent of the Purchaser.

7. Eligibility 7.1 The Supplier and its Subcontractors shall have the nationality of an eligible country. A Supplier or Subcontractor shall be deemed to have the nationality of a country if it is a citizen or constituted or incorporated, and operates in conformity with the provisions of the laws of that country.

7.2 All Goods and Related Services to be supplied under the Contract and financed by ADB shall have their origin in Eligible Countries. For the purpose of this clause, origin means the country where the goods have been grown, mined, cultivated, produced, manufactured, or processed; or through manufacture, processing, or assembly, another commercially recognized article results that differs substantially in its basic characteristics from its imported components.

8. Notices 8.1 Any Notice given by one party to the other pursuant to the Contract shall be in writing to the address specified in the SCC. The term “in writing” means communicated in written form with proof of receipt.

8.2 A Notice shall be effective when delivered or on the Notice’s effective date, whichever is later

9. Governing Law 9.1 The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Purchaser’s country, unless otherwise specified in the SCC.

10. Settlement of Disputes

10.1 The Purchaser and the Supplier shall make every effort to resolve amicably by direct informal negotiation any disagreement or dispute arising between them under or in connection with the Contract.

10.2 If the parties fail to resolve such a dispute or difference by mutual consultation within 28 days from the commencement of such consultation, either party may require that the dispute be referred for resolution to the formal mechanisms specified in the SCC

11. Scope of Supply

11.1 Subject to the SCC, the Goods and Related Services to be supplied shall be as specified in Section 6(Schedule of Supply).

11.2 Unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract, the Scope of Supply shall include all such items not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Delivery and Completion of the Goods and Related Services as if such items were expressly mentioned in the Contract.

12. Delivery 12.1 Subject to GCC Sub-clause 33.1, the Delivery of the Goods and Completion of the Related Services shall be in accordance with the Delivery and Completion Schedule specified in the



Section 6(Schedule of Supply). The details of shipping and other documents to be furnished by the Supplier are specified in the SCC.

13. Supplier’s Responsibilities

13.1 The Supplier shall supply all the Goods and Related Services included in the Scope of Supply in accordance with GCC Clause 11, and the Delivery and Completion Schedule, as per GCC Clause 12

14. Purchaser’s Responsibilities

14.1 Whenever the supply of Goods and Related Services requires that the Supplier obtain permits, approvals, and import and other licenses from local public authorities, the Purchaser shall, if so required by the Supplier, make its best effort to assist the Supplier in complying with such requirements in a timely and expeditious manner

14.2 The Purchaser shall pay all costs involved in the performance of its responsibilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-clause 14.1.

15. Contract Price 15.1 The Contract Price shall be as specified in the Agreement subject to any additions and adjustments thereto, or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract.

15.2 Prices charged by the Supplier for the Goods delivered and the Related Services performed under the Contract shall not vary from the prices quoted by the Supplier in its bid, with the exception of any price adjustments authorized in the SCC

16. Terms of Payment

16.1 The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in the SCC

16.2 The Supplier’s request for payment shall be made to the Purchaser in writing, accompanied by invoices describing, as appropriate, the Goods delivered and Related Services performed, and by the documents submitted pursuant to GCC Clause 12 and upon fulfillment of all the obligations stipulated in the Contract.

16.3 Payments shall be made promptly by the Purchaser, no later than 60 days after submission of an invoice or request for payment by the Supplier, and the Purchaser has accepted it.

16.4 The currency or currencies in which payments shall be made to the Supplier under this Contract shall be specified in the SCC

17. Taxes and Duties

17.1 For goods supplied from outside the Purchaser’s country, the Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, stamp duties, license fees, and other such levies imposed outside the Purchaser’s country

17.2 For goods supplied from within the Purchaser’s country, the Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, duties, license fees, etc., incurred until delivery of the contracted Goods to the Purchaser



17.3 If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the Supplier in the Purchaser’s Country, the Purchaser shall use its best efforts to enable the Supplier to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent.

18. Performance Security

18.1 The Supplier shall, within 28 days of the notification of Contract award, provide a Performance Security for the due performance of the Contract in the amounts and currencies specified in the SCC.

18.2 The proceeds of the Performance Security shall be payable to the Purchaser as compensation for any loss resulting from the Supplier’s failure to complete its obligations under the Contract.

18.3 The Performance Security shall be denominated in the currencies of the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Purchaser, and shall be in one of the forms stipulated by the Purchaser in the SCC, or in another form acceptable to the Purchaser.

18.4 The Performance Security shall be discharged by the Purchaser and returned to the Supplier not later than 28 days following the date of completion of the Supplier’s performance obligations under the Contract, including any warranty obligations, unless specified otherwise in the SCC

19. Copyright 19.1 The copyright in all drawings, documents, and other materials containing data and information furnished to the Purchaser by the Supplier herein shall remain vested in the Supplier, or, if they are furnished to the Purchaser directly or through the Supplier by any third party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third party.

20 Confidential Information

20.1 The Purchaser and the Supplier shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other party hereto, divulge to any third party any documents, data, or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following completion or termination of the Contract. Notwithstanding the above, the Supplier may furnish to its Subcontractor such documents, data, and other information it receives from the Purchaser to the extent required for the Subcontractor to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Supplier shall obtain from such Subcontractor an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Supplier under GCC Clause 20.

20.2 The Purchaser shall not use such documents, data, and other information received from the Supplier for any purposes unrelated to the Contract. Similarly, the Supplier shall not use such documents, data, and other information received from the



Purchaser for any purpose other than the design, procurement, or other work and services required for the performance of the Contract.

20.3 The obligation of a party under GCC Sub-clauses 20.1 and 20.2 above, however, shall not apply to information that (a) the Purchaser or Supplier need to share with ADB or other

institutions participating in the financing of the Contract (b) now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault

of (c) can be proven to have been possessed by that party at the

time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other party; or

(d) otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third party that has no obligation of confidentiality.

20.4 The above provisions of GCC Clause 20 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Supply or any part thereof.

20.5 The provisions of GCC Clause 20 shall survive completion or termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract

21 Subcontracting 21.1 The Supplier shall notify the Purchaser in writing of all subcontracts awarded under the Contract if not already specified in the Bid. Subcontracting shall in no event relieve the Supplier from any of its obligations, duties, responsibilities, or liability under the Contract

21.2 Subcontracts shall comply with the provisions of GCC Clauses 3 and 7

22 Specifications and Standards

22.1 Technical Specifications and Drawings (a) The Supplier shall ensure that the Goods and Related

Services comply with the technical specifications and other provisions of the Contract.

(b) The Supplier shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any modification thereof provided or designed by or on behalf of the Purchaser, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Purchaser.

(c) The Goods and Related Services supplied under this Contract shall conform to the standards mentioned in Section 6(Schedule of Supply) and, when no applicable standard is mentioned, the standard shall be equivalent or superior to the official standards whose application is appropriate to the country of origin of the Goods.

22.2 Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which it shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards



shall be those specified in the Section 6(Schedule of Supply). During Contract execution, any changes in any such codes and standards shall be applied only after approval by the Purchaser and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 33

23. Packing and Documents

23.1 The Supplier shall provide such packing of the Goods as is required to prevent their damage or deterioration during transit to their final destination, as indicated in the Contract. During transit, the packing shall be sufficient to withstand, without limitation, rough handling and exposure to extreme temperatures, salt and precipitation, and open storage. Packing case size and weights shall take into consideration, where appropriate, the remoteness of the final destination of the Goods and the absence of heavy handling facilities at all points in transit.

23.2 The packing, marking, and documentation within and outside the packages shall comply strictly with such special requirements as shall be expressly provided for in the Contract, including additional requirements, if any, specified in the SCC, and in any other instructions ordered by the Purchaser.

24. Insurance 24.1 Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, the Goods supplied under the Contract shall be fully insured, in a freely convertible currency from an eligible country, against loss or damage incidental to manufacture or acquisition, transportation, storage, and delivery, in accordance with the applicable Incoterms or in the manner specified in the SCC.

25. Transportation 25.1 Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, obligations for transportation of the Goods shall be in accordance with the Incoterms specified in Sections 6(Schedule of Supply).

26. Inspections and Tests

26.1 The Supplier shall at its own expense and at no cost to the Purchaser carry out all such tests and/or inspections of the Goods and Related Services as are specified in Sections 6(Schedule of Supply)

26.2 The inspections and tests may be conducted on the premises of the Supplier or its Subcontractor, at point of delivery, and/or at the final destination of the Goods, or in another place in the Purchaser’s country as specified in the SCC. Subject to GCC Sub-clause 26.3, if conducted on the premises of the Supplier or its Subcontractor, all reasonable facilities and assistance, including access to drawings and production data, shall be furnished to the inspectors at no charge to the Purchaser.

26.3 The Purchaser or its designated representative shall be entitled to attend the tests and/or inspections referred to in GCC Sub-clause 26.2, provided that the Purchaser bear all of its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including, but not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging expenses.



26.4 Whenever the Supplier is ready to carry out any such test and inspection, it shall give a reasonable advance notice, including the place and time, to the Purchaser. The Supplier shall obtain from any relevant third party or manufacturer any necessary permission or consent to enable the Purchaser or its designated representative to attend the test and/or inspection

26.5 The Purchaser may require the Supplier to carry out any test and/or inspection not required by the Contract but deemed necessary to verify that the characteristics and performance of the Goods comply with the technical specifications, codes, and standards under the Contract, provided that the Supplier’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be added to the Contract Price. Further, if such test and/or inspection impedes the progress of manufacturing and/or the Supplier’s performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Delivery Dates and Completion Dates and the other obligations so affected

26.6 The Supplier shall provide the Purchaser with a report of the results of any such test and/or inspection

26.7 The Purchaser may reject any Goods or any part thereof that fail to pass any test and/or inspection or do not conform to the specifications. The Supplier shall either rectify or replace such rejected Goods or parts thereof or make alterations necessary to meet the specifications at no cost to the Purchaser, and shall repeat the test and/or inspection, at no cost to the Purchaser, upon giving a notice pursuant to GCC Sub-clause 26.4

26.8 The Supplier agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or inspection of the Goods or any part thereof, nor the attendance by the Purchaser or its representative, nor the issue of any report pursuant to GCC Sub-clause 26.6, shall release the Supplier from any warranties or other obligations under the Contract

27. Liquidated Damages

27.1 Except as provided under GCC Clause 32, if the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Goods or perform the Related Services within the period specified in the Contract, the Purchaser may without prejudice to all its other remedies under the Contract, deduct from the Contract Price, as liquidated damages, a sum equivalent to the percentage specified in the SCC of the Contract Price for each week or part thereof of delay until actual delivery or performance, up to a maximum deduction of the percentage specified in the SCC. Once the maximum is reached, the Purchaser may terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Clause 35.



28. Warranty 28.1 The Supplier warrants that all the Goods are new, unused, and of the most recent or current models, and that they incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials, unless provided otherwise in the Contract

28.2 Subject to GCC Sub-clause 22.1, the Supplier further warrants that the Goods shall be free from defects arising from any act or omission of the Supplier or arising from design, materials, and workmanship, under normal use in the conditions prevailing in the country of final destination.

28.3 Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, the warranty shall remain valid for 12 months after the Goods, or any portion thereof as the case may be, have been delivered to and accepted at the final destination indicated in the SCC, or for 18 months after the date of shipment or loading in the country of origin, whichever period concludes earlier.

28.4 The Purchaser shall give Notice to the Supplier, stating the nature of any such defects together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof. The Purchaser shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Supplier to inspect such defects.

28.5 Upon receipt of such Notice, the Supplier shall, within the period specified in the SCC, expeditiously repair or replace the defective Goods or parts thereof, at no cost to the Purchaser

28.6 If having been notified, the Supplier fails to remedy the defect within the period specified in the SCC, the Purchaser may proceed to take within a reasonable period such remedial action as may be necessary, at the Supplier’s risk and expense and without prejudice to any other rights which the Purchaser may have against the Supplier under the Contract.

29. Patent Indemnity

29.1 The Supplier shall, subject to the Purchaser’s compliance with GCC Sub-clause 29.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of any nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Purchaser may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright, or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of (a) the installation of the Goods by the Supplier or the use of

the Goods in the country where the Site is located; and (b) the sale in any country of the products produced by the

Goods. Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Goods or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, neither any infringement



resulting from the use of the Goods or any part thereof, or any products produced thereby in association or combination with any other equipment, plant, or materials not supplied by the Supplier, pursuant to the Contract.

29.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Purchaser arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-clause 29.1, the Purchaser shall promptly give the Supplier a notice thereof, and the Supplier may at its own expense and in the Purchaser’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim

29.3 If the Supplier fails to notify the Purchaser within 28 days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Purchaser shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf

29.4 The Purchaser shall, at the Supplier’s request, afford all available assistance to the Supplier in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Supplier for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing

29.5 The Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Supplier and its employees, officers, and Subcontractors from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of any nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Supplier may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright, or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided or designed by or on behalf of the Purchaser

30. Limitation of Liability

30.1 Except in cases of gross negligence or willful misconduct, (a) neither party shall be liable to the other party for any

indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to any obligation of the Supplier to pay liquidated damages to the Purchaser; and

(b) the aggregate liability of the Supplier to the Purchaser, whether under the Contract, in tort, or otherwise, shall not exceed the amount specified in the SCC, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Supplier to indemnify the Purchaser with respect to patent infringement.

31 Change in Laws and Regulations

31.1 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, if after the date of the Invitation for Bids, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or bylaw having the force of law is enacted, promulgated,



abrogated, or changed in the place of the Purchaser’s country where the Site is located (which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities) that subsequently affects the Delivery Date and/or the Contract Price, then such Delivery Date and/or Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased, to the extent that the Supplier has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced cost shall not be separately paid or credited if the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment provisions where applicable, in accordance with GCC Clause 15.

31. Force Majeure 31.1 The Supplier shall not be liable for forfeiture of its Performance Security, liquidated damages, or termination for default if and to the extent that it’s delay in performance or other failure to perform its obligations under the Contract is the result of an event of Force Majeure.

31.2 For purposes of this clause, “Force Majeure” means an event or situation beyond the control of the Supplier that is not foreseeable, is unavoidable, and its origin is not due to negligence or lack of care on the part of the Supplier. Such events may include, but not be limited to, acts of the Purchaser in its sovereign capacity, wars or revolutions, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, and freight embargoes.

31.3 If a Force Majeure situation arises, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser in writing of such condition and the cause thereof. Unless otherwise directed by the Purchaser in writing, the Supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the Contract as far as is reasonably practical, and shall seek all reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented by the Force Majeure event.

Change Orders and Contract Amendments

33.1 The Purchaser may at any time order the Supplier through Notice in accordance GCC Clause 8, to make changes within the general scope of the Contract in any one or more of the following: (a) drawings, designs, or specifications, where Goods to be

furnished under the Contract are to be specifically manufactured for the Purchaser;

(b) the method of shipment or packing; (c) the place of delivery; and (d) the Related Services to be provided by the Supplier.

33.2 If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for, the Supplier’s performance of any provisions under the Contract, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or in the Delivery and Completion Schedule, or both, and the Contract shall accordingly be amended. Any claims by the Supplier for adjustment under this



Clause must be asserted within 28 days from the date of the Supplier’s receipt of the Purchaser’s change order.

33.3 Prices to be charged by the Supplier for any Related Services that might be needed but which were not included in the Contract shall be agreed upon in advance by the parties and shall not exceed the prevailing rates charged to other parties by the Supplier for similar services.

34. Extensions of Time

34.1 If at any time during performance of the Contract, the Supplier or its Subcontractors should encounter conditions impeding timely delivery of the Goods or completion of Related Services pursuant to GCC Clause 12, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser in writing of the delay, its likely duration, and its cause. As soon as practicable after receipt of the Supplier’s notice, the Purchaser shall evaluate the situation and may at its discretion extend the Supplier’s time for performance, in which case the extension shall be ratified by the parties by amendment of the Contract

34.2 Except in case of Force Majeure, as provided under GCC Clause 32, a delay by the Supplier in the performance of its Delivery and Completion obligations shall render the Supplier liable to the imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Clause 27, unless an extension of time is agreed upon, pursuant to GCC Sub-clause 34.1.

35. Termination 35.1 Termination for Default (a) The Purchaser, without prejudice to any other remedy for

breach of Contract, by Notice of default sent to the Supplier, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part, i. if the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Goods

within the period specified in the Contract, or within any extension thereof granted by the Purchaser pursuant to GCC Clause 34; or

ii. if the Supplier fails to perform any other obligation under the Contract.

(b) In the event the Purchaser terminates the Contract in whole or in part, pursuant to GCC Clause 35.1(a), the Purchaser may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, Goods or Related Services similar to those undelivered or not performed, and the Supplier shall be liable to the Purchaser for any additional costs for such similar Goods or Related Services. However, the Supplier shall continue

(c) performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated. (d) if the Supplier, in the judgment of the Purchaser has

engaged in fraud and corruption, as defined in GCC Clause 3, in competing for or in executing the Contract.



35.2 Termination for Insolvency The Purchaser may at any time terminate the Contract by giving Notice to the Supplier if the Supplier becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In such event, termination will be without compensation to the Supplier, provided that such termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy that has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the Purchaser.

35.3 Termination for Convenience (a) The Purchaser, by Notice sent to the Supplier, may

terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, at any time for its convenience. The Notice of termination shall specify that termination is for the Purchaser’s convenience, the extent to which performance of the Supplier under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective.

(b) The Goods that are complete and ready for shipment within 28 days after the Supplier’s receipt of the Notice of termination shall be accepted by the Purchaser at the Contract terms and prices. For the remaining Goods, the Purchaser may elect i. to have any portion completed and delivered at the

Contract terms and prices; and/or ii. to cancel the remainder and pay to the Supplier an

agreed amount for partially completed Goods and Related Services and for materials and parts previously procured by the Supplier.

36. Assignment 36.1 Neither the Purchaser nor the Supplier shall assign, in whole or in part, their obligations under this Contract, except with prior written consent of the other party


Section 8 Special Condition of Contracts 8-1

Section 8- Special Conditions of Contract The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall supplement the General Conditions of Contract (GCC). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GCC.

GCC 1.1(j) The Purchaser’s country is: India

GCC 1.1(k) The Purchaser is: Directorate of Employment and Craftsmen Training, Department of Labour, Government of Meghalaya

GCC 1.1 (q) The Site is: 10 ITI spread across the State of Meghalaya. The Indicative list of District/Block-wise spread of ITIs in Meghalaya is placed in Section 6

GCC 4.2 (b) The version of Incoterms shall be: Incoterms 2010

GCC 5.1 The language shall be: English Language for translation of supporting documents and printed literature is: English

GCC 8.1 For notices, the Purchaser’s address shall be: Attention: The Director, Directorate of Employment and Craftsmen Training Groove site, Keating Road, Opposite Central Library, Shillong – 793001, Meghalaya India Telephone: 0364-2225356, Fax: 0364-2505525 Email: [email protected] or [email protected] or [email protected]

GCC 9.1 The governing law shall be: Laws of India

GCC 10.2 The formal mechanism for the resolution of disputes shall be: For a contract with a Foreign Supplier: In the case of a dispute between the Purchaser and the Supplier, the dispute shall be settled by international arbitration conducted in accordance with the Arbitration Rules of the Singapore International Arbitration Centre. The arbitration procedure shall be administered by the Singapore International Arbitration Center Place of arbitration: Singapore For a contract with a Local Supplier: In the case of a dispute between the Purchaser and the Supplier, the dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the local arbitration procedures in the Purchaser’s country.

Place of arbitration: In the Purchaser’s Country




GCC 11.1 The Scope of Supply shall be defined in: Section-6: Schedule of Supply. At the time of awarding the Contract, the Purchaser shall specify any change in the Scope of Supply with respect to Section VI, Schedule of Supply included in the Bidding Document. Such changes may be due, for instance, if the quantities of Goods and Related Services are increased or decreased at the time of award.

GCC 12.1 Details of shipping and documents to be furnished by the Supplier shall be: “For Goods supplied from abroad as per Incoterms CIP” (as per the destinations mentioned in Delivery and Completion Schedule of the Section 6): Upon shipment, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser and the Insurance Company by telex or fax the full details of the shipment, including Contract number, description of Goods, quantity, the vessel, the bill of lading number and date, port of loading, date of shipment, port of discharge, etc. The Supplier shall send the following documents to the Purchaser, with a copy to the Insurance Company:

(a) Two copies of the Supplier’s invoice showing the description of the Goods, quantity, unit price, and total amount;

(b) original and two copies of the negotiable, clean, on-board bill of lading marked “freight prepaid” and three copies of non-negotiable bill of lading and in case of air transportation full set of airway bill marked freight prepaid;

(c) Three copies of the packing list identifying contents of each package;

(d) insurance certificate/policies;

(e) Manufacturer’s or Supplier’s warranty certificate including extended warranty period;

(f) inspection certificate, issued by the nominated inspection agency, and the Supplier’s factory inspection report; and

(g) certificate of origin (one original and three copies).

The Purchaser shall receive the above documents at least one (1) week before arrival of the Goods at the port or place of arrival and, if not received, the Supplier will be responsible for any consequent expenses.

For Goods from within the Purchaser’s country as per Incoterm EXW:

Upon delivery of the Goods to the transporter, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser and send the following documents to the Purchaser: (a) copies of the Supplier’s invoice showing the description of the Goods,

quantity, unit price, and total amount; (b) delivery note, railway receipt, or truck receipt or airway bill in case of air

transportation; (c) Manufacturer’s or Supplier’s warranty certificate; (d) inspection certificate issued by the nominated inspection agency, and the

Supplier’s factory inspection report; and (e) certificate of origin. The Purchaser shall receive the above documents before the arrival of the Goods and, if not received, the Supplier will be responsible for any



consequent expenses.

GCC 15.2 The price adjustment shall be: Not Applicable

GCC 16.1 Payment of the Contract Price shall be made in the following manner: The payment each milestone shall be done on the submission of Testing and Inspection report for every ITI along with Bill/invoice. The Testing and Inspection report should be signed by the Supplier, Team of Experts (ToE) appointed by Purchaser. For Goods and related services supplied from outside/within the Purchaser’s country: (a) Advance Payment: 10% of the Contract Price within 28-days of

signing of the contract. Payment shall be made provided the Supplier presented a request for payment accompanied by an Advance Payment Security in the form of a Bank Guarantee for an amount equal to the amount of the payment and that shall be valid until the Goods are delivered. The security shall be in the form of specified in Section-9 (Contract Forms).

(b) On Shipment: The Purchaser shall pay the Supplier 80% of the Contract Price of the Goods shipped through irrevocable confirmed letter of Credit opened in favor of the Supplier in a Bank in its country under the ADB commitment procedure, upon submission of documents specified in SCC Clause-12.1

(c) On Acceptance: 10% of the Contract Price of Goods received shall be

paid within 28-days of receipt of the Goods upon submission of a claim supported by the acceptance certificate issued by the Purchaser.

GCC 16.4 The currencies for payments shall be: The currency/ies in which the bid

price is expressed in the bid of the successful bidder



GCC 17.3 The bidders are informed that certain tax and duty exemptions are available as per the following GOI notifications:

a) In accordance with Notification No. 108/95–CE dated 28.8.1995 (Goods Supplied to UN or an International Organization) and subsequent amendments, the Central Government has granted exemptions for all goods falling under the Schedule to the Central Excise Tariff Act 1985 when supplied to projects financed by an international organization (ADB included) and approved by the Government of India from the whole of (1) the duty of excise leviable thereon under Section 3 of the Central Excise Act, 1944 (1 of 1944), and (2) the additional duty of excise leviable thereon under Sub-Section (1) of Section 3 of the Additional Duties of Excise (Goods of Special Importance) Act, 1957 (58 of 1957), provided that the need for such goods are properly certified by the appropriate authorities.

b) In addition, as per Notification No. 84/97-Cus. dated 11.11.1997 and subsequent amendments, and under General Exemption No. 1A, Exemptions to Imports by United Nations or International Organization for Execution of Projects in India, the Central Government has granted exemptions for all goods imported into India for execution of projects financed by an International Organization (ADB included) and approved by the Government of India, from (1) the whole of the duty of customs leviable thereon under First Schedule to the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 (51 of 1975), (2) the whole of the additional duty of customs leviable thereon under Section 3 of the said Act, and (3) the whole of the special duty of customs leviable under Section 68 of the Finance (No. 2) Act 1996 (33 of 1996), provided that the need for such goods is properly certified by the appropriate authorities.

The Employer will assist the Contractor to obtain any lawful exemptions from payment of Excise Duty or Import Duty or any other admissible exemption from any kind of Tax or Duty on Plant, Equipment and Materials that are to be incorporated as a part of the Permanent Works by issue of a “Certificate Under GOI Notification No. 108/95 & 84/97”, duly signed by the Project Authorities and countersigned by the Secretary Finance, Govt. of Meghalaya, in the format indicated in Section 9, which indicates the estimated quantities of the Plant, Equipment and Materials that are to be incorporated into the Permanent Works. The Employer will not issue any certificates for plants, materials or equipment that may be required to carry out the Works, but which are not to be incorporated into and form a part of the Permanent Works. The responsibility for obtaining any such exemptions from the Competent Authority will remain with the Contractor and the Employer shall not in any way be responsible for admissibility of the claims or eligibility of the Contractor.

GCC 18.1 The Supplier shall provide a Performance Security of ten (10%) percent of the Total Contract Value. The Performance Security shall be denominated in the following amounts and currencies: The currency/ies in which the bid price is expressed in the bid of the successful bidder



GCC 18.3 The forms of acceptable Performance Security are: A bank guarantee issued by a reputable bank located in the Purchaser’s country, acceptable to the Purchaser, in the format included in Section 9 (Contract Forms), or a cashier’s or certified check, or cash

GCC 18.4 Discharge of the Performance Security shall take place: Pursuant to GCC Sub-clause 18.4, after delivery and acceptance of the Goods, the performance security shall be reduced to 5 (Five) percent of the Contract to cover Supplier’s warranty obligations in accordance with GCC Clause 28.3

GCC 23.2 The packing, marking, and documentation within and outside the packages shall be:

Packing: (1) The supplied Goods shall be packed by standard protective measures. Such packing shall be suitable for long distance transportation and well protected against dampness, moisture, shock, rust and rough handling so as to ensure that the Goods will safely arrive at the designated site without any damage due to the above mentioned reasons, and

(2) In each package, there shall be one copy each of the detailed packing list and the quality certificate.

Marking:(1) The Supplier shall mark the following on the four adjacent sides of each package with indelible paint in conspicuous English printed words:

A. CONSIGNEE

B. CONTRACT NO.

C. SHIPPING MARK

D. CONSIGNEE CODE

E. DESTINATION

F. NAME OF GOODS AND ITEM NO., CASE NO.

G. GROSS/NET WEIGHT (Kg)

H. MEASUREMENT (LENGTH x WIDTH x HEIGHT IN CM)

(2) If any package weighs two (2) tons or more, the Supplier shall mark on two sides of each package in English and with appropriate transportation marks to show the "center of gravity" and "points of slinging" in order to facilitate loading, discharging and handling. According to the characteristics of the Goods and the different requirements in transportation, packages shall be marked legibly by the Supplier with words "Handle with Care", "Right Side Up", "Keep Dry", etc., and with other appropriate marks.

GCC 24.1 The insurance coverage shall be in accordance with:

Pursuant to GCC, Sub clause 24.1, the Supplier must insure the Goods in an amount equal to 110% of the CIF, CIP or EXW price of the Goods from “Warehouse” to “Warehouse” on “All Risks” basis, including War Risks and Strikes.



GCC 25.1 Obligations for transportation of the Goods shall be in accordance with:

Incoterms 2010.

GCC 26.2 Tests and Inspections specified in Section 6(Schedule of Supply), shall be carried out at the following times or milestones, and places: Testing and Inspection shall be carried out at every ITI in the district/block as mention in Section 6

GCC 27.1 The applicable rate for liquidated damages for delay shall be: 2% of the contract price. However, the final decision on amount shall be decided and mutually agreed by both parties during Contract Negotiation Meeting.

GCC 27.1 The maximum amount of liquidated damages shall be: 10% of the contract price or as agreed by both parties during Contract Negotiation Meeting with the successful Bidder.

GCC 28.3 The period of validity of the Warranty shall be: One year comprehensive warranty from the date of the acceptance of the Testing and Inspection report of items supplied in each tranche.

The place of final destination shall be: As per Delivery and Completion Schedule Section 6

GCC 28.5 The Supplier shall attend to the complaint within 72-hours of the receipt of complaint and correct any defects covered by the Warranty within 5 working days of being notified by the Purchaser of the occurrence of such defects and/or after attending the complaint.

GCC 30.1 (b)

The amount of aggregate liability shall be 100% of the contract price.


Section 9 Contract Forms 9-1

Section 9 - Contract Forms

Table of Forms

Notification of Award ..................................................................... 9-2

Contract Agreement ..................................................................................... 9-3

Performance Security ................................................................................. 9-4

Advance Payment Security ................................................................................. 9-5

Draft format for Excise/Customs Duty Exemption ................................... 9-7



Notification of Award

---- on letterhead of the purchaser ---- Letter of Acceptance

Date:…………… To: [name and address of the supplier]

Subject: [Notification of Award Contract No.]

This is to notify you that your Bid dated [date] for execution of the [name of the contract and identification number, as given in the Bid Data Sheet ] for the Accepted Contract Amount of the equivalent of [amount in figures and words and name of currency], as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby accepted by our Agency. You are requested to furnish the Performance Security within 28 days in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose the Performance Security Form included in Section 9 (Contract Forms) of the Bidding Document.

Authorized Signature:

Name and Title of Signatory:

Name of Agency: Attachment: Contract Agreement



Contract Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT made on the [insert number] day of [insert month], [insert year], between [insert complete name of Purchaser] of [insert complete address of purchaser] (hereinafter “the Purchaser”), of the one part, and [insert complete name of supplier] of [insert complete address of supplier] (hereinafter “the Supplier”), of the other part:

WHEREAS the Purchaser invited Bids for certain Goods and Related Services, viz., [insert brief description of the goods and related services] and has accepted a Bid by the Supplier for the supply of those Goods and Related Services in the sum of [insert currency or currencies and amount of contract price in words and figures] (hereinafter “the Contract Price”). NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS: 1. In this Agreement, words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are

respectively assigned to them in the Contract referred to. 2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part

of this Agreement, viz.: (a) the Letter of Acceptance; (b) the Price Bid Submission Sheet and the Price Schedules submitted by the

Supplier; (c) the Technical Bid Submission Sheet submitted by the Supplier; (d) the Special Conditions of Contract; (e) the List of Eligible Countries that was specified in Section-5 of the Bidding

Document; (f) the General Conditions of Contract; (g) the Schedule of Supply; and This Contract shall prevail over all other Contract documents. In the event of any discrepancy or inconsistency within the Contract documents, then the documents shall prevail in the order listed above.

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Purchaser to the Supplier as indicated in this Agreement, the Supplier hereby covenants with the Purchaser to provide the Goods and Related Services and to remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract.

4. The Purchaser hereby covenants to pay the Supplier in consideration of the provision of the Goods and Related Services and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in accordance with the laws of [indicated name of country] on the day, month and year indicated above.

Signed by [insert authorized signature for the purchaser] (for the Purchaser) Signed by [insert authorized signature for the Supplier] (for the Supplier)



Performance Security

[Bank’s name, and address of issuing branch or office] 1 1

Beneficiary: ................................... [Name and address of purchaser] ..............................

Date: …………….[insert date (as day, month, and year)]

Performance Guarantee No.: ..............................................................................

We have been informed that [name of the supplier]. . . . . (hereinafter called “the Supplier”) has entered into Contract No. [reference number of the contract] dated ……………. with you, for the execution of [name of contract and brief description of goods and related services] (hereinafter called “the Contract”). Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required. At the request of the Supplier, we [name of the bank] hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [name of the currency and amount in words2] ………….. (amount in figures) such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Supplier is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without your needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein. This guarantee shall expire, no later than the …………day of 3 and any demand for payment under it must be received by us at this office on or before that date. This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No. 458 , except that subparagraph (ii) of Sub-article 20(a) is hereby excluded.4

Signature(s) and seal of bank (where appropriate)

Note to Bidder If the institution issuing the performance security is located outside the country of the purchaser, it shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the country of the purchaser to make it enforceable.

1 All italicized text is for guidance on how to prepare this demand guarantee and shall be deleted from the final document. 2 The guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the contract price specified in the contract and

denominated either in the currency (ies) of the contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the purchaser. 3 Insert the date 28 days after the expected completion date. The purchaser should note that in the event of an extension of

the time for completion of the contract, the purchaser would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the purchaser might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months] [one year], in response to the Purchaser’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

4 Or the same or similar to this clause specified in the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No. 758 where applicable.



Advance Payment Security

…..[insert complete name and number of contract] To: ………[insert complete name of the Purchaser] In accordance with the payment provision included in the Contract, in relation to advance payments, [insert complete name of the Supplier] (hereinafter called “the Supplier”) shall deposit with the Purchaser a security consisting of [indicate type of security], to guarantee its proper and faithful performance of the obligations imposed by said Clause of the Contract, in the amount of ………….[insert currency and amount of guarantee in words and figure] We, the undersigned [insert complete name of the guarantor], legally domiciled in ……[insert full address of the guarantor] (hereinafter “the Guarantor”), as instructed by the Supplier, agree unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee as primary obligor and not as surety merely, the payment to the Purchaser on its first demand without whatsoever right of objection on our part and without its first claim to the Supplier, in the amount not exceeding ………[insert currency and amount of guarantee in words and figures]. This security shall remain valid and in full effect from the data of the advance payment being received by the Supplier under the Contract until….[insert data(as day, month and year)] This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantee, ICC Publication No. 458 [or ICC Publication No. 758 as applicable] Name: …….. [insert complete name of person signing the security]……

In the Capacity of ……[insert legal capacity of person signing the Security]…

Signed: ..….[insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]..

Duly authorised to sign the security for and on behalf of …..[insert seal (where appropriate) and

complete name of the guarantor]

Date: ….[insert date of signing]

-- Note to Bidder --

If the institution issuing the advance payment security is located outside the country of the purchaser, it shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the country of the purchaser to make it enforceable.



Draft Format for Excise/Customs Duty Exemption

TO WHOMSOEVER IT MAY CONCERN

ESSENTIALITY CERTIFICATE UNDER GOI NOTIFICATION 108/95 or 84/97

This is to certify that the Contract ………………………(Package No. &

Name of Contract) …………….has been awarded to M/s ………………………..(Name of

supplier) amounting to INR …………………………..(Amount of Contract Agreement)

…………………only by the Directorate of Employment and Craftsmen Training,

Government of Meghalaya under Supporting Human Capital Development in Meghalaya

(SHCDM) and that this project has duly been approved by Government of India. The

Project (SHCDM) is funded by Asian Development Bank (ADB) under loan agreement

No. 3033-IND between Government of India and Asian Development Bank and being

executed by the Department of Finance, Government of Meghalaya.

It is certified that M/s ………………………………………………(Name of supplier)

……………………………..for the above project requires to purchase

…………………(Quantity of material and name of material) …………………..under work

…………………(Package No. & Name of Contract) …………….

It is further certified that the aforesaid material is required for the execution of the said

project. The validity of this certificate is for …………………………..months with effect

from the date of issue of final work order.

Countersigned

Director, Directorate of Employment & Craftsman Training,

Government of Meghalaya

Secretary, Finance Government of Meghalaya
